Contents
Map of the Caribbean
Map of the Pacific
Introduction
1 British decolonisation and the smaller territories: the origins of the UK Overseas Territories
David Killingray
2 The UK Overseas Territories: a decade of progress and prosperity?
Peter Clegg and Peter Gold
3 The UK Coalition Government’s policy towards the UK Overseas Territories
Ian Bailey
4 Recent constitutional developments in the UK Overseas Territories
Ian Hendry
5 Reformation of the Kingdom of the Netherlands: what are the stakes?
Lammert de Jong and Ron van der Veer
6 The French Overseas Territories in transition
Nathalie Mrgudovic
7 The European Union and its Overseas Countries and Territories: the search for a new relationship
Paul Sutton
8 Looking for Plan B: what next for island hosts of offshore finance?
Mark P. Hampton and John Christensen
9 Contingent liability or moral hazard after the global financial crisis: Cayman, Westminster and global finance
William Vlcek
10 Self-governance deficits in Caribbean non-independent countries
Carlyle Corbin
Afterword
Index
=520 \\$aBy the end of the 20th century the once great modern European empires had gone – well, almost! Today, scattered around the world, there are small territories, remnants of empire that for one reason and another have eschewed independence and retain links of various kinds with the former imperial power. This edited collection focuses primarily on those territories in the Caribbean and Pacific which retain these ties. The issues affecting them such as constitutional reform, the maintenance of good governance, economic development, and the risks of economic vulnerability are important concerns for all territories both independent and non-independent. However, the ways in which these issues are addressed are somewhat different in small sub-national jurisdictions because of the particular regimes in place and the tensions inherent between the territories and their respective metropoles. The book brings together academics, policy-makers, constitutional lawyers, and civil servants to provide an insight into the complexities, contradictions, challenges and opportunities that help to define the non-independent territories of the Caribbean and Pacific, and their long-standing but sometimes awkward ties with their metropolitan powers.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aCaribbean Studies =653 \\$aInternational Relations =653 \\$aDecolonisation =653 \\$aUK Overseas Territories =653 \\$aEU Overseas Countries =653 \\$aNon-independent countries =700 1\$aClegg, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKillingray, David,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250050//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03389nam 22004572 4500 =001 6682635d-348c-44be-9922-fffcdf96fa98 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590589$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS026000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSCI053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO010000$2bisacsh =100 1\$aSabra, Abdelhamid I.,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Optics of Ibn al-Haytham Books IV–V :$bOn Reflection and Images Seen by Reflection /$cAbdelhamid I. Sabra; contributions by Jan P. Hogendijk. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2023. =264 \4$c©2023 =300 \\$a1 online resource (358 pages): $b49 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
English translation of Optics Book IV
English translation of Optics Book V
Analytical Index: Books IV and V
Arabic-English Glossary
Concordance between (the English translations of) the Arabic and medieval Latin versions of Books IV and V of the Optics
Table of Sources of the Geometrical Diagrams in Book V
Errata to the Arabic edition of Books IV and V
=520 \\$aIbn al-Haytham (c.965–c.1040) is perhaps the greatest mathematician and physicist of the medieval Arabic/Islamic world. His reputation is based not only on the vast amount of material he was able to process, but also on his rigorous scientific methodology. The most famous book in which he applies his scientific method is his Optics (in Arabic: Kitāb al-manāẓir) in which he deals with both the mathematics of rays of light and the physical aspects of the eye in seven comprehensive books. His reinstatement of the entire science of optics sets the scene for the whole of the subsequent development of the subject, both within the Islamicate realm and, through a twelfth–thirteenth-century translation, in the Western world, influencing figures such as William of Ockham, Kepler, Descartes, and Christaan Huygens.
The immense work of editing, translating into English, and commenting on this work was undertaken by Abdelhamid I. Sabra. This English translation of Books IV–V – a study of reflection and refraction of light and of vision produced by reflected and refracted rays – was completed by Sabra with an introduction and critical analysis before his death in 2013, and has been prepared for publication by Jan Hogendijk.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aoptics =653 \\$aperspective =653 \\$aeye =653 \\$aIbn al-Haytham =653 \\$aArabic science =653 \\$amathematics =653 \\$aIslamic =653 \\$aphysicist =653 \\$amedieval =700 1\$aHogendijk, Jan P.,$econtributions by. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/332706/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01389nam 22003972 4500 =001 c912f8ee-5288-4969-8eb4-5701e7d137de =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20002000\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039352$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPWQ$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTV$2bicssc =072 7$aJPVR$2bicssc =072 7$aLB$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPWQ$2thema =072 7$aJPVR$2thema =072 7$aLB$2thema =072 7$aNHTV$2thema =072 7$a1KLSH$2thema =100 1\$aDavis, Madeleine,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Pinochet Case /$cMadeleine Davis. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2000. =264 \4$c©2000 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248167/53767/53767_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01323nam 22003492 4500 =001 93ea4cf2-dbc0-4c96-ab96-35f617d5a3ff =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20032003\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039529$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHL$2bicssc =072 7$aLB$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHL$2thema =072 7$aLB$2thema =072 7$a1KLSH$2thema =245 04$aThe Pinochet Case :$bOrigins, Progress and Implications /$cedited by Madeleine Davis. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2003. =264 \4$c©2003 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDavis, Madeleine,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248157/53784/53784_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04063nam 22005412 4500 =001 4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477300$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477294$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781914477324$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002091$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477331$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/sner2422$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aDSC$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015050$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAN005070$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aDSC$2thema =100 1\$aShipp, Leo,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 :$bCourting the Public /$cLeo Shipp. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (232 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion.
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.
The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$apoet laureate =653 \\$aeighteenth century =653 \\$acourt =653 \\$aculture =653 \\$aspatiality =653 \\$apoetry =653 \\$apublic reception =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/sner2422$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/309478/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01384nam 22003612 4500 =001 0df1234e-c00a-4969-bdc4-fe77d7e3532c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039949$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJP$2bicssc =072 7$aKCP$2bicssc =072 7$a1K$2bicssc =072 7$aBUS069020$2bisacsh =072 7$aJP$2thema =072 7$aKCP$2thema =072 7$a1K$2thema =245 04$aThe Political Economy of the Public Budget in the Americas /$cedited by Diego Sanchez-Ancochea, Iwan Morgan. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2009. =264 \4$c©2009 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSanchez-Ancochea, Diego,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMorgan, Iwan,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248124/53746/53746_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01623nam 22004572 4500 =001 17508b3d-8d3d-43d8-8998-7e570299ff37 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20022002\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039468$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLL$2bicssc =072 7$aKNTJ$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAN008000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAN026000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS024000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aKNTP2$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =245 04$aThe Political Power of the Word :$bPress and Oratory in Nineteenth-century Latin America /$cedited by Ivan Jaksic. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2002. =264 \4$c©2002 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aJaksic, Ivan,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248105/53811/53811_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02307nam 22003492 4500 =001 f5fa2343-66d7-4764-ad85-f366516335c3 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039321$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHRAX$2bicssc =072 7$aHBG$2bicssc =072 7$aREL084000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQRAX$2thema =072 7$aNHB$2thema =245 04$aThe Politics of Religion in an Age of Revival: Studies in Nineteenth-century Europe and Latin America /$cedited by Austen Ivereigh. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe nineteenth century saw a lengthy and unusually intense conflict between religion and national politics over public space. The disputes inevitably coloured the politics of the nineteenth century, and defined to a large extent the boundaries of political division. But why were they so ferocious? And what were the battles really about? Is it true that society and state became less religious? Who spoke for the people? What effect did the liberal-Catholic conflict have on the transition to democracy? Using case-studies of nations in both Europe and Latin America the contributors to this unusual comparative volume attempt to answer these and other questions from a revisionist and empirical viewpoint incorporating the latest research and recasting the debate in the light of recent discussions about modernity. A substantial introduction sketches the vital issues and the major conclusions and takes stock of the debate and where it is leading. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aIvereigh, Austen,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250123//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 06070nam 22006372 4500 =001 564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702961$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702954$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702985$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002121$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702992$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2111.9781912702985$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLL$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc =072 7$aJPVH1$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS058000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL052000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aJBSF1$2thema =072 7$aJPHF$2thema =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =072 7$a1A$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =245 04$aThe Politics of Women's Suffrage :$bLocal, National and International Dimensions /$cedited by Alexandra Hughes-Johnson, Lyndsey Jenkins. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (422 pages): $b2 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath
Susan Grayzel
Introduction
Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey Jenkins
I. Working within existing political structures
1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century
Jennifer Redmond
2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7
Lyndsey Jenkins
3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales
Beth Jenkins
4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939
Anna Muggeridge
5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU
Alexandra Hughes-Johnson
II. Working through social and cultural structures
6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage
Helen Sunderland
7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918
Sarah Pedersen
8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure
Sos Eltis
9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic
Tania Shew
III. Navigating international structures
10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement
Karen Hunt
11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes
Kate Connelly
12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century
Sharon Crozier-De Rosa
13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939
Maurice J. Casey
Afterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation
Nicoletta F. Gullace
From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations.
With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$awomen's suffrage =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aactivism =653 \\$awomen's history =653 \\$agrassroots =653 \\$achange =700 1\$aHughes-Johnson, Alexandra,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000166324196$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6632-4196 =700 1\$aJenkins, Lyndsey,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2111.9781912702985$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/304938/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03133nam 22003492 4500 =001 2ab5b65e-46ba-4cd6-b956-97144dc04d0e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19761976\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854810543$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aACK$2bicssc =072 7$aAGB$2bicssc =072 7$aART010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$aAGB$2thema =072 7$a6MB$2thema =100 1\$aCanedy, Norman W.,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Roman Sketchbook of Girolamo Da Carpi /$cNorman W. Canedy. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1976. =264 \4$c©1976 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aGirolamo da Carpi’s sketchbook, here assembled and catalogued by Professor Canedy, comprises the largest single graphic repertory extant of the antiquities known to a fifteenth-or sixteenth-century artist. More than a thousand sketches survive in the album belonging to the Philip H. and A. S. Rosenbach Foundation in Philadelphia and the portfolio in the Biblioteca Reale, Turin. A few more sheets are preserved in the Department of Prints and Drawings of the British Museum. All the drawings are reproduced, with some comparative material.
Professor Canedy deals with the problems raised by the Sketchbook in a long Introduction. The corpus of Mannerist drawings after the antique and after other artists’ renderings of the antique stands alone in its extent and in its nature. There is no other collection by an Italian artist of stature where figure compositions – as distinct from architectural or ornamental designs – are so abundant. These drawings often supply our earliest evidence of the sixteenth century’s knowledge of individual works of classical art. Where there are invenzioni rather than ricardi, they are not original to Girolamo da Carpi, but copies of other artists’ compositions. Even where Cirolamo’s drawings are apparently made directly from the antique, there seems usually to have been an intermediate composition by another hand. Most frequently, the intermediary is a drawing of much wider importance for the study of the relation between antique and Mannerist art than at first appears. The publication of such a corpus also offers for the first time a secure basis for judging the attribution to Girolamo da Carpi of the seemingly endless succession of Cinquecento drawings of antique sculpture and grotteschi , which continue to appear in collections and on the art market.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250734//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01429nam 22003732 4500 =001 f868cea1-6be2-4e69-a5e2-e7f9a51ccb88 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20012001\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039390$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJP$2bicssc =072 7$aLN$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJP$2thema =072 7$aLN$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 04$aThe Rule of Law in Latin America :$bThe International Promotion of Judicial Reform /$cedited by Pilar Domingo, Rachel Sieder. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2001. =264 \4$c©2001 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDomingo, Pilar,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSieder, Rachel,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248137/53807/53807_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04041nam 22006012 4500 =001 82b1f721-02c7-4c5d-a19a-0c9711af45c1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590732$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =041 1\$aeng$hsla =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI012000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$aQDHF$2thema =100 1\$aRyan, W. F.,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Secret of Secrets: The East Slavic Version :$bIntroduction, Text, Annotated Translation, and Slavic Index /$cW. F. Ryan, Moshe Taube. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (528 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aAcknowledgments
Abbreviations
Introduction:
I. The Secret of Secrets from Arabic to Hebrew to Slavic
II. The Content of the Secret of Secrets
III. The Hebrew Version and its Slavic Translation
IV. The Translators of the Arabic, Hebrew, and Slavic Versions
V. The Interpolations in the Slavic Tajnaja tajnyh
VI. Affinities of the Tajnaja tajnyh to Other Works
VII. The Later History and Impact of the Tajnaja tajnyh
VIII. Manuscripts of the Tajnaja tajnyh
IX. Known Hebrew Manuscripts of the Sod ha sodot
X. Cited Arabic Manuscripts of the Sirr al asrar
XI. Editorial notes on the Slavic Text, Variants, and English Translation
Pseudo-Aristotle, Tajnaja tajnyh (Secret of Secrets): The East Slavic Text and English Translation
List of Works Cited
Slavic Index to the Tajnaja tajnyh
General Index
=520 \\$aThe Secret of Secrets: The East Slavic Version Introduction, Text, Annotated Translation, and Slavic Index
The original Arabic Secret of Secrets was probably compiled from multiple sources, and dates from about the tenth century. It purports to be the advice of Aristotle to his pupil Alexander the Great on all the knowledge - political, ethical, military, medical, and occult - needed by a great king. It was translated into Latin, Hebrew, and many European languages. It has been described as one of the most popular books of the Middle Ages. The Hebrew version was translated into a variety of East Slavic, probably in Kiev before 1483. This idiosyncratic version contains major interpolations: a physiognomy by Razes and treatises on poison, sex, and asthma by Maimonides. It is known to have been in the libraries of at least two tsars and two patriarchs in the 16th and 17th centuries. This annotated edition contains a historical introduction, the text, manuscript variants, an analytical glossary, and an English translation.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aSecretum =653 \\$aSecretum Secretorum =653 \\$aSecret of Secrets =653 \\$aAlexander the Great =653 \\$akingship =653 \\$aRazes =653 \\$aMaimonides =653 \\$apoison =653 \\$atsar =653 \\$atsars =653 \\$aoccult =653 \\$arulership =653 \\$aRussian =653 \\$aSlavic =653 \\$aEast Slavic =653 \\$aTajnaja tajnyh =653 \\$aSod ha sodot =653 \\$aSirr al asrar =700 1\$aTaube, Moshe,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275661/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03518nam 22005052 4500 =001 5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507338$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781911507321$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507413$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781911507314$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/zbwc8919$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAFC$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW103000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW060000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAFC$2thema =072 7$aLAZ$2thema =100 1\$aMason, Stephen,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Signature in Law :$bFrom the Thirteenth Century to the Facsimile /$cStephen Mason. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (122 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. An introduction to the signature
2. The functions of a signature
3. Disputing a manuscript signature
4. Methods of authentication before manuscript signatures
5. The form of the signature
6. The writing material
7. An incorrect signature and absence of a signature
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.
Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$asignature =653 \\$aauthentication =653 \\$afacsimile transmission =653 \\$acommon law =653 \\$aadapting =653 \\$atechnological developments =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/zbwc8919$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/308916/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05430nam 22005532 4500 =001 924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\001\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857958$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857989$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249548$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781908857972$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/gljm4371$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJP$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSL4$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC008050$2bisacsh =072 7$aJP$2thema =245 04$aThe Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures /$cedited by Jonathan Alderman, Geoff Goodwin. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (280 pages): $b16 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =504 \\$aIncludes bibliographical references and index. =505 0\$aForeword. The Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures
Penny Harvey
Introduction: Infrastructure as Relational and Experimental Process
Jonathan Alderman and Geoff Goodwin
1. Dreams of an anchored state: mobility infrastructure and state presence in Quehui Island, Chile
Diego Valdivieso Sierpe
2. ‘They want to change us by charging us’: Drinking water provision and water conflict in the Ecuadorian Amazon
Julie Dayot
3. Water storage reservoirs in Mataquita: Clashing measurements and meanings
Ursula Balderson
4. Planning a new society: Urban politics and public housing in Natal, Brazil
Yuri Gama
5. Contested statebuilding? A four-part framework of infrastructure development during armed conflict
Clara Voyvodic
6. Competing infrastructures in local mining governance in Mexico
Valeria Guarneros-Meza and Marcela Torres-Wong
7. ´Somos Zona Roja´: top-down informality and institutionalised exclusion from broadband internet services in Santiago de Chile
Nicolás Valenzuela-Levi
8. The contradictions of sustainability: Discourse, planning and the tramway in Cuenca, Ecuador
Sam Rumé
9. The record keepers: Maintaining irrigation canals, traditions and Inca codes of law in 1920s Huarochirí, Peru
Sarah Bennison
10. The Cuban nuclear dream: The afterlives of the Project of the Century
Nicole Fadellin
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aFrom houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers.
Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ainfrastructure =653 \\$aLatin America =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$astate =653 \\$acitizenship =653 \\$aresistance =653 \\$aprotest =653 \\$acapitalism =653 \\$aurban development =700 1\$aAlderman, Jonathan,$eeditor.$uLudwig-Maximilians-Universität München.$0(orcid)0000000269282849$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6928-2849 =700 1\$aGoodwin, Geoff,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Leeds. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/gljm4371$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/325135/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01571nam 22004572 4500 =001 206701be-3143-4abb-910e-7841fb69aadb =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039765$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHV$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLL$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSA$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS033000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHV$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KLSA$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =100 1\$aGallo, Klaus,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Struggle for an Enlightened Republic :$bBuenos Aires and Rivadavia /$cKlaus Gallo. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aargentina =653 \\$apolitical influence =653 \\$areform =653 \\$aminister =653 \\$arights =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248118/53739/53739_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 06068nam 22009012 4500 =001 2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912250455$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250486$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002145$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912250462$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/202110.9781912250486$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFSL9$2bicssc =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aLBBP$2bicssc =072 7$aKCN$2bicssc =072 7$aLNKJ$2bicssc =072 7$aACBK$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBC$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW094000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW107000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW036000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW110000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW047000$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.0.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPN$2thema =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =072 7$aKCVG$2thema =072 7$aJPFA$2thema =072 7$a1KBC$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =072 7$a5PB$2thema =100 1\$aCassell, Elizabeth,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Essex. =245 14$aThe Terms of Our Surrender :$bColonialism, Dispossession and the Resistance of the Innu /$cElizabeth Cassell. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (360 pages): $b3 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPart 1: The Innu Chapter 1: Innu/Canadian Relations In Their Social Context Chapter 2: The Innu left to their fate in Schefferville Chapter 3: Matimekush Lac John Today Chapter 4: Legacies of the Past: Barriers to Effective Negotiation Chapter 5: Racis
Part 2: The Royal Proclamation and Questions of Trust Over Indigenous Land Chapter 6: Historical Background Chapter 7: The Personal Fiduciary Duty Chapter 7: Bending the Law to the Needs of Settlement Chapter 8: The Honour of the Crown, the Duty to Consult and the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples
Part Three: The Modern Treaties and Canada’s Comprehensive Claims Policy Chapter 9: The James Bay Project: The Plot to Drown the Northern Woods Chapter 10: The Malouf Judgment - Chief Robert Kanatewat et al v La Societe de Daveloppement de la Baie James et al et La Commission Hydro-Electrique de Quebec [1974] RP 38 Chapter 11: Negotiating the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement Chapter 12: The Aftermath of Signing the James Bay Agreement Chapter 13: The Comprehensive Land Claims Policy
Part Four: The Innu Experience of the Comprehensive Land Claims Process Chapter 14: All that is Left to Us is the Terms of our Surrender: Negotiations to Recover Lost Innu Lands Chapter 15: The New Dawn Agreement Chapter 16: The Position of the Innu Who Live in Quebec Chapter 17: Construction and Protest at Muskrat Falls
Part Five: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? Chapter 18: Academic Solutions Chapter 19: Indigenous Solutions Chapter 20: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths?
Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life.
Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.
The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aInnu =653 \\$aindigenous people =653 \\$aCanada =653 \\$aLabrador =653 \\$aFirst Nations =653 \\$aland grab =653 \\$aecology =653 \\$aland protector =653 \\$ahuman rights =653 \\$aland defender =653 \\$asettler violence =653 \\$aUnited Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples =653 \\$aTruth and Reconciliation Commission =653 \\$aJames Bay & Northern Quebec Agreement =653 \\$aComprehensive Land Claims Process =653 \\$aoil =653 \\$aextraction =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202110.9781912250486$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/299915/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03677nam 22007332 4500 =001 592b42ec-d909-4c43-9485-3fdd35792536 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670918$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$aJHBK$2bicssc =072 7$aHDDK$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAG$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAR$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$a2CXG$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aART015060$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS001030$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002030$2bisacsh =072 7$a3.1.3.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.5.3.0.0.1.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =072 7$aNK$2thema =072 7$aNKDS$2thema =072 7$aDBSG$2thema =072 7$a1QBAE$2thema =072 7$a1QBAR$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =072 7$a2CXG$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3KB-AA-E$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aTakahashi, Ryosuke,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Ties That Bind :$bThe Economic Relationships of Twelve Tebtunis Families in Roman Egypt /$cRyosuke Takahashi. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (208 pages): $b37 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 78.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Introduction 2. Families in second-century Tebtunis 3. Land leases 4. Loans in cash and kind 5. Managers and labourers 6. Conclusion
=520 \\$aTebtunis, an ancient village formerly located in lower Egypt, is one of the most enduring subjects of study from the civilization’s Roman era. This fascinating volume details a dozen family papers that have survived from the second century AD. Belonging to the families of various different classes, this unique documentation provides a rare opportunity to explore how local elites under Roman rule exploited their wealth in the countryside and interacted with its rural inhabitants.
The Ties That Bind is the first book to investigate these family papers holistically, focusing on the economic activities in which the families engaged: land leases, loans in cash and kind, and the employment of managers and laborers on landed estates. This study also addresses strategy and decision-making among both elite families and villagers, the complexity of interfamilial relationships, and the implications of this social networking. This micro-historical study elucidates the diversity of socio-economic life in a village where no single family dominated.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$afamilies =653 \\$amicro-history =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aRomans =653 \\$aEgypt =653 \\$aclass =653 \\$asociety =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 78.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/303340/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03176nam 22004332 4500 =001 29fd93e6-eee9-4a71-ae3c-dd6a7ff4fabe =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165919$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646360$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =100 1\$aBeckett, John,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria County History, 1899-2012 :$bA Diamond Jubilee Celebration /$cJohn Beckett, Elizabeth Williamson, Matthew Bristow. =250 \\$aSecond edition. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource (102 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Preface
Early years of the VCH
Organisation
Aims and plans for completion
General volumes
Natural history
Archaeology and architecture
Topography
Women in the VCH
Move to the IHR
The Archives
Select bibiliography
The counties
Biographies of notable contributors Contributors 2007–12
VCH volumes published since 2000
The VCH in the 21st century
The VCH since 2000
England’s Past for Everyone
Volunteering and the VCH
Digital projects
England’s Past for Everyone
Support the VCH
The future...
Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II graciously permitted the Victoria County History to rededicate its series of county volumes, in celebration of her Diamond Jubilee. The History keeps the name it was given in honour of Queen Victoria when it was founded in 1899 as one of great national projects of that time. It has remained one of the foundations of knowledge about English localities, publishing a remarkable series of encyclopaedic volumes, county-by-county, parish-by-parish.
This book is about the Victoria County History of today: how it developed in its early commercial years through the commitment of its General Editors and a team of experts, before becoming a great public project based at the University of London, and now a dynamic organisation reaching everyone interested in their locality through websites, paperbacks and events, as well as the ‘big red books’. Each VCH county retains its own personality and loyal following, as you will see from the pages created by the counties active in research now.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLandscape history =653 \\$aEnglish Heritage =653 \\$aRomano-British culture =653 \\$aChatsworth House =653 \\$aGoodrich Castle =653 \\$aEnglish archaeology =700 1\$aWilliamson, Elizabeth,$eauthor. =700 1\$aBristow, Matthew,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03708nam 22004452 4500 =001 bfe6fad5-745a-4fe0-84d1-239732d952cd =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646254$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646414$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKEMF$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHQ$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EMF$2thema =100 1\$aCooper, Janet,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria County History of Herefordshire: Bosbury /$cJanet Cooper. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource (106 pages): $b25 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Introduction
Settlement and Population
The Built Environment
Land Ownership
Local Government
Economic History
Agriculture
Industry and Crafts
Social History
Social Structure
Social Life and Recreation
Inns
The Poor
Education
Religious History
Parochial Organisation
Pastoral Care and Religious Life
The Church of the Holy Trinity
Nonconformity
Note on Sources
Abbreviations
Glossary
=520 \\$aBosbury is the second parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, following the history of Eastnor published in 2013.
Like Eastnor, Bosbury is an agricultural parish, near the market town of Ledbury. It covers a relatively large area below the western slopes of the Malvern Hills. In the Middle Ages Bosbury was the site of one of the favourite residences of the bishops of Hereford; in the western part of the parish, called Upleadon, was an estate belonging first to the Knights Templar and then to the Hospitallers. From the 16th century onwards both estates passed into the hands of tenants, leaving the parish without a major resident landowner until John Stedman and Edward Higgins successively developed the Bosbury House estate in the late 18th and the 19th century. Much of that estate was given after the First World War to create the Bosbury Farm Settlement for former soldiers.
The economy of the parish has always been agricultural, mixed farming being practised. Orchards have been important, particularly on the higher ground in the northern part of the parish, and hops have been grown since the 17th century. By the late 19th century the lack of industry, and indeed of any major roads, made the parish appear an oasis of rural peace. The many timber-framed buildings, particularly those along the village street, and the parish church with its detached bell tower, attracted visitors and some new residents, but the parish avoided any large-scale 20th-century development.
Introduction
1. Topography
2. Economic History
3. Social History
4. Religious History
5. Local Government
Afterword
Exploring the changing character of Harwich, Dovercourt and Parkeston through the course of the 19th century, included in this book is the economic, social and political history of the borough. The book provides an overview of the development of areas such as education, religion, public health with a strong focus on Harwich’s maritime history.
The borough of Harwich, including the parish of Dovercourt, lies in the far north east corner of Essex. Its coastal location as a natural harbour at the mouth of the Orwell river dictated that Harwich had a prominent role as a port and naval base from the 14th century onwards. In the 19th century Harwich retained its military function, particularly during the Napoleonic and Crimean wars. The port declined economically as a result of losing the continental packet service in the 1830s, but it was rejuvenated by the opening of the railway in 1854. Dovercourt grew as a residential area and seaside resort in the second half of the 19th century, although the rest of the parish retained much of its traditional agricultural character. The opening of the port at nearby Parkeston in 1883 led to a rapid growth in both passenger traffic and trade to and from the continent.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aeconomics =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aborough =653 \\$adevelopment =653 \\$amaritime =653 \\$aport =653 \\$aagriculture =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/268016//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04545nam 22004452 4500 =001 bdc4b877-81ee-4fa9-9c20-d1373f401d90 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646056$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646391$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =245 04$aThe Victoria History of Essex: Newport /$cedited by Anthony Tuck. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (192 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Introduction
James Bettley, Bernard Nurse and Anthony Tuck
Landscape, Population and Settlement Landscape and Geology Parish Boundaries Population Prehistoric Settlement Roman Settlement Early Saxon Settlement Origins of Newport Settlement Pattern Transport and Communications Secular Buildings
Landownership
James Bettley, David Evans and Anthony Tuck
Shortgrove Estate and Manor Shortgrove Hall The Manor of Newport Pond Tilty Abbey Estate The Quendon Hall Estate in Newport Dispersal of the Shortgrove and Quendon Estates
Economic History
Ben Cowell and Anthony Tuck
Newport as a ‘borough’ Markets and Fairs Agriculture, c.1086–c.1600 Newport and Shortgrove from the 17th Century to the Present Day Employment 19th and 20th Century Industries
Social History
James Bettley, Bernard Nurse, Anthony Tuck and Gillian Williamson
Social Structure to c.1600
Social Structure from c.1600
Public Health
Social Welfare
Poor Relief Charities Leisure and Recreation Education
Local Government
James Bettley, Anthony Tuck and Gillian Williamson
Manorial Administration Vestry Government The Parish Council Administration of Justice from c.1600 Highways Fire Service Parliamentary Elections
Religious History
James Bettley, Bernard Nurse, Anthony Tuck and Gillian Williamson
Parochial Organisation The Parish Church of St Mary Parish Church Pre-Reformation Parish Church Post-Reformation St Leonard’s Hospital Post-Reformation Catholicism Protestant Dissent
Post-War Development
Anthony Tuck
List of Abbreviations
Notes on Sources
=520 \\$aThe parish of Newport lies in the valley of the river Cam in north-west Essex about three and a half miles south-west of the market town of Saffron Walden, and a short distance from the Hertfordshire and Cambridgeshire borders. It probably originated in the early 10th century as a royal foundation, and it soon developed some urban features such as a market. Its position on an important through route between London and East Anglia gave it a more varied character than some of its neighbouring villages, and the coming of the railway in the 19th century led to the establishment of a gas works and maltings. Even so, it remained a largely agricultural community until the mid 20th century, but thereafter its position as a thoroughfare village helped to establish Newport as a community with most of its adult population finding work elsewhere, some in London.
This book explores the varying character of Newport over eleven centuries. It examines the changing patterns of landownership, social structure and economy of the village and its institutions, not least its 16th-century grammar school. It also discusses the part played, especially in the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries, by the owners of Shortgrove Hall, within the parish, and Quendon Hall, a few miles to the south.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLandscape History =653 \\$aChurch of England =653 \\$aTurnpike Trust =653 \\$aCountry cottages =653 \\$aShortgrove estate =653 \\$aThe Poor Law =653 \\$aPond Common Trust =700 1\$aTuck, Anthony,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248193/53903/53903_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02943nam 22005172 4500 =001 0cb1fadb-da60-4610-9080-460e64796623 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646742$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646759$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKEWG$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EWG$2thema =100 1\$aHartland, Beth,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Gloucestershire: Cheltenham Before the Spa /$cedited by Alex Craven; Beth Hartland. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b53 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface
1. Land and People
2. Settlement
3. Landownership
4. Economic History
5. Local Government
6. Social History
7. Religious History
The familiar image of Cheltenham, a large and prosperous former spa town, world-famous on account of its Georgian and Regency architecture, its festivals and educational establishments, masks an earlier history. While numerous descriptions of the town have been published over the years, most say little about the many centuries of its existence before the 1740s, when it began to develop as a fashionable resort. This is the fullest account ever attempted to chronicle those centuries, from the late Saxon period until the 18th century. In this period, Cheltenham developed into a successful small town, ranged along a single main street, with the market and trades serving not only its own needs but also those of the surrounding countryside. It draws on a range of documentary sources preserved in local and national archives, many of them never examined in detail before. It therefore helps to explain the foundations upon which present-day Cheltenham was constructed.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aspa town =653 \\$amicrohistory =653 \\$aCheltenham =653 \\$aEnglish history =653 \\$adevelopment =700 1\$aCraven, Alex,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265335//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02719nam 22004452 4500 =001 4e3a7967-2ae9-4d09-bd0b-9045a4c97b83 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646100$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646407$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =100 1\$aWallis, Rose,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Gloucestershire: Yate /$cRose Wallis. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (130 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aYate is a town in South Gloucestershire, north-east of Bristol. Its ancient parish extended across a largely flat vale, which until the 13th century lay within Horwood forest, and was then cleared, inclosed and farmed as rich pasture by the tenants of the influential owners of its three manors. A limestone ridge fringing the vale provided good building stone, and across the parish seams of coal and a rare mineral - celestine - have been exploited until recent times. Yate lay on an important early route between Bristol and Oxford, and its mineral wealth attracted early railway links, so that it was well placed for industrial development. Bristol-based industries moved there during the decades after 1900, including wartime aviation production, so that Yate's population and housing began to increase.
During the 1950s a 'new town' plan was devised which carefully controlled Yate's expansion, and included pioneering housing estate design, diverse industrial development and a large and progressive shopping mall. Yate's boundaries were redrawn in 1988, and the population of this vibrant, modern town now exceeds 20,000.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLandscape history =653 \\$aRural parish history =653 \\$aAlfred Pontifex =653 \\$aNonconformist churches =653 \\$aBristol Region =653 \\$aCountry estates =653 \\$aPoor Relief =653 \\$aYate British School =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248196/53902/53902_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05765nam 22005532 4500 =001 66369deb-ea3e-42db-a060-e23d12c40dd2 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702008$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702190$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =100 1\$aDeveson, Alison,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Hampshire: Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop /$cAlison Deveson, Sue Lane. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b52 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aList of Illustrations
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Introduction to Cliddesden and Farleigh Wallop
Cliddesden
Introduction
Boundaries and Area
Landscape, Communications and Settlement
Settlement
Population
Landownership
Cliddesden Manor and Estate
Hatch Manor
Other Estates
Economic History
The Agricultural Landscape
Estate Management before 1600
Tenant Farming before 1600 33
Estate Management 1600–1800
Tenant Farming 1600–1800
Estate Management 1800–2016
Tenant Farming 1800–2016
Industry, Crafts, Commerce and Services
Social History
Social Structure and Character
Social Life
Community Activities and Public Buildings
Education
Charities and Welfare
Local Government
Manorial and Hundred Courts
Parish Government and Officers
Religious History
Parochial Organisation
Glebe, Tithes and Rectory House
Pastoral Care and Religious Life
Nonconformity
The Church of St Leonard
The Church at Hatch
Farleigh Wallop
Introduction
Boundaries and Area
Landscape, Communications and Settlement
Settlement
Population
Landownership
Farleigh Manor to the Late 15th Century
Farleigh Manor from the Late 15th Century
Farleigh House
Economic History
The Agricultural Landscape
Estate Management and Farming before 1600
Estate Management 1600–1920
Tenant Farming 1600–1920
Estate Management 1920–2016
Tenant Farming 1920–2016
Crafts, Commerce and Services
Social History
Social Structure and Character
Social Life
Education
Charities and Welfare
Local Government
Manorial and Hundred Courts
Parish Government and Officers
Religious History
Parochial Organisation
Glebe, Tithes and Rectory House
Pastoral Care and Religious Life
Nonconformity
The Church of St Andrew
Afterword
Abbreviations
Glossary
Index
Tracing the history of two small, closely-linked parishes which lie to the south of Basingstoke on the edge of the chalk downlands, and a third parish, Hatch (abandoned towards the end of the 14th century and has formed part of both of the others), Cliddesden, Hatch and Farleigh Wallop is the latest publication from the Victoria County History of Hampshire project. Each settlement has a common manorial descent from the 15th century onwards and they were managed as components of a single estate under the lordship of the Wallop family from their seat at Farleigh House. This volume discusses the manorial owners and the development of the estate, and also includes much more about the lives and activities of ordinary people living and working in the settlements.
Religious and social history of the area is covered and the survival of an unusually full set of records has enabled the history of the school to be told in detail. This, coupled with lively tales of social activities, provides a fascinating picture of rural life as it was and as it has become in the 21st century – largely a home for commuters, with Hatch absorbed into an ever-growing Basingstoke and farming undertaken from one centre across nearly all the land.
Published by the Institute of Historical Research at the University of London, this is the fourth volume from the Victoria County History of Hampshire following Mapledurwell, Steventon and Basingstoke: a Medieval Town c.1000–c.1600. Each title provides a scholarly account of individual villages and towns of interest to their inhabitants, those in the wider area and to those beyond Hampshire itself.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amanor =653 \\$aestate =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$amicrohistory =653 \\$aHampshire =653 \\$asettlements =700 1\$aLane, Sue,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/263812//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03506nam 22006132 4500 =001 ffef8997-91d9-4329-b16d-3e382d6db6e6 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781915249081$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781915249098$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKESH$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-ESH$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =100 1\$aButler, Jennie,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Hampshire: Dummer and Kempshott /$cJennie Butler, Sue Lane. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (136 pages): $b50 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Introduction
2. Landownership
3. Economic History
4. Social History
5. Religious History
6. Local Government
=520 \\$aDummer, a small parish on the chalk downlands south of Basingstoke, has a rich and well documented history which is of interest to a wide audience beyond Hampshire. Manorial records from the 16th century onwards provide a fascinating account of communal farming practices before enclosure of the land in 1743. The parish was distinguished by an unusual level of protestant non-conformity in the late 17th century, followed by the strongly evangelical outlook when John Wesley visited and preached in All Saints' church in 1736 and 1739. The diaries of lord of the manor, Stephen Terry (d. 1867), which vividly bring to life Dummer and Kempshott in the 19th century, are excellent exemplars of the value of personal testimony in local history. Read about Jane Austen, the Swing Riots, emancipated enslaved Africans, trade unionist Joseph Arch and the childhood home of Sarah Ferguson, Duchess of York. At Kempshott, joined with Dummer in 1879, the Prince of Wales (future George IV) leased the grand mansion as a hunting lodge and transformed the social life for the gentry of north Hampshire.
Dummer and Kempshott, Two Chalkland Parishes provides a captivating picture of life throughout the centuries in small farming communities – largely self-contained yet not untouched by outside or national events.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aDummer =653 \\$aKempshott =653 \\$aparish history =653 \\$aStephen Terry =653 \\$amanors =653 \\$aagricultural labour =700 1\$aLane, Sue,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/322133/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03883nam 22004692 4500 =001 2aaca7d3-5e8e-40dd-b627-e3b8341ecf31 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165896$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646377$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =100 1\$aHare, John,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Hampshire: Mapledurwell /$cJohn Hare, Jean Morrin, Stan Waight. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (94 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
List of Illustrations
List of Maps and Plans
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Introduction
Settlement and Population
Secular Buildings
Landownership
Local Government
Economic History
The Agricultural Landscape
Farming, 1050–1550
Farming, 1550–2012
The Woollen Industry, 1400–1700
Crafts and Other Industries
Commerce and Services
Social History
Social Structure
The Life of the Community
Education
Charities and Welfare
Religious History
Parochial Organization
Pastoral Care and Religious Life
The Church of St Mary
Abbreviations
Index
=520 \\$aMapledurwell is the first parish history to be published by the New Victoria History of Hampshire group. Since publication of the first Victoria County History account of the parish in 1911, ideas about what constitutes a good parish history have been transformed.
This new history includes much more about the village itself and about its economy and society, highlighting the lives of ordinary people as well as tracing those who owned the parish's land and property. It discusses Quakers and Congregationalists as well as the congregation of the established church, and looks minutely at the history of elementary education, revealing the appalling sanitary conditions suffered by pupils at the local school. Despite its proximity to the urban centre of Basingstoke, Mapledurwell is typical of many Hampshire downland parishes in which the present-day landscape reflects an earlier open-field system. Its village, recorded in Domesday Book, is rural and picturesque with many attractive timber-framed cottages, the oldest of which is 15th century. Much of it was owned for a long period by Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Winchester College also had properties in the parish.
This book explores, through a close reading of the archival records, how Mapledurwell developed from an agricultural community, which also produced textiles and later malt, into a modern commuter village with only one working farm, and establishes a model for the histories of other rural parishes in Hampshire.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLandscape history =653 \\$aManor Farm Cottage =653 \\$aParliamentary Inclosure of Common Fields =653 \\$aCorpus Christi College =653 \\$aPoor Relief =653 \\$aHampshire Dioceses =653 \\$aCharity Commission =700 1\$aMorrin, Jean,$eauthor. =700 1\$aWaight, Stan,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248831//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02969nam 22005052 4500 =001 c2811f4e-50d4-4709-a114-ac75f8908310 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646612$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646629$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJ$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKESH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-ESH$2thema =100 1\$aHare, John,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Hampshire: Medieval Basingstoke /$cJohn Hare. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (119 pages): $b23 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Land and Government
2. Economic History
3. Social History
4. Religious History
5. Epilogue
Basingstoke is frequently seen as a very modern town, the product of the last decades of the 20th century. In reality it has a long, rich and prosperous history. From its beginnings c.1000 it became a significant market centre for the area around, and a place on the route to London from the west. By 1500 it was among the top 60 towns in England by wealth and taxpayers, and the centre of a major industrial area, whose manufactured cloths formed part of international patterns of trade. Moreover, it is well documented particularly for the 15th and 16th century, when it was at its peak, and should provide a useful addition to the limited number of studies of small medieval towns.
Much of the old town has been swept away by the shopping centre, but something of the medieval footprint survives in its street beyond this, in a few surviving buildings and above all in its magnificent church. This book examines these features as well as the families, whether outsiders or locals, who made the most of the new thriving economic conditions, and whose dynamism helped create the town’s expansion.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$amarket town =653 \\$amedieval history =653 \\$aindustry =653 \\$aBasingstoke =653 \\$aEngland =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251046//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04286nam 22004332 4500 =001 1a69a718-fad2-4318-a8ed-43de897758f6 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646216$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646223$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKEMF$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHQ$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EMF$2thema =100 1\$aMorrin, Jean,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Hampshire: Steventon /$cJean Morrin. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource (111 pages): $b41 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Introduction
Parish Boundaries
Landscape
Communications
Settlement, Population and Domestic Buildings
Manors and Other Estates
Steventon Manor
The Manor Houses
Other Estates
Economic History
Farming
Estate Management 1500–1700
Farming and Estate Management 1707–c.1855
Agriculture c.1855–2016
Woodland
Industry, Crafts, Commerce and Services
Employment on the Railway
Light Industry and Commerce from the late 1980s
Social History
The Village Community 1350–1550
Social Structure 1550–c.1740
Social Structure c.1740–c.1980
The Life of the Community
Gentry Sport 1700–2015
Community Activities and Public Buildings
Education
Charity
Settlement and Bastardy
Local Government
Hundred Court of Basingstoke
Manorial Courts 1600–1800
Parish Government and Officers
Religious History
Parochial Organization
Glebe and Tithes
Rectory Houses
Pastoral Care and Religious Life
The Reformation to 2015
Church Room (Village Hall from 1979)
The Church of St Nicholas
Methodism (Primitive and Union)
Sources and Abbreviations
=520 \\$aSteventon, a chalkland village near Basingstoke, is best known because Jane Austen, the famous novelist and daughter of the local rector, spent the first 25 years of her life here. Unlike Chawton and Bath, no house or museum commemorates the author’s memory in Steventon but this new history explains how family life and observation of north Hampshire society shaped her early literary career. She wrote early versions of Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility and Northanger Abbey in Steventon from 1796 to 1798, drawing on local society for inspiration for characters, manners and sentiments.
But the village had a rich history before and after its famous novelist and there are many other reasons to enjoy this book. Steventon is a typical southern chalkland settlement whose history provides examples of downland agriculture, of agricultural improvements, a scandalous landlord who was driven out of the village by his son and excommunicated by the archbishop of Canterbury, a new Victorian manor house, of landlord–tenant relations and much else. It discusses the social, economic and religious lives of the ordinary people of the village together with the lords of the manor.
This is the second parish history to be published by the new Victoria History of Hampshire group, providing scholarly studies of individual places. It should be of interest to those living in and beyond the county. The first new parish history by the group, Mapledurwell, was published in 2012.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aRural Parish history =653 \\$aJane Austen =653 \\$aLandscape history =653 \\$aElizabethan mansions =653 \\$aTudor architecture =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248822//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03757nam 22006612 4500 =001 a0fdd736-6728-4413-a959-bac91fee0128 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702077$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702442$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKEMF$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EMF$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aBowen, James P.,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Herefordshire: Colwall /$cJames P. Bowen, Alex Craven, Jonathan Comber. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (150 pages): $b34 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Colwall Parish
2. The British Camp
3. Landownership
4. Economic History
5. Social History
6. Religious History
7. Local Government
Colwall lies on the western slopes of the Malvern Hills, near the market town of Ledbury. The large village comprises Colwall Stone, Upper Colwall and Colwall Green. On the Herefordshire Beacon, in the south-eastern corner of the parish, is the Iron Age ‘British Camp’. At the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish, but shortly afterwards Barton Colwall manor was created to endow a prebend in the cathedral. Between the 15th and 17th centuries resident gentry established themselves on other estates, which came to characterise the pattern of landownership.
Until the 19th century Colwall’s economy was predominantly agricultural, including cultivation of orchards and hops. From the mid 19th century the northern part of the parish was transformed by the development of the spa at neighbouring Malvern, and by the arrival of the railway in 1861, following the construction of tunnels under the Malvern Hills by local engineer Stephen Ballard. Mineral water from Colwall springs was bottled commercially, and in 1892 Schweppes opened a bottling plant at Colwall Stone. Colwall’s rural location, natural springs and beautiful scenery attracted visitors to the numerous inns, hotels and boarding houses. Others settled in the parish, occupying new houses including notable arts and crafts villas. In the 21st century the parish continues to attract both visitors and new residents.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amarket town =653 \\$aparish =653 \\$avillage =653 \\$agentry =653 \\$aestate =653 \\$abishop =653 \\$aagriculture =653 \\$aorchard =653 \\$ahops =653 \\$aspa =653 \\$arailway =653 \\$anatural springs =700 1\$aCraven, Alex,$eauthor. =700 1\$aComber, Jonathan,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/289160/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03700nam 22004212 4500 =001 e0352768-3223-45d4-a420-e8f3d9e78e53 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165964$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646384$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJ$2bicssc =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EMF$2thema =100 1\$aCooper, Janet,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Herefordshire: Eastnor /$cJanet Cooper. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource (106 pages): $b25 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Foreword
Introduction
Settlement and Population
Domestic Buildings
Landownership
Local Government
Eastnor Castle
Economic History
Agriculture
Industry and Crafts
Social History
Social Structure
Contacts beyond Eastnor
Inns, Recreations and Customs
Education
The Poor
Religious History
Parochial Organisation
Pastoral Care and Religious Life
The Church of St John the Baptist
Note on Sources
Abbreviations
Glossary
=520 \\$aEastnor is the first parish history to be produced by the Trust for the Victoria County History of Herefordshire, and complements some of the work on Ledbury undertaken for the Heritage Lottery-funded England’s Past for Everyone project between 2005 and 2009. In its expanded treatment of the parish history, emphasising the economy and society of the parish as well as landownership and religious life, Eastnor is modelled on the first individual VCH parish history to be published, that of Mapledurwell, Hampshire, in 2012.
Eastnor lies at the southern end of the Malvern Hills and has always been an agricultural parish. In the 19th and 20th centuries it was dominated by the Castle, built between 1812 and 1820, and by its owners, the Somers Cocks family, Barons and later Earls Somers, and their descendants. The Somers Cocks owned most of the land in the parish and employed many of its inhabitants, and this ownership saved the parish and its many timber-framed houses from modern development. In earlier centuries the pattern of land ownership was very different; at the time of Domesday Book the bishop of Hereford’s manor covered the whole parish. From the later Middle Ages the owners of small freeholds extended their holdings, so that in the 16th and 17th centuries several gentry families owned small estates in the parish. In the course of the 18th century these were bought up by the Somers Cocks family. This book explores, using the extensive archival records, how these changes in land ownership affected the inhabitants of the parish and the way in which the land was farmed.
Introduction
1. Landownership
2. Economic History
3. Social History
4. Religious History
5. Local Government
Buckminster and Sewstern, in north-east Leicestershire, are two small villages within a single parish, and although both were established before 1086, they have developed different characters.
Buckminster was purely an agricultural village until the 1790s, when Sir William Manners enlarged a small park, built a mansion and began to create an estate village. Many of the houses are of red brick, and were built for estate employees by the 9th earl of Dysart between 1878 and 1935, as part of a programme of village improvements. All the land, residential and commercial properties in Buckminster were held in 2017 by the Tollemache family, descendants of Sir William and Lord Dysart.
In contrast, Sewstern’s houses are individual in character, and mostly built from local limestone. Before the 20th century, many had large paddocks to the rear. The village is near the presumed ancient route known as Sewstern Lane, and a wide range of trades were followed between the 14th and 19th centuries, until the age of the railways ended the passing trade.
Land in both villages was quarried for ironstone in the 20th century, then reinstated for farmland, resulting in fields that are several feet below the level of the roads and property curtilages. This book explores the similarities and differences between the two villages over more than a thousand years of recorded history.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aEngland =653 \\$aagriculture =653 \\$adevelopment =653 \\$amicrohistory =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256476//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04117nam 22004212 4500 =001 db9abeb6-26ab-4875-b99e-54bbbd384b70 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646278$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646285$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =100 1\$aFisher, Pamela J.,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Leicestershire: Castle Donington /$cPamela J. Fisher, J.M. Lee. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource (142 pages): $b26 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Introduction
Parish Boundaries
Landscape and Geology
Communication
Settlement
Population
Landownership
The Manor
The Castle
Derby Hills
Donington Park
Religious Estates
Economic History
Overview
Agriculture
Woodland
The Park
Mines and Quarries
Mills and Fisheries
Manufacturing
Retail
Services
Utilities
Social History
Social Structure
Community Activities
Social Welfare
Poor Relief
Charities
Education
Religious History
Parochial Organization
Advowson
Income
Religious Life before the Reformation
Religious Life after the Reformation
Protestant Nonconformity
Post-Reformation Catholicism Church of St Edward, King and Martyr
Local Government
Manor Courts and Officers
Parish Government and Officers
Policing
Note on Sources
Abbreviations
Glossary
=520 \\$aThe parish of Castle Donington in north-west Leicestershire lies on the south bank of the river Trent, 20 miles north-west of Leicester and 8 miles south-east of Derby. A nucleated village developed on the present site more than 1,000 years ago. A castle was built in the 1150s, and several features of a town soon developed, including a market, fair and hospital. Secondary settlements grew up alongside the Trent, by the King’s Mills and at Cavendish Bridge, the site of an important medieval ferry. Donington Park, which originated in the early 13th century as a hunting park, became a separate estate of the earls of Huntingdon in the late 16th century.
Later history has been shaped by strong religious nonconformity and the growth and then decline of traditional industries in the 18th and 19th centuries. Since then, modern transport links, including East Midlands Airport in the south of the parish, have delivered new employment opportunities. Castle Donington in the early 21st century is thriving. Many people travel in daily to work, and thousands more visit the motor-racing circuit at Donington Park and other leisure attractions each year, yet few know of the parish’s rich history.
This book, the first in the Leicestershire VCH series since 1964, examines the changing patterns of landscape, landownership, working lives, social structure and religious worship in Castle Donington across many centuries, and includes the settlements at King’s Mills and Cavendish Bridge. It will be of interest to local residents, visitors, family and local historians.
Introduction
Ibstock Parish
Landownership
Economic History
Social History
Religious History
Local Government
Ibstock is a large village 15 miles north-west of Leicester and the subject of the third VCH Short from Leicestershire. Neighbouring place-names indicate that the parish was once fringed by heathland to its north and west, while Ibstock’s own place-name references an early dairy farm on this land. Garendon Abbey, near Loughborough, received gifts in the 12th century totalling over 500 a. in Ibstock, and created a large sheep farm on their enclosed estate.
Framework-knitting had become important by 1811, when trade and manufacture employed almost as many families in the parish as agriculture. Ibstock’s character changed more dramatically in the later 19th century, when the coal deposits which lay beneath Ibstock’s soils began to be exploited. Two collieries were sunk within the parish by different owners, in 1825 and 1873, ushering in a period of rapid population growth. This was accompanied by the growth of Nonconformity, and the establishment of numerous sports teams, clubs and other societies, some encouraged by Ibstock’s Anglican, Baptist, Primitive Methodist, Wesleyan Methodist and Wesleyan Reform ministers, with others open to all.
The former colliery brickworks continued, and Ibstock Brick, based in the parish, was one of Britain’s largest brickmakers in the early 21st century. The mines have since closed, and much of the undermined farmland has been planted with young trees from the 1990s, to become part of the National Forest.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aIbstock =653 \\$anonconformity =653 \\$aindustry =653 \\$acoal mines =653 \\$abrick making =653 \\$aLeicestershire =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281229/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03343nam 22006132 4500 =001 cfb12a9a-43eb-4c7c-a871-dea3e57cc630 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702824$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702831$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKEY$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EMW$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aFisher, Pamela J.,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Leicestershire: Lutterworth /$cPamela J. Fisher. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b36 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Landscape and Settlement
Landownership
Economic History
Social History
Religious History
Local Government
This publication, the fourth VCH Short from Leicestershire, tells the history of Lutterworth, a small market town in the south-west of the county. John Wyclif was the town’s rector from 1374 until his death in 1384, and the ongoing impact of his controversial writings so concerned the Church that his bones were disinterred and desecrated in 1428 on the instructions of the Pope. Lutterworth was also the birthplace of the jet engine, which was developed by Sir Frank Whittle between 1937 and 1942 in a disused foundry building in the town.
The evolution and development of Lutterworth from small beginnings before the Norman Conquest to the challenges posed today by its position as a key location for the modern logistics industry are described within these pages. Lutterworth’s people and their roles in shaping the economy, schools, churches, institutions and community life all feature strongly, as does the importance of the market in developing trade between the east and west midlands in the Middle Ages and the later effect of transport changes, including stagecoaches, railways and the modern motorway network on people, their jobs, housing and daily life.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLutterworth =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$asocial history =653 \\$aJohn Wyclif =653 \\$alogistics industry =653 \\$adevelopment =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295610/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02516nam 22004812 4500 =001 13451d35-af70-408c-9276-1ef4d5d9996b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646667$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646674$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =100 1\$aTaylor, Pamela,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Middlesex: Knightsbridge and Hyde /$cPamela Taylor. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (100 pages): $b31 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Landownership
2. Economic History
3. Religious History
Today’s Knightsbridge, the wealthy shoppers’ paradise, is a recent cross-border development. This book breaks new ground by uncovering an earlier, larger Knightsbridge and showing why its initial extent and history have been largely forgotten. Knightsbridge was the southern part of the Westminster abbey manor of Knightsbridge and Westbourne, and until 1900 covered the same area as the parish of St Margaret Westminster Detached. Pre-1900 Knightsbridge/Westminster included today’s Kensington Palace, Kensington Gardens, almost half of ‘South Kensington’, and Hyde Park west of the Serpentine (or river Westbourne). So why was so much of Knightsbridge lost to memory, becoming thought of only in terms of Westminster, Hyde or (until 1900 entirely wrongly) Kensington?
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aEngland =653 \\$aWestminster =653 \\$adevelopment =653 \\$aborders =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/255328//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04103nam 22005172 4500 =001 eb13d44c-974f-4dc7-bf17-83468c084b99 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646797$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646810$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKESL$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-ESL$2thema =245 04$aThe Victoria History of Middlesex: St Clement Danes, 1660-1900 /$cedited by Francis Boorman. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b34 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aList of Illustrations
Acknowledgements
Foreword
Introduction
The Parish of St Clement Danes
Origins and Boundaries
Population
Communications
Settlement and Built Environment
17th Century
18th Century
19th Century
Economic History
The Twinings
Theatres
Literary Life
Local Government
Parochial Government
Circa 1700–64
From 1764 to 1855
From 1855 to 1901
Policing
Highways and Street Cleaning
Poor Relief
Charities
Education
Society
Political Life
Clubs, Associations and Electoral Politics
Street Politics: Crowds, Riots and Festivals
Religious History
Parochial Origins and Organisations
Religious Life
Catholicism
Protestant Nonconformity
Epilogue
Abbreviations
Index
St Clement Danes, now the central RAF church in the Strand, is at the heart of the capital, sandwiched between ‘theatreland’ and legal London, and connecting the dual historic centres of Westminster and the City. This book reveals the vibrant cultural, economic, political and religious life of the parish from the Restoration to its abolition in 1900. This period was one of rapid urban transformation in the parish, as the large aristocratic riverside houses of the 17th century gave way to a bustling centre of commerce and culture in the 18th. The slums that developed in the 19th century were then swept away by the grand constructions of the Royal Courts of Justice and the Victoria Embankment, followed by the new thoroughfares of Aldwych and Kingsway, which are still the major landmarks in the area. Characterised by its contrasts, St Clement Danes was home to a mix of rich and poor residents, including lawyers, artisans, servants and prostitutes. The history of this fascinating area introduces a cast of characters ranging from the Twinings tea-trading family, to the rowdy theatre-going butchers of Clare Market and from the famous Samuel Johnson, to the infamous pornographers of Holywell Street. This book also unpicks the complicated structure of local government in the parish, and provides detailed accounts of the parish schools and charities.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$atheatreland =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aStrand =653 \\$adevelopment =653 \\$amicrohistory =700 1\$aBoorman, Francis,$eeditor.$uInstitute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266325//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03521nam 22004452 4500 =001 539e72ac-c6e2-464c-b725-a743db5f320a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702848$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702855$q(Epub) =020 \\$a9781914477232$q(AZW3) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSG$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKESL$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.1.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aRGCU$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-ESLF$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aBoorman, Francis,$eauthor.$uInstitute of Advanced Legal Studies, University of London. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Middlesex: St George Hanover Square /$cFrancis Boorman. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2024. =264 \4$c©2024 =300 \\$a1 online resource (170 pages): $b55 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aThe parish of St George Hanover Square encompasses the wealthy neighbourhoods of Mayfair, Belgravia and Pimlico – of which large areas were owned by the Grosvenor Estate and developed by master builder Thomas Cubitt – as well as part of Hyde Park. This book relates the history of the parish from its inception in 1724 to its abolition with the establishment of the London County Council in 1900. The area was transformed through rapid urbanisation from largely undeveloped fields on the western fringe of London to become one of the most affluent parts of the metropolis, with developments centred on a series of grand squares, including Hanover, Grosvenor and Belgrave Squares.
In detailed thematic treatments, the book explores the local government of the vestry, as well as institutions such as the schools, charities and St George’s Hospital, now based in South London. The wider political culture and the economy of the parish are described, from the aristocrats and servants of Mayfair, to the industries on the bank of the Thames, including manufactories and a distillery. Finally, it covers the religious life of the parish, the erection of new churches and chapels, and its division into ecclesiastical parishes and subdistricts as the population boomed in the nineteenth century.
This book reveals the surprising contrasts in an area characterised by grand townhouses and stucco facades. In it we meet all London life, from the rowdy denizens of the original May Fair, via campaigning duchesses, to market gardeners, including the unforgettable Savage Beare.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295611/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04274nam 22006612 4500 =001 3402a037-c108-4c06-b42f-6f06936eb946 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702084$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702411$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKEMP$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EMP$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aEverard, Judith,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Victoria History of Shropshire: Wem /$cJudith Everard, James P. Bowen, Wendy Horton. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (186 pages): $b49 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Landscape, Settlement and Buildings
Landownership
Economic History
Social History
Religious History
Local Government
Wem lies on the North Shropshire Plain, about nine miles north of Shrewsbury. The centre of a much larger medieval manor and parish, the township consists of the small medieval market town and its immediate rural hinterland. Anglo-Saxon in origin, the town developed after the Norman Conquest, with a castle, parish church, market and water mill. The urban area of the township, ‘within the bars’, was distinguished from the rural, ‘without the bars’. Burgages were laid out, with a customary borough-hold tenure, but the borough never attained corporate status. Isolated from the main regional transport routes, Wem developed as a centre of local government and trade in agricultural produce, especially cheese. It was thrust onto the national stage in 1642 when Parliamentarians defeated a Royalist attack and held the town for the duration of the Civil War. The ‘great fire’ of 1677 then destroyed many of the existing buildings in the town centre, leading to its predominantly Georgian and Victorian appearance today. The decline in agricultural employment and the withdrawal of services and industries from small market towns like Wem in recent decades is a challenge, met by the advantage of the railway station to residents who work elsewhere but choose the town as a place to live.
Wem is the first ‘Short’ history to be produced by the Victoria County History of Shropshire. It is intended to establish a model for the histories of other market towns in Shropshire. This book tells the story of the town, its people and institutions: the built environment, landownership, economy, social and religious life and local government. It reveals for the first time that Wem was a planted medieval castle-town, and presents the evolution of its urban topography. It offers detailed accounts of the town’s medical profession and health care, trades and industries, and retailing, where Wem’s weekly produce market is enjoying a 21st-century revival.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amedieval =653 \\$amanor =653 \\$aparish =653 \\$ahinterland =653 \\$arural =653 \\$amarket town =653 \\$asettlement =653 \\$acheese =653 \\$aagriculture =653 \\$atrade =653 \\$atransport =700 1\$aBowen, James P.,$eauthor. =700 1\$aHorton, Wendy,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275390/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02526nam 22003372 4500 =001 d80f556a-a028-43c9-98f9-40c5737e645d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670055$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTS$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTS$2thema =100 1\$aRoth, Ulrike,$eauthor. =245 10$aThinking Tools: Agricultural Slavery between Evidence and Models (BICS Supplement 92) /$cUlrike Roth. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 28.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThinking Tools sets out to question the prevalent assumption that the slave economy of late Republican and early Imperial Italy was based on a largely adult male slave population. The author draws both on a close reading of the Roman agricultural writers and on visual and archaeological evidence to argue that the Roman villas of the Italian countryside were normally staffed by slave families.In doing so, she both demonstrates the role of female labour in the productive landscape of Roman Italy and radically revises our estimate of the economic potential of the slave estates in Italy created by the development of the Roman empire overseas. Thinking Tools provides fresh insights into everyday nutrition and into the making and use of textiles and the gender roles implied by these aspects of material culture. By drawing parallels with other slave-owning societies – from the ancient world to the Americas of the nineteenth century – Thinking Tools takes our understanding of the role of slavery and of slave families to a new level.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 28.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250809//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01814nam 22003612 4500 =001 96957949-2a2d-4c7f-9f74-85ac71fbd940 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20012001\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039369$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBH$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADSL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBH$2thema =072 7$a2ADSL$2thema =245 00$aThis America We Dream of :$bRodo and "Ariel" One Hundred Years on /$cedited by Gustavo San Roman. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2001. =264 \4$c©2001 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction Gustavo San Roman 1. Rodo, the Generation of 1837 and Juan Carlos Gomez: Iain A. D. Stewart 2. Replay of Plato: Rodo, Dario and Poetry Jason Wilson 3. Rodo Views his Continent Gordon Brotherston 4. Rodo and Marti Stephen M. Hart 5. The Reception of Ariel in Spain: Rodo, Unamuno and the Emergence of the Modern Intellectual Stephen G. H. Roberts 6. Rodo in the United Kingdom, or the Power of an Eloquent Summary Gustavo San Roman =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aRoman, Gustavo San,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248150/53780/53780_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05089nam 22006492 4500 =001 0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646995$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702039$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781912702022$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/919.9781912702039$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aBGH$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aBIO006000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aDNBH$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MNQ$2thema =072 7$a3MPB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aThomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) :$bRefashioning history for the twentieth century /$cedited by Joel T. Rosenthal, Caroline M. Barron. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (341 pages): $b17 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction Caroline M. Barron
I. Tout as a teacher and university statesman 1. The early years and Wales’s history Ralph A. Griffiths 2. Thomas Frederick Tout at Lampeter: the making of a historian William Gibson 3. The Manchester School of History: Tout’s contribution to the pedagogy of academic history Peter Slee 4. Tout and Manchester University Press Dorothy J. Clayton 5. T. F. Tout and the idea of the university H. S. Jones 6. ‘Dear Professor Tout…’: letters from Tout’s students during the First World War Christopher Godden
II. Tout as a political historian 7. Tout and the reign of Edward II Seymour Phillips 8. Tout and the royal favourites of Edward II J. S. Hamilton 9. Tout and the middle party Paul Dryburgh Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929): refashioning history for the twentieth century 10. Tout and the higher nobility under the three Edwards Matt Raven
III. Tout as an administrative historian 11. Tout and the exchequer Nick Barratt 12. Tout and seals John McEwan 13. Tout’s administrators: the case of William Moulsoe Elizabeth Biggs
IV. Tout’s wider influence 14. Institutionalizing history: T. F. Tout’s involvement with the Royal Historical Society and the Historical Association Ian d’Alton 15. T. F. Tout and the Dictionary of National Biography Henry Summerson 16. Tout’s work as a reviewer John D. Milner† and Dorothy J. Clayton 17. T. F. Tout and literature D. Vance Smith 18. The homage volume of 1925 – looking back and looking forward Joel T. Rosenthal
V. Tout remembered 19. Reflections on my grandfather, the historian T. F. Tout Tom Sharp
Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.
This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amedieval =653 \\$ahistorian =653 \\$aManchester =653 \\$aarchives =653 \\$aacademia =653 \\$aLampeter =653 \\$alegacy =653 \\$aOxford =700 1\$aRosenthal, Joel T.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBarron, Caroline M.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/919.9781912702039$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273092/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04017nam 22006492 4500 =001 f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912250097$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250424$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781912250578$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912250295$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/620.9781912250424$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFSL9$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBCQ$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADF$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037030$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.0.2.0.11.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBSL11$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =072 7$a1KBC-CA-QP$2thema =072 7$a2ACBR$2thema =072 7$a2ADFQ$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =072 7$a5PB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aRoss-Tremblay, Pierrot,$eauthor. =245 10$aThou Shalt Forget :$bIndigenous sovereignty, resistance and the production of cultural oblivion in Canada /$cPierrot Ross-Tremblay. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (312 pages): $b14 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aList of figures Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Essipiunnuat, the Salmon War and cultural oblivion 2. The sources of war: colonialism and the emergence of collective agency 3. Capturing who we were: heroic postures in tragic circumstances 4. Stories on the transformative experience of war: from self-empowerment to a metaphysics of domination 5. The Essipiunnuat’s actuality in light of the past Conclusion Postface | Heirs of oblivion: leaders’ interiority as a public issue Bibliography Annex 1 – Methodological notes
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aFollowing a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$acommunities =653 \\$aminority =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$aindigenous people =653 \\$aterritory =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/620.9781912250424$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275392/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03527nam 22005292 4500 =001 524f526d-550b-49e6-98dd-c0d656af3a96 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590930$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aART015080$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS049000$2bisacsh =072 7$aET060$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$aGTB$2thema =072 7$a3KLY-IT-E$2thema =100 1\$aWarburg, Aby,$eauthor. =245 10$aThree Lectures on Leonardo /$cAby Warburg; translated by Dr Joseph Spooner; introduction by Dr Eckart Marchand; preface by Professor Bill Sherman. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (48 pages): $b29 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Bill Sherman, Director, Warburg Institute
Introduction
Eckart Marchand, Warburg Institute Archive
Leonardo: Progressive and Creative Agent of Florentine Art
Aby Warburg; English translation by Joseph Spooner
Leonardo and his Relationship to Early Renaissance Culture at the Court of Milan
Aby Warburg; English translation by Joseph Spooner
Leonardo's Masterpieces
Aby Warburg; English translation by Joseph Spooner
Aby Warburg delivered his Lectures on Leonardo in 1899 to introduce himself as a young art historian and private scholar to the wider public in his hometown Hamburg. One hundred and twenty years later, the Warburg Institute in London publishes these texts for the first time to mark the 500th anniversary of Leonardo’s death. Fully illustrated and translated into English, the lectures give an insight into Warburg as a public speaker, concerned to convey a complex visual argument to a non-specialist audience. Using state-of-the-art projection technologies and drawing on recent publications, Warburg discussed Leonardo’s artistic development in three steps: his training and early years in Florence, work at the Sforza court in Milan, and final years in Florence and France. Within this overview Warburg persistently turns to research questions that are recognisably his own, especially the afterlife of antiquity in the representation of animated life in religious and courtly festivals.
The cover image shows Aby Warburg as a young man of about 32, at his desk in Florence in 1898.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aAby Warburg =653 \\$aLeonardo da Vinci =653 \\$aLeonardo =653 \\$aLast Supper =653 \\$aMona Lisa =653 \\$aItalian Renaissance =653 \\$a15th-century Milan =653 \\$aLudovico Sforza =653 \\$aAndrea del Verrocchio =653 \\$aVerrocchio =653 \\$aItalian Renaissance Drawings =700 1\$aSpooner, Joseph,$etranslator. =700 1\$aMarchand, Eckart,$eintroduction by. =700 1\$aSherman, Bill,$epreface by. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/283434/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03770nam 22003972 4500 =001 b64de4ee-63b5-441c-af82-b15c8f629a9f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165599$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =100 1\$aGalloway, James,$eauthor. =245 10$aTides and Floods: New Research on London and the Tidal Thames from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century /$cJames Galloway. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource (82 pages): $b14 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface
List of contributors
1 Two new Thames tide mill finds of the 690s and 1190s and a brief up-date on archaeological evidence for changing medieval tidal levels
Damian Goodburn with Simon Davis
2 ‘Piteous and grievous sights’: the Thames marshes at the close of the middle ages
James A. Galloway
3 Floods and flood response in eighteenth-century London
Carry van Lieshout
4 Storm surge science: the London connection 1928–1953
Anna Carlsson-Hyslop
5 Rediscovering the Thames
Gustav Milne
Consolidated bibliography of secondary works
=520 \\$aThe lands bordering the tidal river Thames and the Thames Estuary have historically been highly vulnerable to marine flooding. The most severe of these floods derive from North Sea storm surges, when wind and tide combine to drive huge quantities of water against the coast, as happened to devastating effect in 1953. This project seeks to understand the occurrence of storm flooding in the past, and to explore the ways in which people have responded to the threat.
The project draws upon rich surviving documentary sources to study the impact of storm flooding upon the reclaimed marshlands bordering the tidal Thames and its estuary during the period c.1250-1550. Year-by-year accounts of the management of riverside properties have been examined and the degree to which reclaimed land was lost to the sea during the later Middle Ages assessed. The impact of population decline and agrarian recession upon the economics of coastal and river-side defence has been considered. The flood threat to medieval London’s low-lying suburbs has been investigated and the possibility that the long-term flooding of lands down-river spared the city the worst effects of North Sea storm surges explored. Parallels have also been sought in the modern policy of managed retreat or realignment.
The volume concludes with an overview of the multi-faceted work of the Thames Discovery Programme, which is increasing our knowledge of many aspects of the Thames’s past, from medieval fish traps, through nineteenth-century shipbuilding, to the Blitz, which posed a new and very real flood threat to the mid-twentieth century metropolis.
1. Introduction: ALBA from dawn to dusk? Asa K. CusackPart I 2. Self-awareness and critique: an overview of ALBA research Christopher David Absell 3. ALBA and the fourth wave of regionalism in Latin America Olivier DabènePart II 4. A very Latin American social policy: ALBA, counter-hegemonic regionalism, and ‘living well’ Kepa Artaraz 5. The first five years of the SUCRE: successes and limitations of ALBA’s regional virtual currency Stephanie PearcePart III 6. ALBA in Nicaragua: political, economic and development implications Gloria Carrión 7. Pragmatism left, right, and centre? Revisiting ALBA accession in the Eastern Caribbean Asa K. CusackPart IV 8. Venezuela, ALBA, and the Communal Economic System Helen Yaffe 9. From magical state to magical region? Ecology, labour and socialism in ALBA Rowan Lubbock 10. Venezuela in crisis: how sustainable is its support for ALBA? José Manuel PuentePart V 11. Progress, problems, and prospects of ALBA’s alternative regionalism Asa K. Cusack
=520 \\$aThis collection analyses the impact and influence of the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), whose vision of alternative regionalism has spearheaded Latin America and the Caribbean’s collective challenge to neoliberal globalisation in the twenty-first century. The volume’s comprehensive coverage incorporates insights from the domestic level in Nicaragua, the Anglophone Caribbean, and especially Venezuela, while also exploring ALBA’s key regional economic and social-policy initiatives and its place in the wider international relations of Latin American and the Caribbean. Moving beyond normative debates about the project’s desirability and descriptive accounts of its initiatives, this volume provides critical analyses that consider equally ALBA’s progress, problems, and prospects. In tackling many of the key questions about the past and future of ALBA it reveals a frequently misunderstood organisation whose impacts have been significant but whose failings also jeopardise the project’s long-term sustainability. This timely volume helps us to understand the dynamics shaping the region at a time when its global relevance has never been greater.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLatin America =653 \\$aAnglophone Caribbean =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$adevelopment =653 \\$aglobalisation =653 \\$aalternative regionalism =700 1\$aCusack, Asa K.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/257649//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04164nam 22007332 4500 =001 cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702503$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702497$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702534$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002275$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702510$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/920.9781912702534$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBWP$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW$2bicssc =072 7$a1DSE$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADS$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS027090$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS027100$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.5.7.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DSE-ES-DA$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2ADS$2thema =072 7$a3MPB$2thema =072 7$a3MPBG-IT-S$2thema =072 7$a3MPBGJ-ES-B$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aKerry, Matthew,$eauthor. =245 10$aUnite, Proletarian Brothers! :$bRadicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic /$cMatthew Kerry. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (264 pages): $b2 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Rethinking the Red Valleys
2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2)
3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3)
4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4)
5. Revolution
6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935
7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936
Conclusion
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aIn October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9).
Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers! reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe.
=536 \\$aRoyal Historical Society =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$arevolution =653 \\$ainsurrection =653 \\$aupheaval =653 \\$aasutrias =653 \\$acoalfields =653 \\$aradicalism =653 \\$aconflict =653 \\$aboycott =653 \\$astrike =653 \\$afascism =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/920.9781912702534$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281114/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01482nam 22003612 4500 =001 193cf9ca-505f-4e12-9a54-937aed60f707 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20022002\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587887$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aMBX$2bicssc =072 7$aPDA$2bicssc =072 7$aMED039000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh =072 7$aMBX$2thema =072 7$aPDA$2thema =245 00$aUnknown Galen (BICS Supplement 77) /$cedited by Vivian Nutton. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2002. =264 \4$c©2002 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 13.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aNutton, Vivian,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 13.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250843//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05147nam 22004452 4500 =001 4011c0de-ea09-4a80-af74-01261f7cef98 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572663$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBH$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a2A$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBCC$2thema =072 7$aDSBH$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a2A$2thema =245 00$aUrban Microcosms 1789-1940 /$cedited by Margit Dirscherl, Astrid Köhler. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b21 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 11.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: Towards a Phenomenology of Urban Microcosms Margit Dirscherl and Astrid KöhlerI EXTERIOR PLACES 1. Jardins publics and jardins privés: Fictions of Urbanity in Nineteenth-Century Paris Robert Lethbridge 2. Marcel Proust’s ‘lieu factice’ and the Urban Microcosm Oliver Brett 3. The Eye of the Storm: Deceleration in Literary Depictions of Railway Stations Margit Dirscherl 4. Harbouring Urbanity Johanna Bundschuh-van DuikerenII INTERIOR PLACES 5. ‘What does New York City denote anyway? Big city is big city. I have been to Hanover often enough’: Museum and Department Store in Arno Schmidt’s Aus dem Leben eines Fauns Sven Hanuschek 6. The Department Store as Habitat of the Sophisticated Urbanite: Georg Hermann’s Der kleine Gast (1925) Godela Weiss-Sussex 7. ‘Kafka didn’t often come to the café’: The Prague Café as a Space of Memory Lucy Duggan 8. New Temples — Restaurants as Places of Modern Urbanity in Russia’s fin de siècle: The Restaurant as a New Sacred Place Botakoz Kassymbekova 9. Views of Italian Urban Microcosms in Giacomo Leopardi’s Work Andrea PensoIII DISCURSIVE SPACES 10. Waves and Globes in Walter Benjamin’s Microcosmic Cities Esther Leslie 11. ‘For public business or amusements’: Places and Spaces of Urbanity in Town Directories, 1760–1820 Cristina Sasse 12. For Whom Tolls the Bell? The Changing Meaning of Church Bells in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Literary Descriptions of Villages and Cities Elio BaldiIV NETWORKS BEYOND THE CITIES 13. Replicating and Representing the Abandoned City: Artists’ Coastal Colonies and Depictions of the Seashore Charles Jones 14. Nineteenth-Century Spa Towns and Urban Microcosms: The Case of Karlovy Vary Astrid Köhler 15. Patient Narratives as Distorted Mirrors: Letters from a Nineteenth-Century Psychiatric Hospital Markus Schiegg 16. Les Hommes de la Route in the Boudoir: The Road Conference as an Urban Microcosm (1910–38) David Peleman Notes on Contributors Bibliography Index
=520 \\$aUrban microcosms are small-scale communal spaces that are integral to, or integrated into, city life. Some, such as railway stations or department stores, are typically located in city centres. Others, such as parks, are less quintessentially metropolitan, whilst harbours or beaches are often located on the peripheries of cities or outside them altogether. All are part of a network of nodes establishing connections in and beyond the city. Together, they shape and inflect the infrastructure of modern life. By introducing the concept of urban microcosm into social, cultural, and literary studies, this interdisciplinary volume challenges the widely held assumption that city life is evenly spread across its spaces. Sixteen case studies focus on selected urban microcosms from across Europe between 1789 and 1940, and examine the external appearance, representation, histories, and internal rules of these organizational structures and facilities. In so doing, they contribute to an understanding of modernity, and of the impact of the dynamics of urban life on human experience and intersubjectivity.
Margit Dirscherl is Lecturer in German at St Hugh’s, University of Oxford. Astrid Köhler is Professor of German Literature and Comparative Cultural Studies at Queen Mary University of London.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDirscherl, Margit,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKöhler, Astrid,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 11.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/272115//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02146nam 22003732 4500 =001 ff85742d-a6b8-4720-a12d-e19a910fc455 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670406$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aVXW$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aVXW$2thema =245 00$aVanishing Acts on Ancient Greek Amulets /$cedited by Christopher A. Faraone. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2012. =264 \4$c©2012 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 60.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aGreek magical texts sometimes contain peculiar triangular formations created by repeating the same word over and over again in the same column, but leaving off one letter at the beginning or end (or both). Interpretations shifted during the twentieth century: did the words inscribed in these shapes represent the names of diseases or evil demons which were forced to disappear as each letter of the name does? Or were they the work of Roman period scribes representing very different notions? This new study uses a masterly survey of the known examples of these texts to argue for a radical revision of recent views.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aamulets =700 1\$aFaraone, Christopher A.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 60.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250677//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05737nam 22004452 4500 =001 a29e59d8-89b4-4f63-89c2-3cc181e0ae18 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590527$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI012000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHM$2thema =072 7$aCBX$2thema =072 7$aNHDL$2thema =072 7$aNHDN$2thema =072 7$aPGG$2thema =072 7$aQ$2thema =072 7$aQR$2thema =245 00$aVernacular Aristotelianism in Italy from the Fourteenth to the Seventeenth Century /$cedited by Luca Bianchi, Simon Gilson, Jill Kraye. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 17.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface (pp. ix–x)
Introduction (pp. 1–5)
Luca Bianchi, Simon Gilson and Jill Kraye
Giles of Rome’s De regimine principum and the Vernacular Translations: The Reception of the Aristotelian Tradition and the Problem of Courtesy (pp. 7–29)
Fiammetta Papi
Uses of Latin Sources in Renaissance Vernacularization of Aristotle: The Case of Galeazzo Florimonte, Francesco Venier and Francesco Pona (pp. 31–55)
Luca Bianchi
Alessandro Piccolomini’s Mission: Philosophy for Men and Women in their Mother Tongue (pp. 57–73)
Letizia Panizza
Francesco Robortello on Popularizing Knowledge (75–92)
Marco Sgarbi
Aristotelian Commentaries and the Dialogue Form in Cinquecento Italy (pp. 93–107)
Eugenio Refini
Aristotle’s Politics in the Dialogi della morale filosofia of Antonio Brucioli (pp. 109–122)
Grace Allen
‘The best works of Aristotle’: Antonio Brucioli as a Translator of Natural Philosophy (pp. 123–138)
Eva Del Soldato
Vernacular Meteorology and the Antiquity of the Earth in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (pp. 139–159)
Ivano Dal Prete
Vernacularizing Meteorology: Benedetto Varchi’s Comento sopra il primo libro delle Meteore d’Aristotile (pp. 161–181)
Simon Gilson
Bartolomeo Beverini (1629–1686) e una versione inedita della Metafisica di Aristotele (pp. 183–208)
Corinna Onelli
Index of Manuscripts and Incunables (p. 209)
Index
of Names (pp. 210–216)
This volume is based on an international colloquium held at the Warburg Institute, London, on 21–2 June 2013, and entitled ‘Philosophy and Knowledge in the Renaissance: Interpreting Aristotle in the Vernacular’. It situates and explores vernacular Aristotelianism in a broad chronological context, with a geographical focus on Italy. The disciplines covered include political thought, ethics, poetics, rhetoric, logic, natural philosophy, cosmology, meteorology and metaphysics; and among the genres considered are translations, popularizing commentaries, dialogues and works targeted at women. The wide-ranging and rich material presented in the volume is intended to stimulate scholars to develop this promising area of research still further.
Table of Contents:
Preface (pp. ix–x)
Introduction (pp. 1–5)
Luca Bianchi, Simon Gilson and Jill Kraye
Giles of Rome’s De regimine principum and the Vernacular Translations: The Reception of the Aristotelian Tradition and the Problem of Courtesy (pp. 7–29)
Fiammetta Papi
Uses of Latin Sources in Renaissance Vernacularization of Aristotle: The Case of Galeazzo Florimonte, Francesco Venier and Francesco Pona (pp. 31–55)
Luca Bianchi
Alessandro Piccolomini’s Mission: Philosophy for Men and Women in their Mother Tongue (pp. 57–73)
Letizia Panizza
Francesco Robortello on Popularizing Knowledge (75–92)
Marco Sgarbi
Aristotelian Commentaries and the Dialogue Form in Cinquecento Italy (pp. 93–107)
Eugenio Refini
Aristotle’s Politics in the Dialogi della morale filosofia of Antonio Brucioli (pp. 109–122)
Grace Allen
‘The best works of Aristotle’: Antonio Brucioli as a Translator of Natural Philosophy (pp. 123–138)
Eva Del Soldato
Vernacular Meteorology and the Antiquity of the Earth in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (pp. 139–159)
Ivano Dal Prete
Vernacularizing Meteorology: Benedetto Varchi’s Comento sopra il primo libro delle Meteore d’Aristotile (pp. 161–181)
Simon Gilson
Bartolomeo Beverini (1629–1686) e una versione inedita della Metafisica di Aristotele (pp. 183–208)
Corinna Onelli
Index of Manuscripts and Incunables (p. 209)
Index of Names (pp. 210–216)
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBianchi, Luca,$eeditor. =700 1\$aGilson, Simon,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKraye, Jill,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 17.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251211//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03146nam 22003732 4500 =001 abb32e53-7962-4c72-9b63-648836ed3745 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670062$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO017000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =100 1\$aGlinister, Fay,$eauthor. =245 10$aVerrius, Festus and Paul (BICS Supplement 93) :$bLexicography, Scholarship, and Society /$cFay Glinister, Clare Woods; edited by J.A. North, M.H. Crawford. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 29.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aBurned, water-damaged, lost for centuries – the text we know today as ‘Festus’ barely survived to the modern era, but since its re-discovery in the fifteenth century it has exercised some of the greatest minds in the history of scholarship. Today the sole surviving manuscript lies in the airy calm of the Biblioteca Nazionale at Naples, a precious link to the great outpouring of scholarship during the last centuries of the Roman Republic.
Festus’ Lexicon took shape over several centuries through the efforts of three men in particular: Verrius Flaccus, the antiquarian who rose from humble origins to enjoy a successful career in the service of the emperor Augustus; Festus, an obscure intellectual who abridged Verrius’ monumental work, partially saving it condemning the rest to oblivion; and Paul the Deacon, the eighth-century monk whose own epitome of Festus formed part of the resurgence of interest in ancient Roman culture at the court of Charlemagne. In this volume, an international group of scholars brought together by the Festus Lexicon Project of UCL’s Department of History explores this rich, if problematic, resource. They furnish new interpretations of the text, re-evaluate the careers and scholarship of the three men responsible for its composition and offer fresh insights into its origins, development and textual transmission. Together these papers demonstrate the many ways in which this important text can be used to shed light on a wide range of historical problems.
Contents
Introduction Naomi Segal and Sharon Kivland
PSYCHOANALYSIS AND THE ARTS
1 Art and Psychoanalysis (Among Other Discourses)
Malcolm Quinn
2 Between Two Worlds Mark Nash
3 Transcript
Sharon Kivland
PSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE FRENCH-SPEAKING WORLD
4 Freedom to Roam
Julia Borossa
5 How a Child Develops a Sense of Humour During Psychoanalysis
Christine Anzieu-Premmereur
6 La reproduction
Stéphane Le Mercier
PEDAGOGY AND PRACTICE
7 Pedagogy and Practice
Amy Wygant
8 Psychoanalysis in the University: The Clinical Dimension
Sander L. Gilman
9 Materials for the Advancement of Conceptualization: An Introduction to Materials Library
Zoe Laughlin
PSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE SPANISH- AND PORTUGUESE-SPEAKING WORLD
10 Speaking Experience
Alison Sinclair
11 Psychoanalysis in Argentine Culture: A Social and Political Interpretation
Hugo Vezzetti
12 Earnest Abnegation in Perpetuity
Juan Cruz
PSYCHOANALYSIS AND POLITICS
13 Accidental Pasts and the Truth of History
Ahuvia Kahane
14 The ‘Sibling Trauma’ and the Case of Judge Daniel
Juliet Mitchell
15 Spirit
Jaspar Joseph-Lester
PSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE GERMAN-SPEAKING WORLD
16 Constructions in the Humanities: The German-field Seminars
Martin Liebscher
17 Staging Freud: Reflections on Gradiva, the Muse of Psychoanalysis
Herbert Lachmayer
18 Gradiva Project
William Cobbing
PSYCHOANALYSIS AND TRANSMISSION
19 Transmission Impossible?
Andrew Webber
20 On Psychoanalysis and its History: Some Reflections from the South
Mariano Ben Plotkin
21 In Praise of Ghosts
Uriel Orlow
PSYCHOANALYSIS IN THE ITALIAN-SPEAKING WORLD
22 Family Matters
Lesley Caldwell
23 Identity, Writing and Uncertainty
Claudio Magris
24 On the World of Interiors
Marcella Vanzo
List of Contributors
Bibliography
=520 \\$aAcademics, analysts and artists are gathered together in this illustrated volume, which celebrates the culmination of a two-year project at the Institute of Germanic & Romance Studies to discover and debate current issues in psychoanalysis in the arts and humanities across five language-fields in Europe and beyond. The twenty-four essays include surveys of psychoanalytic thought in areas speaking French, German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish; the work of eight artists, ranging from found objects in Marseilles or the figure of Gradiva on a manhole cover to the life of Le Corbusier, the lightest object in the world and words on a glass wall; and eight academic essays, including studies of humour in child therapy, Freud in Argentina, sibling trauma in the Schreber family and psychoanalysis in the university curriculum.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aIdentity =653 \\$aTrauma =653 \\$aTherapy =653 \\$aArt =653 \\$aFreud =653 \\$aLacanian school =653 \\$aPedagogy =653 \\$aFranz Fanon =653 \\$aChild psychology =653 \\$aHumour =700 1\$aSegal, Naomi,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKivland, Sharon,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 7.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248180/53893/53893_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03447nam 22005172 4500 =001 83fefd84-9c79-4b6b-bfbf-b943546c2d6b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702046$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702053$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWQH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWQH$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRGL$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =100 1\$aBrockington, Richard,$eauthor. =245 10$aVictoria County History of Cumbria: Kirkoswald and Renwick /$cRichard Brockington, Sarah Rose. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b31 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Landownership
2. Economic history
3. Social history
4. Religious history
5. Local government
Kirkoswald and Renwick is the first parish history to be produced by the Cumbria County History Trust in collaboration with Lancaster University for the Victoria County History of Cumbria. Covering 30 square miles of agricultural land and moorland, the modern civil parish of Kirkoswald lies between the river Eden and the Pennine heights, on the western edge of the North Pennine Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Kirkoswald township, anciently a market and small industrial centre, lies nine miles north east of Penrith. Until 1566 Kirkoswald Castle was the principal seat of the powerful Barons Dacre of the North whose massive landholdings extended over six counties. In 1523 Lord Thomas Dacre translated St Oswald’s church, a pre-conquest foundation for which the village is named, to collegiate status, and after the Reformation the college became a gentleman's residence, acquired in 1611 by the Fetherstonhaugh family whose home it still is after 400 years and 11 generations of descent.
The economy, largely dependent on agriculture, benefited for 600 years from Kirkoswald's role as a market and business centre, with some manufacturing (textiles, paper and timber) powered by the waters of the Raven Beck. From 1631 to about 1850 there was coal mining on the Pennine Edge (with associated lime-burning). In the 21st century the parish remains an unspoilt and beautiful corner of England, home to some 30 farms specialising in animal husbandry, and many retired people and commuters to Penrith and Carlisle.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$alocal history =653 \\$aCumbria =653 \\$aeconomic history =653 \\$adevelopment =653 \\$aengland =700 1\$aRose, Sarah,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266062//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02597nam 22003492 4500 =001 dbef9cb6-ede4-4d70-9320-069156472217 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670147$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aVita Vigilia Est: Essays in Honour of Barbara Levick (BICS Supplement 100) /$cedited by Edward Bispham, Greg Rowe, Elaine Matthews. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 36.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe new millennium sees both Pliny the Elder and his massive encyclopaedic Natural History being studied more seriously and holistically than at any time in the preceding century. The essays in this volume, which honour the seminal work of Barbara Levick on the politics and society of imperial Rome, above all in the period of Pliny’s life and literary activity further this re-assessment. They consider aspects of Pliny’s life and output which have not so far received serious attention. These include his value as a source for the kings of Rome and their achievements; his attitude to astronomy and natural wonders, to gentilician commemoration, philosophical sects, Roman dress and coinage; and his moral judgements on the fall of the Republic. The essays consider the ideological climate of the Flavian period, as reflected not only in Pliny’s attitude to the past, but in his construction of Rome and Italy, and his relationship to contemporary writers like Licinius Mucianus. Pliny emerges clearly as a major literary and cultural figure of the early Empire. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBispham, Edward,$eeditor. =700 1\$aRowe, Greg,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMatthews, Elaine,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 36.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250799//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01480nam 22003852 4500 =001 60beae30-2711-4e49-a502-ac766d0722df =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19951995\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780901145987$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aJH$2bicssc =072 7$aJPFN$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL031000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS024000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$aJH$2thema =072 7$aJPFN$2thema =245 00$aWars, Parties and Nationalism :$bEssays on the Politics and Society of Nineteenth-century Latin America /$cedited by Eduardo Posada-Carbo. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1995. =264 \4$c©1995 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aPosada-Carbo, Eduardo,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248198/54111/54111_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02458nam 22005412 4500 =001 5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$a9780992725730$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/818.9780992725730$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSC$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBD$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JD$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037040$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSC$2thema =072 7$aDSBD$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MG$2thema =072 7$a5PX-GB-S$2thema =100 1\$aVendler, Helen,$eauthor. =245 10$aWays into Shakespeare's Sonnets /$cHelen Vendler. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (29 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1990.
The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
Introduction David Dabydeen, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and Tina K. Ramnarine Biographies
The Rebel Kevin Hosein Mother Wounds Gitanjali Pyndiah Mama Liberia Angelica A. Oluoch My Father the Teacher Prithiraj R. Dullay Gandhi and the Girmitya Satendra Nandan Pepsi, Pie and Swimming Pools in-the-Sky Cynthia Kistasamy Waterloo: At Siewdass Sadhu’s Temple in the Sea Anita Sethi Talanoa with my Grandmother Noelle Nive Moa Passage from India Anirood Singh india has left us Eddie Bruce-Jones Chutney Love Gabrielle Jamela Hosein Brotherhood of the Boat: Fijians and Football in North America Akhtar Mohammed The Heist Deirdre Jonklaas Cadiramen Buckets Stella Chong Sing The Tamarind Tree: vignettes from a plantation frontier in Fiji Brij V. Lal ‘I go sen’ for you’ Fawzia Muradali Kane Paradise Island Priya N. Hein Building Walls Kama La Mackerel The Legend of Nagakanna Aneeta Sundararaj Great-grandmother, Ma Jennifer Rahim Homecoming Suzanne Bhagan Erased Athol Williams Famished Eels Mary Rokonadravu Rights of Passage Patti-Anne Ali The Protest March that Ended Indian Indentureship in St Vincent Arnold N. Thomas Sita and Jatayu Lelawattee Manoo-Rahming Memoir. Tales of the Sea: a sisterhood of the boat Gaiutra Bahadur Pot-bellied Sardar David Dabydeen
The abolition of slavery was the catalyst for the arrival of the first Indian indentured labourers into the sugar colonies of Mauritius (1834), Guyana (1838) and Trinidad (1845), followed some years later by the inception of the system in South Africa (1860) and Fiji (1879). By the time indenture was abolished in the British Empire (1917–20), over one million Indians had been contracted, the overwhelming majority of whom never returned to India. Today, an Indian indentured labour diaspora is to be found in Commonwealth countries including Belize, Kenya, Malaysia, Sri Lanka and the Seychelles.
Indenture, whereby individuals entered, or were coerced, into an agreement to work in a colony in return for a fixed period of labour, was open to abuse from recruitment to plantation. Hidden within this little-known system of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Indian migration under the British Empire are hitherto neglected stories of workers who were both exploited and unfree. These include indentured histories from Madeira to the Caribbean, from West Africa to the Caribbean, and from China to the Caribbean, Mauritius and South Africa.
To mark the centenary of the abolition of the system in the British Empire (2017–20) this volume brings together, for the first time, new writing from across the Commonwealth. It is a unique attempt to explore, through the medium of poetry and prose, the indentured heritage of the twenty-first century.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aBritish empire =653 \\$aheritage =653 \\$apoetry =653 \\$aprose =653 \\$aindenture =653 \\$amigration =653 \\$adiaspora =700 1\$aDabydeen, David,$eeditor. =700 1\$adel Pilar Kaladeen, Maria,$eeditor. =700 1\$aRamnarine, Tina K.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/261080//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02391nam 22003252 4500 =001 3b8b1822-99ca-4bed-a2bd-c093347696d2 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780957194199$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =245 00$aWhat Future for Human Rights in a Non-Western World? /$cedited by Simon Bennett, Eadaoin O'Brien. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2012. =264 \4$c©2012 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe countries of the global north and west that have enjoyed hegemonic preponderance in international affairs over the last two centuries are seeing their relative influence on the world stage decline in favour of rising powers of other regions. As the ability of the global north and west to project normative standards with regards to social organisation, international relations and the role of the state is waning, what emerging norms might guide future trajectories for global society? As human rights is a highly politicised and contentious area of discourse and practice, what future might there be for human rights in a non-western world? The London Debates 2011 workshop sought to bring together established academics and early career researchers from a variety of disciplines to reflect upon possible futures for world order and the implications for human rights. In this edited volume, nuanced analysis covers the ongoing debate on the universality of human rights, the outlook for human rights in an Islamic context, the role of civil society in the future of human rights, and human rights in China.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBennett, Simon,$eeditor. =700 1\$aO'Brien, Eadaoin,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250000//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02962nam 22004092 4500 =001 0deefb6e-35f1-4948-abde-99f82c4b4450 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670048$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAR$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$a1QBAR$2thema =245 00$aWolf Liebeschuetz Reflected (BICS Supplement 91) /$cedited by John Drinkwater, Benet Salway. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 27.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aWolf Liebeschuetz is one of the most distinguished, creative and best-liked of contemporary Ancient Historians. In his fifty-year career of teaching and publication Wolf, German-born and British-educated, has informed generations of scholars – collaborating, instructing, disputing and commenting on research.In this volume, coinciding with his eightieth birthday, twenty historians and archaeologists who have known Wolf as friends, colleagues and pupils acknowledge and celebrate his influence by presenting papers on topics related to his four monographs: Antioch: City and Imperial Administration in the Later Roman Empire (1972); Continuity and Change in Roman Religion (1980); Barbarians and Bishops (1990); and The Decline and Fall of the Roman City (2001). Four core sections cover: ‘Law and Religion’ (Duncan Cloud, Robert Markus, Karl Leo Noethlichs, John North, Benet Salway); ‘Antioch and the East’ (Hugh Elton, Geoffrey Greatrex, Doug Lee); ‘Barbarians and Bishops’ (Jonathan Barlow, John Drinkwater, Peter Heather, Neil McLynn); ‘The City’ (Simon Corcoran, Nick Henck, Luke Lavan, Andrew Poulter, Charlotte Roueché). The book opens with ‘Modern Historiography’ (Hartmut Leppin, Bryan Ward-Perkins) and closes with an ‘Afterword’ (Averil Cameron).
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDrinkwater, John,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSalway, Benet,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 27.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250810//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03524nam 22005652 4500 =001 5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507109$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781911507123$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507116$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/0918.9781911507123$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAQG$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW043000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW038000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC032000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAQG$2thema =072 7$aJBSF1$2thema =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =100 1\$aAtkins, Susan,$eauthor. =245 10$aWomen and the Law /$cSusan Atkins, Baroness Brenda Hale. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (284 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aA note on the 2018 edition 2018 foreword Preface
Introduction Women in society 1 The historical legacy 2 Equality at work 3 Beyond equality of opportunity
The private domain 4 Sexuality 5 Motherhood 6 Breadwinners and homemakers: partners or dependants? 7 Power and violence in the home 8 The case against marriage?
The state and women’s rights 9 The welfare state: social security and taxation 10 Women as citizens Index
Women And The Law is a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth, with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$awomen's rights =653 \\$agender studies =653 \\$agender politics =653 \\$afreedom =653 \\$aprotections =700 1\$aHale, Brenda,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0918.9781911507123$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/262847//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02482nam 22003252 4500 =001 6f51f8ab-df09-4e09-9208-3268a826e163 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20032003\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039581$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aJBSF1$2thema =100 1\$aMolyneux, Maxine D.,$eauthor. =245 10$aWomen's Movement in international perspective: Latin America and Beyond /$cMaxine D. Molyneux. =264 \1$alondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2003. =264 \4$c©2003 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe essays collected in this volume reflect the remarkable analytical scope and geographical range of their author, engaging fully with the debates over the politics of gender as well as appraising women's movements in widely varying societies. Most chapters deal directly with Latin American issues and experiences, including anarchist feminism in the nineteenth-century Argentina; the politics of gender and those of abortion in Sandinista Nicaragua; the role of the official Cuban women's organisation in the 1990s; and appraisals of the relations between gender, citizenship and state formation in twentieth-century Latin America.
'... the work of an original and candid scholar ... Enlightening and refreshing, this book should be read by anyone concerned with contemporary questions of citizenship and social membership'
Matthew C. Gutman, Brown University
'This is an important book about big concepts - political interests, social activism in authoritarian states, revolution, and democracy'
L. D. Bush, University of Pittsburgh
'... this book definitively distinguishes Molyneux as one of the leading contemporary thinkers in the field'
Sylvia Chant, London School of Economics
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250115//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04134nam 22004572 4500 =001 b3034f0e-2a96-4c4b-926f-727090c714b8 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572298$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSB$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSB$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =245 00$aWord on the Street /$cedited by Elisha Foust, Sophie Fuggle. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource (308 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 4.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aList of Illustrations
Elisha Foust
I. SIGNS & COUNTERSIGNS
Guy Puzey
3 The Subversive Poetics of a Marginalized Discourse and Culture
E. Dimitris Kitis
4 SkateSpeak: An Interview with Iain Borden
Elisha Foust
II. CROSSING THE STREET
James Scorer
6 Walking the Streets: Cityscapes and Subjectscapes in Fin-de-Siècle Vienna
Anne Flannery
7 Fragmenting the Street: Flâneur Aesthetics in Twentieth-Century Photography
Susanna C. Ott
8 Desiring Urbanism
Stuart Kendall
III. STREET LEVEL
9 From ‘Cultural Factor’ to Propaganda Instrument: The Shop Window in German Cultural History 1907-33
Nina Schleif
10 Gendered Contestations: An Analysis of Street Harassment in Cairo
Nadia Ilahi
11 When the Street became Theatre: Heinrich Heine’s Art of Spectatorship in Juste-Milieu Paris
Lara Elder
12 Black Urbanism: An Interview with John Oduroe
Sophie Fuggle
IV. WORD UP
13 Escape from the Street: Language, Rock-and-Roll and Subversive Youth Space in Late-Socialist Lviv
William Risch
14 Street for Sale: Signs, Space, Discourse
Sophie Fuggle
15 ‘Miking’ the New German Street
Patricia Anne Simpson
Notes on Contributors
Bibliography
=520 \\$aAt the site of everyday social interaction, the street has always provided a source of inspiration for writers, artists and musicians. It has also become the focus for critical theorists such as Walter Benjamin and Michel de Certeau in their attempt to push the limits of textual analysis beyond literature and art towards our daily experience of the world. This collection of essays and interviews examines the street as both the site and space of competing discourses and also a form of discourse in its own right. Covering a broad range of topics including the role of the street in literature, photography and journalism, practices which take place upon the streets such as skateboarding, graffiti and flânerie and the politics and philosophy involved in negotiating the street, Word on the Street affirms the continued and renewed importance of the pedestrian street in the social consciousness of the the 21st century.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aMinority Languages =653 \\$aMarginalised communities =653 \\$aCartoneros =653 \\$aGender =653 \\$aUrbanism =653 \\$aStreet protests =700 1\$aFoust, Elisha,$eeditor. =700 1\$aFuggle, Sophie,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 4.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248179/53895/53895_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01537nam 22004212 4500 =001 afe1648d-e9bb-4a81-88ee-29740c17c320 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039970$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJKS$2bicssc =072 7$aKCR$2bicssc =072 7$aKCX$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJ$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL023000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL019000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJKS$2thema =072 7$aKCVK$2thema =072 7$aKCX$2thema =072 7$a1KJ$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =100 1\$aMesa-Lago, Carmelo,$eauthor. =245 10$aWorld Crisis Effects on Social Security in Latin America and the Caribbean :$bLessons and Policies /$cCarmelo Mesa-Lago. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248127/53747/53747_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03733nam 22004212 4500 =001 d7196dc0-a869-40af-ba57-403d1e2d806c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572311$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aD$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aD$2thema =100 1\$aMatthes, Frauke,$eauthor. =245 10$aWriting and Muslim Identity: Representations of Islam in German and English Transcultural Literature, 1990-2006 /$cFrauke Matthes. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2012. =264 \4$c©2012 =300 \\$a1 online resource (268 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 6.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Abbreviations and Textual Notes
Introduction: Islam and Transcultural Literature
Islam, Migration and Home: Emine Sevgi Özdamar’s Das Leben ist eine Karawanserei and Monica Ali’s Brick Lane
Pilgrimage and Hajj: V. S. Naipaul’s Among the Believersand Beyond Belief, and Ilija Trojanow’s Zu den Heiligen Quellen des Islam
Male Perspectives from the ‘Margins of Society’: Feridun Zaimoğlu’s Kanak Sprak and Hanif Kureishi’s The Black Album
Female Perspectives from the ‘Margins of Society’: Emine Sevgi Özdamar’s MutterZunge, Feridun Zaimoğlu’s Koppstoff, and Leila Aboulela’s The Translator and Minaret
Conclusion: Islam and its Audience
Bibliography
=520 \\$aWriting and Muslim Identity is a comparative study of Islam in contemporary German- and English-language literature. At a time when the non-Islamic world seems to be defining itself increasingly in contrast to the Islamic world, this literary exploration of Islam-related issues sheds new and valuable light on the cultural interaction between the Muslim world and 'the West'. Writing and Muslim Identity engages with literary representations of different versions of Islam and asks how travel and migration, the transcultural experiences of migrant and post-migrant Muslims, may have shaped the Islams encountered in today's Germany and Britain. With its comparative approach to 'cultural translations' as creative and challenging interactions between cultures that are constantly in flux, the study develops methods of engaging with notions of home and movement, gender and language, all of which may shape a (post-)migrant's transcultural experience. The book also offers a complex understanding of transcultural writing in relation to 'traditional' (Anglophone) as well as 'marginal' (German) postcoloniality.
Frauke Matthes is Lecturer in German at the University of Edinburgh.
Contents
An Introduction
Of Mice and Mao: Hans Magnus Enzensberger’s Revolutionary Poetics, 1968
Poetry, War and Women, 1966–70
Playing with Fire: Kommune I, 1967–68
‘Eiffe for President’: Graffiti, May 1968
Bodily Issues: Dirt, Text and Protest, 1968
Uncanny Journeys: Bernward Vesper and W.G. Sebald, 1969–90
On Contemporary Writing, 1307–1990: A Conclusion
Bibliography
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe 1960s protest movements marked an astonishing moment for West Germany. They developed a political critique, but are above all distinctive for their overwhelming emphasis on culture and the symbolic. In particular, reading and writing had a uniquely prestigious status for West German protesters, who produced an extraordinary textual culture ranging from graffiti and flyers to agit-prop poetry and autobiographical prose. By turns witty, provocative, reflective and offensive, the avantgarde roots of anti-authoritarianism are as palpable in their texts as their debt to high literature. But due to this culture’s (apparently) anti-literary tone, it has often remained illegible to traditional criticism. This volume presents close readings and analyses of emblematic examples of texts, some forgotten, others better known, embedding them in historical, cultural, theoretical and aesthetic context, and illuminating representative moments and preoccupations in anti-authoritarian culture, from the Vietnam War to the Nazi past, to dirt and hygiene. They outline an anti-authoritarian poetics and uncover some of the texts’ latent content, revealing often hidden tensions and contradictions, above all in relation to the German past and questions of authority.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aHans Magnus Enzensberger =653 \\$aWinfried Georg Sebald =653 \\$a1960s =653 \\$aGruppe 47 =653 \\$aSozialistischer Deutscher Studentenbund =653 \\$aAnti-authoritarianism =653 \\$aGerman Literature =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0420.9780854572762$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273678/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03500nam 22005052 4500 =001 9238d5ee-9970-4b75-97de-396ab89af501 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780992725792$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWCS$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aANT005000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWCS$2thema =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =245 02$aA British Book Collector :$bRare Books and Manuscripts in the R.E. Hart Collection, Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery /$cedited by Cynthia Johnston. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b50 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction / Cynthia Johnston
The Loyalties of a Collector / David McKitterick
The Blackburn Psalter and the William of Devon Group / Nigel Morgan
Rome and Florence at the beginning of the fifteenth century: the different models in the illuminations of the Pancerra Missal (Blackburn) and a new hypothesis on penflourishing in the Acciaiuoli Missal (Cambridge) / Francesca Manzari
Contextualising the art and innovations of the Master of Edward IV in the Blackburn Hours (Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery, Hart MS 20884) / Scot McKendrick
Fragments of Early Mainz Printing in the R.E. Hart Collection / Eric Marshall White
Journey in the Mind's Eye: the virtue and value of virtual pilgrimage / Cleo Cantone
Book collecting in context: Hart and his contemporaries / Cynthia Johnston
The value of the past: heritage between local, global and national / Rebecca Darley
A British Book Collector celebrates one of the finest collections of manuscripts and rare books in the north west of England. From the turn of the twentieth century through the Second World War, Robert Edward Hart, a ropemaker of Blackburn, Lancashire, quietly amassed a phenomenal collection of medieval manuscripts and early printed books.
In this volume, leading scholars from the fields of the history of art, and the history of the book, examine anew the internationally important manuscripts and rare printed books in Hart’s collection, and the practice of collecting itself in the context of the waning of the industrial revolution. Copiously illustrated with colour prints, this volume marks R.E. Hart’s achievement as a collector who collected for himself, and for his community for posterity.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$abook history =653 \\$acollecting =653 \\$abook trade =653 \\$amanuscripts =653 \\$aprinted books =653 \\$aart =700 1\$aJohnston, Cynthia,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/299090/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04927nam 22007452 4500 =001 75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507185$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781911507192$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507420$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781911507277$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/202201.9781911507192$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLBBP$2bicssc =072 7$aKCN$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW034000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL044000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037080$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aLBBM5$2thema =072 7$aLBG$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aRouas, Virginie,$eauthor. =245 10$aAchieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context :$bAn Assessment of Litigation and Regulatory Responses in European Civil-Law Countries /$cVirginie Rouas. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (360 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aChapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Corporate accountability and access to justice in international and European legal frameworks
Chapter 3 The rise of transnational litigation against multinational enterprises
Chapter 4 Civil litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands
Chapter 5 Criminal litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands
Chapter 6 Holding multinational enterprises liable in France and the Netherlands
Chapter 7 Achieving access to justice in Europe through mandatory due diligence legislation
Chapter 8 Achieving access to justice through an international treaty on business and human rights
Chapter 9 Conclusions
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aAchieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.
Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aAccess to justice =653 \\$acorporate accountability =653 \\$aEurope =653 \\$aFrance =653 \\$aNetherlands =653 \\$ahuman rights =653 \\$abusiness and human rights =653 \\$ahuman rights due diligence =653 \\$acivil-law countries =653 \\$aEuropean law =653 \\$alaw =653 \\$aMNE =653 \\$amulti-national enterprises =653 \\$aabuse =653 \\$abig business =653 \\$aoil spill =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202201.9781911507192$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/304543/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03597nam 22007332 4500 =001 64c75ac9-24b7-4a59-87db-61565ee2e541 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670987$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHDDK$2bicssc =072 7$aHRKP3$2bicssc =072 7$aHDD$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$a1DF$2bicssc =072 7$a1DVWYC$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$a3B$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aARC005020$2bisacsh =072 7$aART015030$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.7.5.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.3.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNKDS$2thema =072 7$aQRSG$2thema =072 7$a1DF$2thema =072 7$a1DXC$2thema =072 7$a1DXC-HR-D$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =072 7$a3KHFQ$2thema =072 7$a3CTBE$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aČače, S.,$eauthor. =245 12$aA Corpus of Greek Graffiti from Dalmatia /$cS. Čače, A. Johnston, B. Kirigin, L. Šešelj. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b6 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 82.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
The sites
Ljubačka kosa
Nin
Zadar
Murter
Cape Ploča
Marina
Trogir
Resnik
Brač
Hvar
Vis
Palagruža
Nakovana
Korčula
Lastovo
Appendix; Ošanići
Bibliography
Index of names
=520 \\$aThis volume is a corpus of seven hundred Greek graffiti on ceramic artefacts from sixteen sites in Dalmatia, ranging in date from the late sixth to the first century BC. Most notably, the catalogue contains a substantial number of pieces from recent excavations at the two sanctuaries of Diomedes, on the central Adriatic islet of Palagruža and the windswept Cape Ploča. Appearing here in publication for the first time, other than in preliminary reports, the size of these two corpora puts them on a level with other published sites of significance including Naukratis and Gravisca, providing an important contribution to Greek epigraphy. As texts, the materials covered in this volume offer insights into dialect usage and letter forms, and comparisons are made with material from related sites elsewhere.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aceramic artefacts =653 \\$aexcavation =653 \\$aDiomedes =653 \\$aGreek epigraphy =653 \\$adialects =653 \\$aDalmatia =700 1\$aJohnston, A.,$eauthor. =700 1\$aKirigin, B.,$eauthor. =700 1\$aŠešelj, L.,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 82.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/308378/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02530nam 22003492 4500 =001 a0ec116d-5ada-4207-8914-1cdb64cc5e36 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572823$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSB$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSB$2thema =100 1\$aAngeli, Zoe,$eauthor. =245 12$aA Critical Encounter: Bataille and Blanchot :$bExploring the Literary Real /$cZoe Angeli. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (274 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 15.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aFew terms have been more prone and resistant to definition than the literary and the real. Bringing them together, under the contrivance of the Literary Real, sheds new light on the understanding of the terms real, being, existence, the literary, literature and writing and alters our thinking on them. By means of Bataille’s exposure to the violent disorder of life, and Blanchot’s passionate meditation on literature and language, A Critical Encounter addresses two questions that are constantly entwined: first, what kind of real is involved and disclosed in writing – and how does this differ from reality in its more traditional sense and from conventional representations of reality? Second, what is writing’s own mode of ‘being’? In what way is it particular and what are the implications of this particularity? This volume investigates the real effect the existence of literature has on our lives: how it challenges and reconfigures the way we perceive ourselves, our place in the world and our relations with others.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 15.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/308202/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05181nam 22005412 4500 =001 248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646124$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702787$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/0920.9781912702787$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aGBC$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS030000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aGBC$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =100 1\$aBanton, Mandy,$eauthor. =245 10$aAdministering the Empire, 1801-1968 :$bA Guide to the Records of the Colonial Office in the National Archives of the UK /$cMandy Banton. =250 \\$aSecond edition. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (444 pages): $b58 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Preface
Glossary
1.The British empire
Colonial government structure and relations with London
Records of colonial governments
Administration of British colonial affairs before 1801: the organisation in London
Administration of the colonies from 1801
The records of the Colonial Office
Records of the Dominions Office and Commonwealth Relations Office
Records of the Commonwealth Office and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office
Private papers and private office papers relating to colonial affairs held in records of the Colonial Office and of other government departments
Maps and plans
International boundaries
Directorate of Overseas Surveys
Appendix 1: Records relating to individual dependencies and regions
Appendix 2: Records arranged by subject
Appendix 3: Newspapers
Appendix 4: The Colonial Office List
Appendix 5: Rules for the conduct of correspondence between governors and the Colonial Office
Appendix 6: File registration numbers
Appendix 7: Specimen search
Appendix 8: Sources for biography and family history
Appendix 9: Access to the records and use of online catalogues
Bibliography
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aAdministering the Empire, 1801-1968 is an indispensable introduction to British colonial rule during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It provides an essential guide to the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, which are now held in The National Archives of the United Kingdom.
As a user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire explains the organisation of these records, the information they provide, and how best to explore them using contemporary finding aids. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early nineteenth century, and discusses the structure of colonial governments. An appendix lists countries alphabetically giving brief details of their constitutional histories under the British and listing the categories and approximate numbers of the documents to be found for each, thus giving Commonwealth citizens an idea of the wealth of relevant material in the UK, much of which is not duplicated in their own countries.
First published in 2008, and updated and revised in 2015, Administering the Empire is available from 2020 both in print and online as an open access edition, reissued by the Institute of Historical Research and University of London Press.
Dr Mandy Banton is a Senior Research Fellow of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and a former Principal Records Specialist (Diplomatic and Colonial) at The National Archives, UK.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aColonial administration =653 \\$aBritish empire =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$aColonial Office =653 \\$aCommonwealth =653 \\$aBritish Government Departments =653 \\$aNational Archives =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0920.9781912702787$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248197/53900/53900_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02123nam 22003372 4500 =001 03f7aafd-a131-4ea6-abf2-45e11ed69503 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587979$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aWCF$2bicssc =072 7$aANT011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aWCF$2thema =100 1\$aKrzyszkowska, O,$eauthor. =245 10$aAegean Seals: An Introduction (BICS Supplement 85) /$cO Krzyszkowska. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 21.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aSeals and sealings provide an extremely rich source of evidence for the Aegean Bronze Age. They are truly monuments in miniature, offering insights into art and iconography, craft and technology, social status, administration and more besides.
Aegean Seals is the first comprehensive overview of this fascinating subject, tracing the development of seals and sealing practices from the third millennium to the end of the Bronze Age, with particular emphasis on the great palace civilizations of Minoan Crete and Mycenaean Greece.
Copiously illustrated, this study combines original research with critical analysis of specialist literature and presents many recent discoveries.
Contents
Introduction
The French in London: a study in time and space
Martyn Cornick
1 A special case? London’s French Protestants
Elizabeth Randall
2 Montagu House, Bloomsbury: a French household in London, 1673–1733
Paul Boucher and Tessa Murdoch
3 The novelty of the French émigrés in London in the 1790s
Kirsty Carpenter
Note on French Catholics in London after 1789
4 Courts in exile: Bourbons, Bonapartes and Orléans in London, from George III to Edward VII
Philip Mansel
5 The French in London during the 1830s: multidimensional occupancy
Máire Cross
6 Introductory exposition: French republicans and communists in exile to 1848
Fabrice Bensimon
7 The French left in exile: Quarante-huitards and Communards in London, 1848–80.
Thomas C. Jones and Robert Tombs
A history of the French in London
8 ‘Almost the only free city in the world’: mapping out the French anarchist presence in London, late 1870s–1914
Constance Bantman
9 Experiencing French cookery in nineteenth-century London
Valerie Mars
10 The London French from the Belle Epoque to the end of the inter-war period (1880–1939)
Michel Rapoport
11 French cultural diplomacy in early twentieth-century London
Charlotte Faucher and Philippe Lane
12 Mapping Free French London: places, spaces, traces
Debra Kelly
13 ‘The first bastion of the Resistance’: the beginnings of the Free French in London, 1940–1
Martyn Cornick
14 Raymond Aron and La France Libre (June 1940–September 1944)
David Drake
15 From the 16ème to South Ken? A study of the contemporary French population in London
Saskia Huc-Hepher and Helen Drake
Conclusion: a temporal and spatial mapping of the French in London
Debra Kelly
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aFrench émigrés =653 \\$aFrench exiles =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$acultural exchange =653 \\$aFrench cuisine =653 \\$aFrench Catholics =653 \\$aHuguenots =653 \\$aCommune =653 \\$aCharles de Gaulle =700 1\$aKelly, Debra,$eeditor. =700 1\$aCornick, Martyn,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/117.9771909646483$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248856//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04778nam 22006252 4500 =001 5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857897$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857927$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908590954$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781908857910$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2109.9781908857927$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJP$2bicssc =072 7$aJPFM$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSB$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL042020$2bisacsh =072 7$aJP$2thema =072 7$aJPFQ$2thema =072 7$a1KLSB$2thema =245 02$aA Horizon of (Im)possibilities :$bA Chronicle of Brazil’s Conservative Turn /$cedited by Katerina Hatzikidi, Eduardo Dullo. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (220 pages): $b5 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword Carly Machado
Introduction: Brazil’s conservative return Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo Dullo
Looking back: How did we get here?
The past of the present Lilia Moritz Schwarcz
Denied recognition: threats against the rights of quilombola communities José M. Arruti and Thaisa Held
From Orkut to Brasília: the origins of the New Brazilian Right Camila Rocha
Ritual, text and politics: the evangelical mindset and political polarization David Lehmann
The horizon ahead: Where are we going?
After affirmative action: redrawing colour lines in Brazil Graziella Moraes Silva
From participation to silence: Grassroots politics in contemporary Brazil Andreza Aruska de Souza Santos
Development opportunity or national crisis? The implications of Brazil’s political shift for elite philanthropy and civil society organising Jessica Sklair
Politics and collective mobilisation in post-PT Brazil Jeff Garmany
Conclusion: Shifting horizons. Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo Dullo
Afterword: No matter who won, indigenous resistance will always continue. Taily Terena, João Tikuna, Gabriel Soares
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.
A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aPopulism =653 \\$aLatin American politics =653 \\$aBrazil =653 \\$afar-right =653 \\$a2018 =653 \\$aBolsonaro =653 \\$aconservatism =653 \\$aTrump =653 \\$aauthoritarianism =653 \\$ademocracy =653 \\$aelections =653 \\$aprotest =700 1\$aHatzikidi, Katerina,$eeditor. =700 1\$aDullo, Eduardo,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2109.9781908857927$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/334926/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04120nam 22005172 4500 =001 ae0b21c2-4635-425c-b95d-2531e44f09cc =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857149$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857347$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLNDA1$2bicssc =072 7$aJFFN$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW018000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW032000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW051000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLNDA1$2thema =072 7$aJBFH$2thema =245 02$aA Liberal Tide? :$bImmigration and Asylum Law and Policy in Latin America /$cedited by David James Cantor, Luisa Feline Freier, Jean-Pierre Gauci. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (211 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
List of acronyms
Introduction: A paradigm shift in Latin American immigration and asylum law and policy?
David James Cantor, Luisa Feline Freier and Jean-Pierre Gauci
1 Migration policies and policymaking in Latin America and the Caribbean: lights and shadows in a region in transition
Pablo Ceriani Cernadas and Luisa Feline Freier
2 Beyond smoke and mirrors? Discursive gaps in the liberalisation of South American immigration laws
Luisa Feline Freier and Diego Acosta Arcarazo
3 Mercosur’s post-neoliberal approach to migration: from workers’ mobility to regional citizenship
Ana Margheritis
4 In transit: migration policy in Colombia
Beatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica
5 Trafficking persons within mixed migration flows in Central America
Diana Trimiño Mora
6 The migration of Haitians within Latin America: significance for Brazilian law and policy on asylum and migration
Andrea Pacheco Pacifico, Erika Pires Ramos, Carolina de Abreu Batista Claro and Nara Braga Cavalcante de Farias
7 Refugee protection in Brazil (1921–2014): an analytical narrative of changing policies
José H. Fischel de Andrade
8 Bucking the trend? Liberalism and illiberalism in Latin American refugee law and policy
David James Cantor
=520 \\$aOver the past decade, a paradigm shift in migration and asylum law and policymaking appears to have taken place in Latin America. Does this apparent ""liberal tide"" of new laws and policies suggest a new approach to the hot topics of migration and refugees in Latin America distinct from the regressive and restrictive attitudes on display in other parts of the world? The question is urgent not only for our understanding of contemporary Latin America but also as a means of reorienting the debate in the migration studies field toward the important developments currently taking place in the region and in other parts of the global south. This book brings together eight varied and vibrant new analyses by scholars from Latin America and beyond to form the first collection that describes and critically examines the new liberalism in Latin American law and policy on migration and refugees. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLatin American migration policies =653 \\$aAsylum laws =653 \\$aLiberalism =653 \\$aHuman Rights =653 \\$aRefugees =653 \\$aForced migrations =653 \\$aHuman Trafficking =700 1\$aCantor, David James,$eeditor. =700 1\$aFreier, Luisa Feline,$eeditor. =700 1\$aGauci, Jean-Pierre,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248161/53790/53790_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 07286nam 22005652 4500 =001 36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912250349$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250356$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507475$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912250431$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/1220.9781912250356$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJ$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC042000$2bisacsh =072 7$aCOM021030$2bisacsh =072 7$a3.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aGTP$2thema =072 7$aKCM$2thema =072 7$a1A$2thema =072 7$a1H$2thema =245 02$aA Matter of Trust :$bBuilding Integrity into Data, Statistics and Records to Support the Achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals /$cedited by Anne Thurston. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (300 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Records as evidence for measuring sustainable development in Africa
Anne Thurston
2. The state of data and statistics in sub-Saharan Africa in the context of the Sustainable Development Goals
Paul Komba and Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala
3. Data, information and records: exploring definitions and relationships
Geoffrey Yeo interviewed by James Lowry
4. The potential – constructive and destructive – of information technology for records management: case studies from India
James Manor
5. Statistical accuracy and reliable records: a case study of mortality statistics in The Gambia
Andrew Griffin
6. Mainstreaming records and data management in sustainable development: lessons from the public and private sectors in Kenya
Justus Wamukoya and Cleophas Ambira
7. Open data and records management – activating public engagement to improve information: case studies from Sierra Leone and Cambodia
Katherine Townsend, Tamba Lamin, Amadu Massally and Pyrou Chung
8. Assuring authenticity in public sector data: a case study of the Kenya Open Data Initiative
James Lowry
9. Preserving the digital evidence base for measuring the Sustainable Development Goals
Adrian Brown
10. Preserving and using digitally encoded information as a foundation for achieving the Sustainable Development Goals
David Giaretta
11. Transparency in the 21st century: the role of records in achieving public access to information, protecting fundamental freedoms and monitoring sustainable development
Victoria Lemieux
12. Information management for international development: roles, responsibilities and competencies
Elizabeth Shepherd and Julie McLeod
13. The quality of data, statistics and records used to measure progress towards achieving the SDGs: a fictional situation analysis
John McDonald
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies.
However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.
There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant.
Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place.
This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030.
=536 \\$aArts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$adata =653 \\$ahumanitarian work =653 \\$aUnited Nations =653 \\$astatistics =653 \\$ainfographics =653 \\$adata collection =653 \\$acorruption =700 1\$aThurston, Anne,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/1220.9781912250356$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/293639/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01367nam 22003612 4500 =001 355ccb60-acbb-4f3b-8e76-4208ece3d7cf =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20002000\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039314$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJHMC$2bicssc =072 7$aRNU$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLS$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aBUS072000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJHMC$2thema =072 7$aRNU$2thema =072 7$a1KLS$2thema =245 00$aAmazonia at the Crossroads :$bThe Challenge of Sustainable Development /$cedited by Anthony Hall. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2000. =264 \4$c©2000 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHall, Anthony,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248148/53783/53783_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01399nam 22003972 4500 =001 e44af51d-e5f8-45cb-abb9-7f27e34f534c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039826$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBB$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KBB$2thema =100 1\$aJones, Charles A.,$eauthor. =245 10$aAmerican Civilization /$cCharles A. Jones. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ageography =653 \\$acentral america =653 \\$alatin america =653 \\$anorth america =653 \\$asouth america =653 \\$acontinent =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248121/53741/53741_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02016nam 22003132 4500 =001 270f5232-99b9-406d-b841-d842f7780bd1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039796$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPA$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL040000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPA$2thema =245 00$aAmerica's Americans: Population Issues in U.S. Society and Politics /$cedited by Philip D. Davies. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis book examines the social, cultural, economic, and political effects of modern demographic change in the United States. The contributors from the U.S. and the U.K. draw on new research to analyze a wide range of issues pertaining to the diversity of American society.
Topics include:
Latino immigrant incorporation
Plato's Republic covers a very wide range of philosophical topics, many of them also addressed in other Platonic dialogues. The papers in this volume, arising from the Institute of Classical Studies research seminar in ancient philosophy in 2007-2008, illustrate the range and diversity of responses to the Republic in antiquity. These responses show, for example, how in criticizing the doctrine of the tripartite soul Aristotle is as much concerned with the Timaeus as with the Republic, how Cicero regarded the Republic and the Laws as complementing one another, and how Proclus treated the discussion of music in the Republic alongside the account of cosmic music in the Timaeus. Other papers examine the interpretations of the myth of Er offered by the Middle Platonist Alcinous and by Porphyry, and Proclus' place in the ancient reception of the Republic.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSheppard, Anne,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 62.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250675//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01947nam 22003492 4500 =001 727ac561-4b48-4de1-bdbf-9128687adbaa =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20032003\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587894$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =245 00$aAncient Approaches to Plato's Timaeus (BICS Supplement 78) /$cedited by Robert W. Sharples, Anne Sheppard. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2003. =264 \4$c©2003 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 14.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aTwelve academic essays, given during the Institute of Classical Studies research seminar in 2000 and 2001, examine Plato's vision of the `real world' as he presented it in Timaeus while considering the text's influence on classical philosophers and scientists. Specific subjects include astronomy, the reactions of Aristotle and others to Timaeus , Hellenistic musicology, Proclus' Commentary , comparisons with Aristotle's Physics and mythology. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSharples, Robert W.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSheppard, Anne,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 14.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250842//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04409nam 22005412 4500 =001 5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587917$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781914477454$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/vfdc4362$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAG$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$a1QBAG$2thema =100 1\$aNafissi, Mohammad,$eauthor. =245 10$aAncient Athens and Modern Ideology :$bValue, Theory and Evidence in Historical Sciences /$cMohammad Nafissi. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource (325 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 1.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPart 1
Introduction
Chapter 1 History and political economy at a crossroads
Part 2 Max Weber
Chapter 2 Primitivism defended
Chapter 3 The methodological turn
Chapter 4 The Weberian settlement
Part 3 Karl Polanyi
Chapter 5 Between liberalism, Christianity, and socialism
Chapter 6 The Great Transformation
Chapter 7 Discovery of the economy
Part 4 Moses Finley
Chapter 8 The serious apprentice
Chapter 9 The master craftsman
Chapter 10 The battle of the ancient economy
Epilogue
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aFor over a century the foundations of Athenian political economy have been debated by scholarly camps broadly described as primitivist/substantivist, modernist and Marxist and involving political economists, sociologists and anthropologists as well as historians and classicists.
Ancient Athens and modern ideology demonstrates the dialectic of intellectual and substantive history and offers a consensual resolution to the debate by examining the interplay of values, theories and evidence in the contributions of Max Weber (1864-1920), Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) and Moses Finley (1912-86), widely recognised as successive champions of the primitivist cause. Pursuing Finley’s own ‘official’ account of his intellectual roots and hegemonic perspective, the book starts with Weber and Polanyi and ends by finding the actual views of all three far more complex than generally assumed by their followers and critics.
Through systematic scrutiny and contextualisation of tensions in their work arising from the resistance of facts ancient and modern to theories and the varied dissonance of both with ideological priorities the case for a radical reconsideration of the debate and its protagonists is argued.
The book concludes with an account of Athenian developments and institutions which draws on recent scholarship associated with modernism and Marxism as well as primitivism. The work’s interdisciplinary approach and multidisciplinary scope will be of major interest to all concerned with the historical sciences in the broad sense of the term.
Contents
INTRODUCTION by M. H. CRAWFORD
Introduction: exceptionalism and agency in Nicaragua’s revolutionary heritage
Hilary Francis
1. ‘We didn’t want to be like Somoza’s Guardia’: policing, crime and Nicaraguan exceptionalism
Robert Sierakowski
2. ‘The revolution was so many things’
Fernanda Soto
3. Nicaraguan food policy: between self-sufficiency and dependency
Christiane Berth
4. On Sandinista ideas of past connections to the Soviet Union and Nicaraguan exceptionalism
Johannes Wilm
5. Agrarian reform in Nicaragua in the 1980s: lights and shadows of its legacy
José Luis Rocha
6. The difference the revolution made: decision-making in Liberal and Sandinista communities
Hilary Francis
7. Grassroots verticalism? A Comunidad Eclesial de Base in rural Nicaragua
David Cooper
8. Nicaraguan legacies: advances and setbacks in feminist and LGBTQ activism
Florence E. Babb
9. Conclusion: exceptionalism and Nicaragua’s many revolutions
Justin Wolfe
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aIn recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.
Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$achild migrants =653 \\$amigration =653 \\$arevolution =653 \\$apublic policy =653 \\$ainterdisciplinary =700 1\$aFrancis, Hilary,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/220.9781908857774$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/276349/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03971nam 22006492 4500 =001 364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477355$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477348$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781914477386$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249494$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477362$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/giub4814$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTW$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL036000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aNHTW$2thema =100 1\$aGerth, Matthew,$eauthor.$uHoly Spirit University of Kaslik.$0(orcid)0000000171547992$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7154-7992 =245 10$aAnti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War :$bA Very British Witch Hunt /$cMatthew Gerth. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2023. =264 \4$c©2023 =300 \\$a1 online resource (260 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. British McCarthyism
2. Labour
3. Conservative
4. Pressure Groups
5. Trade Union Movement
Conclusion
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic.
Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aCold War =653 \\$aBritain =653 \\$acommunism =653 \\$asocialism =653 \\$atrade unions =653 \\$aLabour Party =653 \\$aConservative Party =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aespionage =653 \\$aspy =653 \\$aredbaiting =653 \\$aMcCarthyism =653 \\$aM15 =653 \\$aThe Philby Affair =653 \\$aBritish Housewives League =653 \\$aLeague of Empire Loyalists =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/giub4814$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/326090/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02117nam 22005772 4500 =001 435b4257-5a80-4eaf-a9a9-dfe101bd9076 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19921992\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854810802$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBG$2bicssc =072 7$aACND$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLC$2bicssc =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aWCP$2bicssc =072 7$aWCR$2bicssc =072 7$aWCS$2bicssc =072 7$a1DST$2bicssc =072 7$a3H$2bicssc =072 7$a3JB$2bicssc =072 7$aREL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHB$2thema =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$aJBCC$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aWCP$2thema =072 7$aWCR$2thema =072 7$aWCS$2thema =072 7$a1DST$2thema =072 7$a3K$2thema =072 7$a3KL$2thema =072 7$a3MD$2thema =072 7$a6RC$2thema =100 1\$aChambers, David,$eauthor. =245 12$aA Renaissance Cardinal and His Worldly Goods :$bWill and Inventory of Francesco Gonzaga (1444-83) /$cDavid Chambers. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1992. =264 \4$c©1992 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aContains the full texts of Cardinal Francesco Gonzaga's will and the post-mortem inventory of his possessions (1483), together with related correspondence. This book analyzes these texts and provides background information about the man himself and his collections. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250749//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05174nam 22005772 4500 =001 5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857248$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857842$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908857255$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/0520.9781908857842$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJHMC$2bicssc =072 7$aJHBT$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSL9$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSX$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJHMC$2thema =072 7$aJBCC6$2thema =072 7$aJBSL11$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 02$aA return to the village: community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture in retrospective /$cedited by Francisco Ferreira, Billie Jean Isbell. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (328 pages): $b26 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: Community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture
1. Reflections on fieldwork in Chuschi
2. Losing my heart
3. Deadly waters decades later
4. Yanque Urinsaya: ethnography of an Andean community (a tribute to Billie Jean Isbell)
5. Record keeping: ethnography and the uncertainty of contemporary community studies
6. Long lines of continuity: field ethnohistory and customary conservation
7. Avoiding community studies: the historical turn in Bolivian and South Andean anthropology
8. In love with comunidades
This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.
In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.
This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aAnthropology =653 \\$aCommunities =653 \\$aAndean Culture =653 \\$aFieldwork =653 \\$aEthnohistory =653 \\$aIndigenous Studies =700 1\$aFerreira, Francisco,$eeditor. =700 1\$aIsbell, Billie Jean,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0520.9781908857842$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249302//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02479nam 22003612 4500 =001 c77cf143-1fe6-4bc7-b254-b7c57689ff95 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19971997\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587795$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHP$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQD$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aAristotle and After (BICS Supplement 68) /$cedited by Richard Sorabji. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1997. =264 \4$c©1997 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 6.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aA selection of papers given at the Institute of Classical Studies during 1996. They cover a variety of new work on the 900 years of philosophy from Aristotle to Simplicius. There is a strong concentration on stoicism with papers by: Michael Frede ( Euphrates of Tyre ); A. A. Long ( Property ownership and community ); Brad Inwood ( 'Why do fools fallin love?' ); Susanne Bobzein ( freedom and ethics ); Richard Gaskin ( cases, predicates and the unity of the proposition ); Richard Sorabji ( stoic philosophy and psychotherapy ); Bernard Williams ( reply to Richard Sorabji ). The other papers are by: Heinrich von Staden ( Galen and the 'Second Sophistic' ); Hans B. Gottschalk ( continuity and change in Aristotelianism ); Travis Butler ( the homonymy of signification in Aristotle ); Andrea Falcon ( Aristotle's theory of division ); Sylvia Berryman (Horror Vacui in the third century BC ); M. B. Trapp ( On the Tablet of Cebes ); Marwan Rashed ( a 'new' text of Alexander on the soul's motion ).
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSorabji, Richard,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 6.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250851//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02426nam 22003852 4500 =001 6307b904-079b-48ec-a3eb-8e41765ed816 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670277$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHP$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQD$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aAristotle and the Stoics Reading Plato (BICS Supplement 107) /$cedited by Verity Harte, M.M McCabe, Robert W. Sharples. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 52.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aPlato is perhaps the most readable of all philosophers. Recent scholarship on Plato has focused attention on the dramatic and literary form through which Plato presents his philosophy, an integral part of that philosophy.
The papers in this volume for the first time consider Aristotle and the Stoics as readers of Plato. That these successors were influenced by the thought of Plato is a commonplace: the ‘whole of western philosophy is a series of footnotes to Plato’.
Arising from Institute of Classical Studies Research Seminars in 2004-5 and 2005-6, the papers in this volume rather consider whether and how the philosophical concerns of these later thinkers were served were served by close reading of Plato, through inter-textual engagement with specific passages of Plato’s works.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHarte, Verity,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMcCabe, M.M,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSharples, Robert W.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 52.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250686//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02358nam 22004332 4500 =001 986fc498-2018-469d-8dce-1ed1fc99b0ab =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20002000\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811250$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPDC$2bicssc =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$aHPDF$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$a2CSR$2bicssc =072 7$a3H$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHK$2thema =072 7$aQDHC$2thema =072 7$aQDHF$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =072 7$a2CSR$2thema =072 7$a3KL$2thema =100 1\$aHasse, Dag Nikolaus,$eauthor. =245 10$aAvicenna's "De Anima" in the Latin West :$bThe Formation of a Peripatetic Philosophy of the Soul 1160-1300 /$cDag Nikolaus Hasse. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2000. =264 \4$c©2000 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aIn the 12th century the "Book of the Soul" by the philosopher Avicenna was translated from Arabic into Latin. It had an immense success among scholastic writers and deeply influenced the structure and content of many psychological works of the Middle Ages. The reception of Avicenna's book is the story of cultural contact at an impressively high intellectual level. The present volume investigates this successful reception using two approaches. The first is chronological, tracing the stages by which Avicenna's work was accepted and adapted by Latin scholars. The second is doctrinal, analyzing the fortunes of key doctrines. The sense of the original Arabic text of Avicenna is kept in mind throughout and the degree to which his original Latin interpreters succeeded in conveying it is evaluated. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248206/53878/53878_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03309nam 22005892 4500 =001 b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780957521001$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250394$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/420.9781912250394$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJHM$2bicssc =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSL9$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBC$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL038000$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.0.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aJHM$2thema =072 7$aJBCC$2thema =072 7$aJBSL11$2thema =072 7$a1KBC$2thema =072 7$a2JNCG$2thema =072 7$a5HCT$2thema =100 1\$aSamson, Colin,$eauthor. =245 12$aA World You Do Not Know :$bSettler Societies, Indigenous Peoples and the Attack on Cultural Diversity /$cColin Samson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (284 pages): $b32 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface: ‘Things to teach you of a world you do not know’ 1. All is not lost 2. The march of civilisation 3. Egalitarianism to capitalism 4. Nature and nation-building 5. Caribou to Chubby Chicken 6. Western diseases 7. Land-based revitalisation Bibliography
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aA World You Do Not Know explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by North America’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. Using the Innu of Labrador-Quebec as one powerful contemporary example, Colin Samson shows how the processes of displacement and assimilation today resemble those of the 19th century as the state and corporations scramble for Innu lands. While nation building, capitalism and industrialisation are shown to have undermined indigenous peoples’ wellbeing, the values that guide societies like the Innu are very much alive. The book ends by showcasing how ideas and land-based activities of indigenous groups in Canada and the US are being maintained and recast as ways to address the attack on cultural diversity and move forward to more positive futures. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$acolonial history =653 \\$aindigenous =653 \\$acolonisation =653 \\$aInnu =653 \\$aQuebec =653 \\$aCanada =653 \\$aUS =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/420.9781912250394$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248166/53768/53768_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01416nam 22003372 4500 =001 519e3e4f-a1e4-4544-b9a1-8890fc5bae1c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811335$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHRCG9$2bicssc =072 7$a3JB$2bicssc =072 7$aREL006110$2bisacsh =072 7$aQRMF19$2thema =072 7$a3MD$2thema =100 1\$aWeinberg, Joanna,$eauthor. =245 10$aAzariah De'Rossi's Observations on the Syriac New Testament :$bA Sixteenth-century Jew's Critique of the Vulgate /$cJoanna Weinberg. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aObservations on the Syriac New Testament: A Sixteenth-Century Jew’s Critique of the Vulgate. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250756//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04313nam 22005052 4500 =001 6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477157$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781914477164$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002107$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477171$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/202205.9781914477164$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBA$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHA$2thema =072 7$aGTB$2thema =100 1\$aCorfield, Penelope J.,$eauthor. =245 10$aBecoming a Historian :$bAn Informal Guide /$cPenelope J. Corfield, Tim Hitchcock. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (216 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPart 1 Starting, Assessing, Organising 1.1 Joining the Through-Time Community of Historians
1.2 Launching the Research Project 1.3 Shared Monitoring of the Timetable 1.4 Finding Well-Attested Evidence 1.5 Probing Sources & Methodologies 1.6 Managing Masses of Data
Part 2 Writing, Analysing, Interpreting 2.1 Writing as a Historian
2.2 Doing It in Public: Historians & Social Media 2.3 Unblocking Writer’s Block, or Better Still, Non-Blocking in the First Place 2.4 Using Technology Creatively: Digital History 2.5 Assessing Some Key Research Approaches 2.6 Troubleshooting
Part 3 Presenting, Completing & Moving Onwards
3.1 Public Lecturing
3.2 Asking & Answering Seminar Questions 3.3 Chairing Seminars 3.4 Taking the Last Steps to Completion 3.5 Experiencing the Viva including Appendix: Note on Range of Viva Outcomes & Appropriate Responses 3.6 Moving Onwards to Publication & Civic Engagement
Part 4 Taking the Long View – Career Outcomes
4.1 Academic Trackways 4.2 Parallel Trackways 4.3 Summary: Trained Historians’ Knowledge and Skills
Part 5 Reflecting 5.1.1 & 5.1.2 Retrospective Thoughts
Select Booklist
Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.
Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ascholarly community =653 \\$ahistorians =653 \\$amethods =653 \\$aadvice =653 \\$aresearch projects =700 1\$aHitchcock, Tim,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000244295870$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4429-5870 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202205.9781914477164$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/302431/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04720nam 22007572 4500 =001 52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477256$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781914477263$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781914477553$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477287$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/rkft3410$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLX$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$aTNKF$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKESL$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS037080$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aARC003000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.1.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aLNKK$2thema =072 7$aRPC$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-ESL$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =100 1\$aEwen, Shane,$eauthor.$uLeeds Beckett University. =245 10$aBefore Grenfell :$bFire, Safety and Deregulation in Twentieth-Century Britain /$cShane Ewen. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2023. =264 \4$c©2023 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: Multiple-fatality fires, deregulation and the value of ‘thinking with history’
From byelaws to building regulations: recasting building control in Britain since the nineteenth century
How red tape saves lives: the law on fire precautions in Britain since the 1970s
The mixed economy of ‘scientific governance’ in twentieth-century Britain
The path of least intervention in the ‘great unswept corner of English housing policy’: multiple-fatality fires in houses in multiple occupation in the 1980s and 1990s
Conclusion: The need to learn before and after Grenfell
Bibliography
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aOn 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with history as well as learning from history.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aGrenfell =653 \\$afire =653 \\$afire safety =653 \\$aJustice4Grenfell =653 \\$aGrenfell United =653 \\$alate-capitalism =653 \\$apoverty =653 \\$abuilding regulation =653 \\$ahousing development =653 \\$aurban planning =653 \\$aurban redevelopment =653 \\$ahigh-rise =653 \\$atower blocks =653 \\$aneoliberalism =653 \\$aderegulation =653 \\$amass-fatality fires =653 \\$alondon =653 \\$atragedy =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/rkft3410$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/331351/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03573nam 22004692 4500 =001 3d81284f-f0d6-4123-9f8a-6950bd7a779b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780992725709$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAGC$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$aART006000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGC$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =245 00$aBlackburn’s ‘Worthy Citizen’: The Philanthropic Legacy of R.E. Hart /$cedited by Cynthia Johnston, Sarah J. Biggs. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource (60 pages): $b35 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Introduction
MS Hart 20884: Book of Hours, Use of Rome. Netherlands or France, c. 1480–90
Selected bibliography
=520 \\$aThe exceptionally fine colour images in this catalogue are selections from the R.E. Hart Collection held by the Blackburn Museum and Art Gallery. Seven medieval manuscripts and three incunables from the Collection were exhibited at Senate House Library in November of 2013. This project, Blackburn’s ‘Worthy Citizen’: The Philanthropic Legacy of R.E. Hart, was made possible by a grant from the Arts and Humanities Research Council, and was generously supported by the Institute of English Studies at the School of Advanced Study, University of London; Winchester University; the Bibliographical Society; the Economic History Society; and the Blackburn Museum itself. Graduate students from the Institute of English Studies, The Courtauld Institute of Art, and Cambridge and Winchester Universities have worked with curators and experts from a wide range of academic disciplines to produce the exhibition and accompanying catalogue.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aRobert Edward Hart =653 \\$aBlackburn Museum =653 \\$aMedieval Manuscripts =653 \\$aEnglish Book of Hours =653 \\$aEarly Printed Books =653 \\$aIncunables =700 1\$aJohnston, Cynthia,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBiggs, Sarah J.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249296//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01418nam 22003852 4500 =001 2d2f0653-a143-4c37-8152-4fda671b48b9 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039819$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW3$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSL$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS033000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL032000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS049000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a1KLSL$2thema =072 7$a3MPQ$2thema =100 1\$aDunkerley, James,$eauthor. =245 10$aBolivia :$bRevolution and the Power of History in the Present /$cJames Dunkerley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248120/53750/53750_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01697nam 22005172 4500 =001 ad3b25d6-44f7-4419-9460-4e170c4ec64f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19981998\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039215$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSC$2bicssc =072 7$aDNF$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBH$2bicssc =072 7$aDSK$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSA$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADS$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004100$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL058000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSC$2thema =072 7$aDNL$2thema =072 7$aDSBH$2thema =072 7$aDSK$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a1KLSA$2thema =072 7$a2ADS$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =245 00$aBorges and Europe Revisited /$cedited by Evelyn Fishburn. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1998. =264 \4$c©1998 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aFishburn, Evelyn,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248176/53927/53927_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04533nam 22005172 4500 =001 95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165582$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646452$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781905165759$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/117.9781909646452$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =245 00$aBrave new world: Imperial and democratic nation-building in Britain between the wars /$cedited by Laura Beers, Geraint Thomas. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (288 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1 Political modernity and ‘government’ in the construction of inter-war democracy: local and national encounters
Geraint Thomas
2 Whig lessons, Conservative answers: the literary adventures of Sir J. A. R. Marriott
Gary Love
3 The ‘Will to Work’: industrial management and the question of conduct in inter-war Britain
Daniel Ussishkin
4 Representing the people? The Daily Mirror, class and political culture in inter-war Britain
Adrian Bingham
5 ‘A timid disbelief in the equality to which lip-service is constantly paid’: gender, politics and the press between the wars
Laura Beers
6 Conservative values, Anglicans and the gender order in inter-war Britain
Lucy Delap
7 Cultivating internationalism: Save the Children Fund, public opinion and the meaning of child relief, 1919–24
Ellen Boucher
8 ‘Mending a broken world’: the universities and the nation, 1918–36
Tamson Pietsch
9 Inter-war agnotology: empire, democracy and the production of ignorance
Priya Satia
10 Black intellectuals in the imperial metropolis and the debate over race and empire in Sanders of the River
Marc Matera
11 Co-operatives and the technocrats, or ‘the Fabian agony’ revisited
Aaron Windel
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aAfter the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aInter-war Britain =653 \\$aConservatives =653 \\$aBritish Empire =653 \\$aFabian Colonial Bureau =653 \\$aBritish press =653 \\$aModernism =653 \\$aBlack intellectuals =653 \\$aDaily Mirror =653 \\$aSave the Children Fund =700 1\$aBeers, Laura,$eeditor. =700 1\$aThomas, Geraint,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/117.9781909646452$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249053//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01541nam 22004212 4500 =001 59ab424f-66c7-4154-806e-ced862af0906 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20032003\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039512$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aKCB$2bicssc =072 7$aJPS$2bicssc =072 7$a1FPKS$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSB$2bicssc =072 7$aBUS069010$2bisacsh =072 7$aBUS001020$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL023000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKCB$2thema =072 7$aJPS$2thema =072 7$a1FPKS$2thema =072 7$a1KLSB$2thema =245 00$aBrazil and South Korea :$bEconomic Crisis and Restructuring /$cedited by Edmund Amann, Ha-Joon Chang. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2003. =264 \4$c©2003 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aAmann, Edmund,$eeditor. =700 1\$aChang, Ha-Joon,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248156/53787/53787_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03797nam 22006132 4500 =001 62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857545$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857613$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908857583$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/618.9781908857613$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aJP$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSB$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJP$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KLSB$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =100 1\$aBethell, Leslie,$eauthor. =245 10$aBrazil: Essays on History and Politics /$cLeslie Bethell. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (232 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface Anthony Peireira
Introduction: Why Brazil? An autobiographical fragment 1. Brazil and Latin America 2. Britain and Brazil (1808–1914) 3. The Paraguayan War (1864–70) 4. The decline and fall of slavery in Brazil (1850–88) 5. The long road to democracy in Brazil 6. Populism in Brazil 7. The failure of the Left in Brazil
Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLatin America =653 \\$aLeslie Bethell =653 \\$aBolsonaro =653 \\$aParaguayan War =653 \\$afascism =653 \\$apopulism =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aslavery =653 \\$ademocracy =653 \\$aPartido dos Trabalhadores =653 \\$aPartido da Social Democracia Brasileira =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/618.9781908857613$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/259787//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01752nam 22005052 4500 =001 26b333f0-5d9b-4ff4-826c-08872852152c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20032003\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039536$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHV$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW3$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJPN$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJPR$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHV$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KLSB$2thema =072 7$a3MPQ$2thema =072 7$a3MPQX$2thema =072 7$a3MPQZ$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =245 00$aBrazil Since 1985 :$bEconomy, Polity and Society /$cedited by Maria D'Alva G. Kinzo, James Dunkerley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2003. =264 \4$c©2003 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aKinzo, Maria D'Alva G.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aDunkerley, James,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248141/53802/53802_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03406nam 22003732 4500 =001 dc95db30-b5ad-4dcf-a852-2e5af299df61 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811373$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aCFF$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh =072 7$aCFF$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =245 00$aBritannia Latina: Latin in the Culture of Great Britain from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century. :$bLatin in the Culture of Great Britain from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century /$cedited by Charles Burnett, Nicholas Mann. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 4.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis volume attempts to bring together, to our knowledge for the first time, aspects of the whole of the long history of Latin as written in Great Britain. The papers explore the use of Latin in different contexts at different periods, from the early Middle Ages until the twentieth century. They range over the subjects of philology, philosophy, scholarship, humanism and teaching methods, with separate chapters for Scotland and Wales. This book arose from a conference sponsored by the Fondazione Cassamarca, which also contributed generously to its publication.ContentsMichael Lapidge: How ‘English’ is Pre-Conquest Latin.
Peter Dronke Arbor eterna: A Ninth-Century Welsh Latin Sequence.
Maria Amalia D’Aronco: How ‘English’ is Anglo-Saxon Medicine? The Latin Sources for Anglo- Saxon Medical Texts.
David Luscombe: Roger Bacon and Language.
John Marenbon: Robert Holcot and the Pagan Philosophers.
David Rundle: Humanist Eloquence among the Barbarians in Fifteenth-Century England.
Richard Sharpe: The English Bibliographical Tradition from Kirkestede to Tanner.
Ceri Davies: Two Welsh Renaissance Latinists: Sir John Prise of Brecon and Dr John Davies of Mallwyd.
Philip Ford: Scottish Nationalism in the Poetry of George Buchanan.
Stella P. Revard: The Latin Ode from Elizabeth I to Mary II: Political Approaches to Encomia.
James Binns: The Decline of Latin in Eighteenth-Century England.
E.J. Kenney: ‘A little of it sticks’: The Englishman’s Horace.
Christopher Stray: Scholars, Gentlemen and Schoolboys: The Authority of Latin in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century England.
Jean-Noël Guinot: Importance culturelle et politique de la Britannia Latina dans l’antiquité tardive et le haut Moyen Âge.
By the Sweat of Your Brow brings together the contributions of seven scholars from the UK and the European continent on different aspects of the socio-economic setting of Roman slavery.
Individual chapters discuss the slave chapter of Diocletian’s Edict on Maximum Prices, the relationship between slave and free labour, the status of managerial slaves such as vilici and dispensatores, the use of legal sources for our understanding of the role of slavery in Roman society, the unchanging nature of slave prices from classical Athens and late antique Rome, the similarity in discourse and reality of the functions carried out by estate managers in ancient Rome and modern slave and serf societies, and, last, the structural relationship between a slave’s peculium, the acquisition of freedom, and citizenship.
Each chapter provides in-depth analysis of its chosen subject matter thus furthering the modern debate on the role of slavery in Rome’s society and economy as well as on the interrelationship between the peculiar institution and its socio-economic setting.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aRoth, Ulrike,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 54.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250684//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01528nam 22004332 4500 =001 19ebe835-9451-45e2-8b03-3b320cdd127c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039963$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aBGH$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW3$2bicssc =072 7$aJPHL$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJD$2bicssc =072 7$aBIO011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS041000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDNBH$2thema =072 7$aJPHL$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KJD$2thema =072 7$a3MPQ$2thema =100 1\$aHalliday, Fred,$eauthor. =245 10$aCaamano in London :$bThe Exile of a Latin American Revolutionary /$cFred Halliday. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248126/53757/53757_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03561nam 22004812 4500 =001 06986e00-d91a-48b4-8265-a15f877fb7be =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039666$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781900039673$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPWD$2bicssc =072 7$aJPH$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLCM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPWG$2thema =072 7$aJPH$2thema =072 7$a1KLCM$2thema =245 00$aCaciquismo in Twentieth-Century Mexico /$cedited by Alan Knight, Wil Pansters. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aCaciquismo (roughly translated as "boss politics") has played a major role in Mexican political and social life. Loosely knit interest groups, or "caciques", of diverse character - syndicates, farmers, left- and right-wingers, white-collar workers - have exercised great power within Mexico's distinctive political system. The peculiarities of Mexico's system have greatly depended on this kind of informal politics, which combines repression, patronage, and charismatic leadership. As such, caciquismo fits uncomfortably within the formal analysis of laws, parties, and elections and has been relatively neglected by academics. Though its demise has often been predicted, it has survived, evolved, and adjusted to Mexico's rapid post-revolutionary transformation. Incorporating the research of historians, political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists, this book reevaluates the crucial role of the cacique in modern Mexico. It suggests that caciquismo has survived decades of change and upheaval and remains an important, if underestimated, feature of recent Mexican politics.
Contributors include Christopher Boyer (University of Illinois at Chicago, USA), Keith Brewster (University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK), Matthew Butler (Queen's University, Belfast, UK), Marco Calderon (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Maria Teresa Fernandez Aceves (Centro de Investigaciones en Estudios Superiores en Antropologia Social [CIESAS], Mexico), Rogelio Hernandez Rodriuez (El Colegio de Mexico), Stephen Lewis (California State University, Chico, USA), Salvador Maldonado Aranda (El Colegio de Michoacan, Mexico), Jennie Purnell (Boston College, USA), Jan Rus (Tzotzil Instituto de Asesoria Antropologica para la Region Maya, and Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies, University of California, San Diego, USA), Pieter de Vries (Wageningen University, Netherlands), and J. Eduardo Zarate H (El Colegio de Mexico, Michoacan, Mexico).
This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1992.
The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
Introduction
1.Children’s experiences of the Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme to the colonial Cape, 1833-41: snapshots from compliance to rebellion
Rebecca Swartz
2.‘Their mother is a violent drunken woman who has been several times in prison’: ‘saving’ children from their families, 1850-1900
Gillian Lamb
3.‘Dear Sir, remember me often if possible’: family, belonging, and identity for children in care in Britain, c. 1870-1920
Claudia Soares
4.Child philanthropy, family care and young bodies in Britain 1876-1914
Siân Pooley
5.‘Everything was done by the clock’: agency in children’s convalescent homes, 1932-61
Maria Marven
6.‘The Borough Council have done a great deal ... I hope they continue to do so in the future’: children, community and the welfare state, 1941-55
Jonathan Taylor
7.Welfare and constraint on children’s agency: the case of post-war UK child migration programmes to Australia
Gordon Lynch
8.‘The school that I’d like’: children and teenagers write about education in England and Wales, 1945-79
Laura Tisdall
9.Making their own fun: children’s play in high-rise estates in Glasgow in the 1960s and 1970s
Valerie Wright
10.Teenagers, sex and the Brook Advisory Centres, 1964-85
Caroline Rusterholz
Postscript: Insights for policy-makers and practitioners
The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ahousing estate =653 \\$aGlasgow =653 \\$achildhood =653 \\$achild =653 \\$asocial security =653 \\$awelfare state =653 \\$asex education =653 \\$ateenagers =653 \\$ateenage =653 \\$aparenting =653 \\$aneglect =653 \\$aagency =653 \\$aThe Borough Council =653 \\$achild philanthropy =653 \\$aBrook Advisory Centre =653 \\$awomen in prison =653 \\$aChildren’s Friend Society emigration scheme =653 \\$aCommonwealth =653 \\$amigration programme =653 \\$aplay-area design =653 \\$achild playground =653 \\$afamily history =653 \\$achild history =700 1\$aPooley, Siân,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000233101583$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3310-1583 =700 1\$aTaylor, Jonathan,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000317907699$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1790-7699 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2109.9781912702886$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/300380/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01959nam 22003852 4500 =001 54dc29c7-6189-4d47-960a-d8d5c47cd3fb =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857279$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857408$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLBBR$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$a5.0.4.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aLBBR$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aChile and the Inter-American Human Rights System /$cedited by Karinna Fernández, Cristian Peña, Sebastián Smart. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis book reflects on the relationship between Chile and the Inter-American Human Rights System, focusing on an interdisciplinary and detailed examination of the consequences of recent cases decided by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights against the Chilean state. These cases illustrate central challenges in the areas of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex rights, as well as shedding light on torture and indigenous rights in Chile and the Americas as a whole.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aFernández, Karinna,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPeña, Cristian,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSmart, Sebastián,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249756//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03696nam 22005772 4500 =001 91b5d036-61a8-43f2-be85-42f7864caf9a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572731$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDS$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBF$2bicssc =072 7$aDSK$2bicssc =072 7$a1DFG$2bicssc =072 7$a2ACG$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JF$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004180$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037050$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.3.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aCFP$2thema =072 7$aDS$2thema =072 7$aDSBF$2thema =072 7$aFYT$2thema =072 7$a1DFG$2thema =072 7$a2ACG$2thema =072 7$a2ADF$2thema =072 7$a3ML$2thema =100 1\$aZille, Tom,$eauthor. =245 10$aChristian Felix Weiße the Translator :$bCultural Transfer and Literary Entrepreneurship in the Enlightenment /$cTom Zille. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (236 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 13.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: A Forgotten Translator 1. Anglophilia and the Background of Eighteenth- Century Translation 2. Early Translations 3. Early Translations of Poetry 4. Professionalization: Weiße at Weidmann’s 5. Weiße and the German Reception of Ossian 6. Translations of Novels and Other Prose 7. Networks: The ‘Uebersetzungsentrepreneur’ 8. Networks: Facilitating Cultural Transfer 9. Translations of Children’s Literature 10. Nulla Dies Sine Linea: Conclusion Bibliography of Translations Bibliography Index
=520 \\$aChristian Felix Weiße (1726-1804) is best known as a dramatist and influential children’s writer of the Enlightenment period. This is the first book to explore his singularly extensive output as a literary translator, investigating the conditions which allowed Weiße to become the most prolific German translator of English literature in the eighteenth century, a popular translator of French drama, and an influential editor and ‘entrepreneur’ of the translations of others. Drawing on previously unpublished correspondence, the study examines Weiße’s wide-ranging professional networks as a cultural mediator of European significance. Special attention is paid to his role in the German reception of Ossian, his introduction of English children’s literature to Germany, his translations of popular prose, and the intersections between his original writing and translations.
Tom Zille trained as a bookseller in Leipzig, and is currently reading for a PhD in Modern and Contemporary English Literature at the University of Cambridge. He was until recently an editor at the German literary audio archive, Dichterlesen.net, at the Literarisches Colloquium Berlin.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 13.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/299076/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05262nam 22007092 4500 =001 98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702657$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702640$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702664$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002183$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702688$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2106.9781912702664$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLH$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JD$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015040$2bisacsh =072 7$aREL108020$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037040$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MGB-GB-H$2thema =072 7$a3MGQS-GB-K$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aChurch and People in Interregnum Britain /$cedited by Fiona McCall. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (300 pages): $b27 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum
Bernard Capp
The administration of the interregnum Church
1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda
Andrew Foster
2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution
Alex Craven
3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60
Rebecca Warren
The clergy of the Commonwealth
4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset
Trixie Gadd
5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65
Helen M. Whittle
Enforcing godly ideals
6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60
Fiona McCall
7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland
Alfred Johnson
Traditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance
8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England
Rosalind Johnson
9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60
Sarah Ward Clavier
Remembering godly rule
10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245
Maureen Harris
In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals.
With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion.
=536 \\$aRoyal Historical Society =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$achurch =653 \\$areligion =653 \\$aearly-career =653 \\$acourt records =653 \\$awelsh language =653 \\$aclergy =653 \\$aparish =653 \\$aregister =653 \\$atheology =653 \\$aarchives =653 \\$aCromwell =700 1\$aMcCall, Fiona,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2106.9781912702664$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/292285/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01448nam 22003372 4500 =001 1e07cddd-8cb8-47d5-b4d1-da2d804f07ad =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20012001\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587870$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHC$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL022000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHC$2thema =245 00$aCicero's Republic (BICS Supplement 76) /$cedited by J.G.F. Powell, J.A. North. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2001. =264 \4$c©2001 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 12.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aPowell, J.G.F.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aNorth, J.A.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 12.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250844//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03980nam 22006372 4500 =001 c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702350$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702343$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702367$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249487$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702381$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/320.9781912702367$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aAPF$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW3$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aPER004030$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aATFA$2thema =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-EYKS$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-NB$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MPQ$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aManning, Sam,$eauthor. =245 10$aCinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom :$bDecades of Decline, 1945–65 /$cSam Manning. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (250 pages): $b29 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion
Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.
By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.
Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$acinema =653 \\$aleisure =653 \\$atelevision =653 \\$aprogramming =653 \\$apost-war =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/320.9781912702367$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/284971/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04618nam 22006372 4500 =001 93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646971$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781909646902$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646926$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002176$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781909646919$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/420.9781909646926$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBWN$2bicssc =072 7$aKNG$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJF$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS027090$2bisacsh =072 7$aTEC009160$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHWR5$2thema =072 7$aKNG$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MPB$2thema =072 7$a3MPBFB$2thema =100 1\$aPhillips, Christopher,$eauthor. =245 10$aCivilian Specialists at War :$bBritain's Transport Experts and the First World War /$cChristopher Phillips. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (444 pages): $b31 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14
Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport
Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18
Conclusion
The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict.
This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War.
=536 \\$aRoyal Historical Society =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$awar =653 \\$aFirst World War =653 \\$atransport =653 \\$aexperts =653 \\$atravel =653 \\$atrains =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/420.9781909646926$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273791/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02988nam 22005052 4500 =001 82365dd6-2f90-45ba-89f1-3a3312af6e85 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811403$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPDC$2bicssc =072 7$aJFCX$2bicssc =072 7$a1FBX$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI022000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHK$2thema =072 7$aJBCC9$2thema =072 7$a1FBX$2thema =245 00$aClassical Arabic Philosophy :$bSources and Reception /$cedited by Peter Adamson, Carmela Baffioni, Michael Chase, Cornelia Schoeck, Jon McGinnis, Yahya Michot, Toby Mayer, Dag Nikolaus Hasse, Sajjad Rizvi. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 6.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe nine papers collected here explore a broad range of sources for texts from the classical period of Arabic philosophy, and a broad range of influence exerted by these texts. By the 'classical period' is meant that part of the Arabic philosophical tradition normally included in the canon of 'medieval' philosophy. It begins in the ninth century, which is when the impact of Greek philosophical and scientific works began to be felt, thanks to their translation under the 'Abbasid caliphs, and ends in the twelfth century. This volume focuses on the influences felt by, and exerted by, the four main philosophers of this period: al-Kindi, al-Farabi, Avicenna, and Averroes. But the historical range covered extends well past the twelfth century, into Latin Renaissance philosophy and Islamic philosophy of the seventeenth century. Philosophical themes include human psychology, logic, the influence of Neoplatonism, and problems in Aristotelian natural philosophy.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aAdamson, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBaffioni, Carmela,$eeditor. =700 1\$aChase, Michael,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSchoeck, Cornelia,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMcGinnis, Jon,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMichot, Yahya,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMayer, Toby,$eeditor. =700 1\$aHasse, Dag Nikolaus,$eeditor. =700 1\$aRizvi, Sajjad,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 6.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250718//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02888nam 22003372 4500 =001 d777f9bb-02ec-49b0-bff6-e274a6affc48 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670154$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aKNTP$2bicssc =072 7$aLAN027000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKNTP1$2thema =245 00$aClassical Books: Scholarship & publishing in Britain since 1800 (BICS Supplement 101) /$cedited by Christopher Stray. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 37.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aClassical Books explores the interface between the history of books and the history of classical scholarship. Its contributors investigate the background to the production of texts, editions, histories and dictionaries many of which are now taken for granted by scholars. Abandoned authors blind alleys, false starts and fierce competition: Classical Books takes us behind the placid facades on library shelves to the processes of commissioning, writing, editing, design and printing which led to the publication of the books we use. Some of the books discussed were the work of major figures in nineteenth- and twentieth-century scholarship B Jowett, Murray, Jebb, Wilamowitz B but many lesser-known scholars also feature in these accounts. Several of the books discussed, including the OCTs, CAH and Liddell and Scott, were produced by the university presses of Oxford and Cambridge, but commercial publishers like Longman, John Murray and Macmillan are also discussed, while the new University of London also features as a centre of scholarship and publishing. Finally German scholarship (the Teubner classical texts and Pauly’s Real-Encyclopädie, for example) is a constant presence, at once exemplar and rival. Classical Books is based on papers given at a conference held at Trinity College, Cambridge, in 2006
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aStray, Christopher,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0009000242708018$1https://orcid.org/0009-0002-4270-8018 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 37.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250797//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03344nam 22003732 4500 =001 a3a9b38b-5e0f-475e-8ee4-6ed008f7cd02 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670574$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aClassics in practice. Studies in the history of scholarship (BICS Supplement 128) /$cedited by Christopher Stray, Graham Whitaker. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 67.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis special Bulletin Supplement contains seven essays which deepen and extend our knowledge of classical reception and the history of scholarship. Two of them deal with books: John Davies examines a little-known life of the tyrant Agathocles of Syracuse published in the 1660s in which the more recent ‘tyrant’, Oliver Cromwell, is targeted, while Christian Flow surveys the agendas and self-images of Latin lexicographers from the Estiennes in the sixteenth century to the Thesaurus Linguae Latinae, still in progress.
Three essays are devoted to classical journals: Graham Whitaker surveys German nineteenth-century periodicals in relation to F. A. Wolf’s conception of Alterthumswissenschaft; Ward Briggs gives an account of The American Journal of Philology and of its founding editor Basil Gildersleeve; drawing on previously unpublished correspondence, Christopher Stray describes the controversy between W. S. Watt and Shackleton Bailey over their editing of Cicero’s letters, as played out in the pages of the Classical Review and the Proceedings of the Cambridge Philological Society. Two essays focus on the classical scholarship of African-Americans: Kenneth Goings and Eugene O’Connor tell the story of the rise of classical programmes in US black colleges, together with the funding difficulties and prejudice that such programmes faced, while Michele Valerie Ronnick provides a survey of writings on classics by scholars of African descent from the sixteenth to the twentieth century.
The range of these essays is wide, covering 500 years, and dealing with scholarly production in Britain, Germany, the USA and elsewhere.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aStray, Christopher,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0009000242708018$1https://orcid.org/0009-0002-4270-8018 =700 1\$aWhitaker, Graham,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 67.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250201//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05043nam 22006132 4500 =001 d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702558$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702541$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702589$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507468$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702565$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/321.9781912702589$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKS$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJP$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL013000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.5.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aLNHR$2thema =072 7$aNHTK$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-S$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aGibbs, Ewan,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000174877241$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7487-7241 =245 10$aCoal Country :$bThe Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland /$cEwan Gibbs. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (312 pages): $b6 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys
Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s
Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures
Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales
Chapter 4 Gendered experiences
Chapter 5 Generational perspectives
Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood
Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization
Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization
Appendix: Interviewee biographies
Bibliography
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.
Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aDeindustrialization =653 \\$acoal mining =653 \\$atrade unions =653 \\$amoral economy =653 \\$aScotland =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/321.9781912702589$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/291748/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02680nam 22005532 4500 =001 008b4815-1e77-42b6-8611-617fb5deb3ca =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20012001\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811212$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aGBCR$2bicssc =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$a1DDB$2bicssc =072 7$a1DDL$2bicssc =072 7$a1DDN$2bicssc =072 7$a1DFA$2bicssc =072 7$a1DFH$2bicssc =072 7$a1DND$2bicssc =072 7$a1DNS$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$aREF004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$aGBCR$2thema =072 7$aQDHF$2thema =072 7$a1DDB$2thema =072 7$a1DDL$2thema =072 7$a1DDN$2thema =072 7$a1DFA$2thema =072 7$a1DFH$2thema =072 7$a1DND$2thema =072 7$a1DNS$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =245 00$aCodices Boethiani: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland v. 2 :$bA Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius /$cedited by Lesley Smith. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2001. =264 \4$c©2001 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis is part of a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSmith, Lesley,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250753//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02423nam 22004332 4500 =001 d5d3313d-8b42-49a5-bdba-c69ebd856e1a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19951995\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854810888$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aGBCR$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBR$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$aREF004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$aGBCR$2thema =072 7$a1DDR$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =245 00$aCodices Boethiani: Great Britain and the Republic of Ireland v. 1: A Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius /$cedited by Margaret T. Gibson, Lesley Smith, Joseph Zeigler. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1995. =264 \4$c©1995 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis is part a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aGibson, Margaret T.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSmith, Lesley,$eeditor. =700 1\$aZeigler, Joseph,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250750//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02370nam 22004092 4500 =001 fc2c20d9-5c7f-40cb-b72d-e1ab7f51c40e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20012001\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811236$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aGBCR$2bicssc =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$aREF004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$aGBCR$2thema =072 7$aQDHF$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =245 00$aCodices Boethiani: Italy and the Vatican City v. 3 :$bA Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius /$cedited by Marina Passalacqua, Lesley Smith, Joseph Zeigler. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2001. =264 \4$c©2001 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis is part of a catalogue of all Latin manuscripts of the works of Beothius, including his translations of Aristotle and Porphyry. The six volumes are arranged geographically and are accompanied by a general index, although each volume is also indexed separately. The conspectus includes fragmentary texts, as witnesses of a once-complete version. Each entry includes a short physical description of the manuscript, a complete list of contents, a note of any glosses present, a brief summary of any decoration, the provenance of the manuscript and a select bibliography for each codex. Particular attention is paid to the use of the manuscripts. Since Boethius was an advocate of "artes" teaching, these manuscripts give an insight into who was taught what, where, to what level, and in what way.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aPassalacqua, Marina,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSmith, Lesley,$eeditor. =700 1\$aZeigler, Joseph,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250754//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02076nam 22004092 4500 =001 723326e8-3536-41fe-a225-d973a1f6557a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811502$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aGBCR$2bicssc =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI012000$2bisacsh =072 7$aREF004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$aGBCR$2thema =072 7$aQDHF$2thema =245 00$aCodices Boethiani: Portugal and Spain v. 4 :$bA Conspectus of Manuscripts of the Works of Boethius /$cedited by Margaret T. Gibson, Lesley Smith, Marina Passalacqua. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe number of Boethian manuscripts in the Iberian Peninsula is modest compared with those in the British Isles and Italy, partly, perhaps, because of the Arab domination there; the oldest manuscripts come from Ripoll in Catalonia, which was always under Christian control. The Portuguese manuscripts contain five Boethian items, the Spanish, 153, of which the De Consolatione Philosophiae occurs most often. Some of these manuscripts are of exceptional quality, and many of them include extensive glosses. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aGibson, Margaret T.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSmith, Lesley,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPassalacqua, Marina,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250755//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04320nam 22003852 4500 =001 d5482da1-17a2-41d2-b28c-4fae043dac29 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590466$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLH$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037020$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDTK$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =245 00$aCommunicating Observations in Early Modern Letters (1500-1675): Epistolography and Epistemology in the Age of the Scientific Revolution /$cedited by Dirk Miert. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 14.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe case studies in this volume juxtapose instances of knowledge exchange across a variety of fields usually studied in isolation: anthropology, medicine, botany, epigraphy, astronomy, geography, philosophy and chronology. In their letters, scientists and scholars tried to come to grips with the often unclear epistemological status of an ‘observation’, a term which covered a wide semantic field, ranging from acts of perceiving to generalized remarks on knowledge. Observations were associated with descriptions, transcriptions, copies, drawings, casts and coordinates, and they frequently took into account the natural, material, linguistic, historical, religious and social contexts. Early modern scholars were well aware of the transformations which knowledge could undergo in the process of being communicated and therefore stressed the need for autopsy, implying faithfulness (fides) and diligence (diligentia), to enhance the authority of observations. It was the specific character of Renaissance epistolography, more than the individual subjects discussed, which shaped the way information circulated. In the course of a correspondence, the narrative in which observations were communicated could be modified by adding implicit or explicit considerations and by relegating lists, drawings or tables containing ‘raw material’ to appendices, which recipients more often than not detached and filed separately. While letters were the prime medium for exchanging information, they have to be studied in relation to notebooks, drafts, attachments and printed works in order to appreciate fully how observations were communicated within the learned networks of Europe during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
Contents
Introduction
Dirk van Miert
Gerhard Holk
The First Anthropologist of America: Petrus Martyr de Angleria (1457–1526) and his Epistolary Reports De orbe novo decades octo
Candice Delisle
‘The Spices of Our Art’. Medical Observation in Conrad Gessner’s Letters
Florike Egmond
Observing Nature. The Correspondence Network of Carolus Clusius (1526–1609)
Monumental Letters in the Late Renaissance
William Stenhouse
Dirk van Miert
Philology and Empiricism: Observation and Description in the Correspondence of Joseph Scaliger (1540–1609)
Adam Mosley
Reading the Heavens: Observation and Interpretation of Astronomical Phenomena in Learned Letters circa 1600
Peter N. Miller
Mapping Peiresc’s Mediterranean: Geography and Astronomy, 1610–36
Erik-Jan Bos and Theo Verbeek
Conceiving the Invisible. The Role of Observation and Experiment in Descartes’s Correspondence, 1630–50
Contents
Abbreviations and Textual Notes
Introduction
Between Two Worlds, 1877–1908
‘A Woman’s Pity’ – Clermont de l’Oise: 1908–20
Genius and Madness: Early Research and Writing, 1906–1911
Charenton and Prémontré, 1917–22
Châlons sur Marne, 1922–25
Moisselles and Maison Blanche, 1925–37
Conclusion
Bibliography
=520 \\$aConstance Pascal’s career in French psychiatry from 1908 to 1937 exemplifies the opportunities open to women in the French Third Republic as well as the prejudices they encountered. As the first woman psychiatrist in France, Pascal, of Romanian origin, attained professional success at the cost of suppressing her personal life. Best known for her work on dementia praecox, she founded one of the first schools in France for children with severe learning difficulties, and made remarkable contributions in the reform of asylum practices and, influenced by Freudian psychoanalysis, in psychotherapeutic intervention. Her feminism is demonstrated by her distinguished, often contentious, career in a hitherto all male profession and by her support for other women in their professional roles. Her unjustly neglected life story illuminates many of the conflicts experienced by women entering the professions during the belle époque and the inter-war years. The study’s scholarly authority and ambitious theoretical range do not detract from its lively sense of the person and life struggles of the subject making this a fine demonstration of life history research enthralling for the general reader and expert alike.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aWomen history =653 \\$aGender studies =653 \\$aRomanian intellectuals =653 \\$aFrench state asylums =653 \\$aBelle Époque =653 \\$aMental health =653 \\$aMaison Blanche Asylum =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 8.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273595/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04828nam 22005052 4500 =001 40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780993110221$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250219$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/420.9781912250219$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aJPW$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =072 7$aJBFA$2thema =072 7$aJPW$2thema =245 00$aContemporary Challenges in Securing Human Rights /$cedited by Corinne Lennox. =264 \1$aLONDON, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (164 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword James Manor
1. Introduction Corinne Lennox
2. Researching and studying human rights: interdisciplinary insight Damien Short
3. Human rights theory as solidarity José-Manuel Barreto
4. The social construction of Afro-descendant rights in Colombia Esther Ojulari
5. Bringing human rights home: refugees, reparation, and the responsibility to protect James Souter
6. Human rights and the new(ish) digital paradigm Gaia Marcus
7. Theories of change for human rights and for development Paul Gready
8. Shifting sands: a paradigm change in the development discourse on women’s human rights and empowerment Catherine Klirodotakou
9. The role of human rights in diversity management and conflict prevention Sally Holt
10. Why tax is a human rights issue: empowering communities living in poverty to hold governments to account for public services Bridget Burrows
11. Technical cooperation in the field of human rights Farid Hamdan
12. Poetry for human rights Laila Sumpton
13. Transnational business human rights regulation and their effects upon human rights protection Sumi Dhanarajan
14. The impact of legal aid cuts on access to justice in the UK Smita Shah
15. Remedy Australia: because every human rights violation should be remedied Olivia Ball
16. Extraterritorial non-refoulement: intersections between human rights and refugee law David James Cantor
17. Rethinking Muslim women’s equal rights: faith, property and empowerment M. Siraj Sait
18. Power of the law, power to the people: pursuing innovative legal strategies in human rights advocacy Tanja Venisnik
19. Domestic incorporation of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in the Marshall Islands Divine Waiti
20. The Inter-American Human Rights System: notable achievements and enduring challenges Par Engstrom
To celebrate the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, we are pleased to publish a commemorative edited volume on human rights themes authored by distinguished alumni and faculty.
The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, the role of national and international legal mechanisms and emerging themes such as tax justice, rights in the digital age, theories of change, and poetry.
It is a credit to the MA programme that the chapters are rich with critical analysis, diverse expertise and innovative approaches. This book will be essential reading for students of human rights and practitioners who can benefit from the insights into theory and practice offered here.
Questions of ethnic and cultural identities are central to the contemporary understanding of the Roman world.
The expansion of Rome across Italy, the Mediterranean, and beyond entailed encounters with a wide range of peoples. Many of these had well-established pre-conquest ethnic identities which can be compared with Roman perceptions of them. In other cases, the ethnicity of peoples conquered by Rome has been perceived almost entirely through the lenses of Roman ethnographic writing and administrative structures.
The formation of such identities, and the shaping of these identities by Rome, was a vital part of the process of Roman imperialism. Comparisons across the empire reveal some similarities in the processes of identity formation during and after the period of Roman conquest, but they also reveal a considerable degree of diversity and localisation in interactions between Romans and others.
This volume explores how these practices of ethnic categorisation formed part of Roman strategies of control, and how people living in particular places internalised them and developed their own senses of belonging to an ethnic community. It includes both regional studies and thematic approaches by leading scholars in the field.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aidentity =653 \\$aethnicity =653 \\$aRoman empire =653 \\$aimperialism =653 \\$acommunities =653 \\$aancient history =653 \\$aperception =700 1\$aGardner, Andrew,$eeditor. =700 1\$aHerring, Edward,$eeditor. =700 1\$aLomas, Kathryn,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 3.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/917.9781905670796$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250672//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05164nam 22005652 4500 =001 095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857484$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857699$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908857491$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/519.9781908857699$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFSL4$2bicssc =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSG$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC026030$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBSL$2thema =072 7$aJBCC$2thema =072 7$aAGTS$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aCreative Spaces :$bUrban Culture and Marginality in Latin America /$cedited by Niall H.D. Geraghty, Adriana Laura Massidda. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (272 pages): $b21 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aI. Where are the margins? 1. The politics of the in-between: the negotiation of urban space in Juan Rulfo’s photographs of Mexico City Lucy O’Sullivan
2. The interstitial spaces of urban sprawl: unpacking the marginal suburban geography of Santiago de Chile Cristian Silva
3. Cynicism and the denial of marginality in contemporary Chile: Mitómana (José Luis Sepúlveda and Carolina Adriazola, 2009) Paul Merchant
II. The struggle for the streets 4. Community action, the informal city and popular politics in Cartagena (Colombia) during the National Front,1958–1974 Orlando Deavila Pertuz
5. On ‘real revolution’ and ‘killing the lion’: challenges for creative marginality in Brazilian labour struggles Lucy McMahon
6. Urban policies, innovation and inclusion: Comuna 8 of the city of Buenos Aires Anabella Roitman
III. Marginal art as spatial praxis 7. Exhibitions in a ‘divided’ city: socio-spatial inequality and the display of contemporary art in Rio de Janeiro Simone Kalkman
8. The spatiality of desire in MartKín Oesterheld’s La multitud (2012) and Luis Ortega’s Dromómanos (2012) Niall H.D. Geraghty and Adriana Laura Massidda
9. Afterword Creative spaces: uninhabiting the urban Geoffrey Kantaris
Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.
While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.
To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amarginality =653 \\$aliminality =653 \\$aurbanity =653 \\$adiaspora =653 \\$amigration =653 \\$apopulation =700 1\$aGeraghty, Niall H.D.,$eeditor.$uUniversity College London.$0(orcid)0000000341448672$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4144-8672 =700 1\$aMassidda, Adriana Laura,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000187357990$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8735-7990 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/519.9781908857699$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/268988//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01551nam 22003852 4500 =001 49e58788-95d6-427f-8726-c24f5b15484c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19981998\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\spa\d =020 \\$z9781900039093$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aKCM$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJC$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aBUS068000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC042000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKCM$2thema =072 7$a1KJC$2thema =100 1\$aValdes, Julio Carranza,$eauthor. =245 10$aCuba : Restructuring the Economy :$bA Contribution to the Debate /$cJulio Carranza Valdes, Luis Gutierrez Urdaneta, Pedro Monreal; translated by Ruth Pearson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1998. =264 \4$c©1998 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aUrdaneta, Luis Gutierrez,$eauthor. =700 1\$aMonreal, Pedro,$eauthor. =700 1\$aPearson, Ruth,$etranslator. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248168/53766/53766_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05083nam 22007212 4500 =001 70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857620$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857750$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249579$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781908857743$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/520.978190885775$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$aHRCC7$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADSL$2bicssc =072 7$a3JF$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS024000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aREL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.2.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a5.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =072 7$aQRMB1$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2ADSL$2thema =072 7$a3ML$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aCultural Worlds of the Jesuits in Colonial Latin America /$cedited by Linda A. Newson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (250 pages): $b33 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction Linda A. Newson I Jesuit Art, architecture and material culture 1. The Jesuits and Chinese style in the arts of colonial Brazil (1719–79) Gauvin Alexander Bailey 2. Two ‘ways of proceeding’: damage limitation in the mission to the Chiquitos Kate Ford 3. The materiality of cultural encounters in the Treinta Pueblos de las Misiones Clarissa Sanfelice Rahmeier II Jesuit mission life 4. A patriarchal society in the Río de la Plata: adultery and the double standard at mission Jesús de Tavarangue, 1782 Barbara Ganson 5. Music in the Jesuit missions of the Upper Marañón Leonardo J. Waisman 6. Beyond linguistic description: territorialisation. Guaraní language in the missions of Paraguay (17th–19th centuries) Capucine Boidin III Jesuit approaches to evangelisation 7. Administration and native perceptions of baptism at the Jesuit peripheries of Spanish America (17th–18th centuries) Oriol Ambrogio 8. “con intençión de haçerlos Christianos y con voluntad de instruirlos”. Spiritual education among American Indians in Anello Oliva’s Historia del Reino y Provincias del Perú Virginia Ghelarducci 9. Jesuits, pirates and Indians: The transatlantic resonances of a Tupi Christian doctrine Vivien Kogut Lessa de Sá and Caroline Egan IV Jesuit agriculture, medicine and science 10. Jesuits and mules in colonial Latin America: innovators or managers? William G. Clarence-Smith 11. Jesuit recipes, Jesuit receipts: The Society of Jesus and the introduction of exotic Materia Medica into Europe Samir Boumediene 12. The Jesuits and the exact sciences in Argentina Eduardo L. Ortiz
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music.
The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science.
1. Introduction: Latin American and Caribbean racisms in global and conceptual context Peter Wade, James Scorer and Ignacio Aguiló
2. The antinomies of identity politics: neoliberalism, race and political participation in Colombia Nick Morgan
3. Photography collectives and anti-racism in Peru and Argentina Patricia Oliart and Agustina Triquell
4. Subverting racist imagery for anti-racist intent: Indigenous filmmaking from Latin America and the resignification of the archive Charlotte Gleghorn
5. Cultural agency and anti-racism in Caribbean conceptual art Fabienne Viala
6. Anti-racism in the classroom and beyond: teacher perspectives from Rio de Janeiro Gudrun Klein
7. The last in a country of forgotten people: ancestry, music and identity among Bolivia’s Afro population Lena Schubmann
8. White cholos? Discourses around race, whiteness and Lima’s fusion music Fiorella Montero-Diaz
9. Bolivia’s anti-racism law: transforming a culture?
Henry Stobart
Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region.
The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aracism =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aglobal =653 \\$apost-racial =653 \\$aattitudes =700 1\$aWade, Peter,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000340704187$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4070-4187 =700 1\$aScorer, James,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000297289060$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9728-9060 =700 1\$aAguiló, Ignacio,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000163121457$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6312-1457 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/919.9781908857729$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273489/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02841nam 22003612 4500 =001 d678a84d-ccdc-4d05-8850-a80c7a3372de =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670413$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aKCBM$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aANT011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKCBM$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aCurrency & exchange in ancient Pompeii /$cedited by Richard Hobbs. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 61.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aCurrency & exchange in ancient Pompeii examines how coinage became a key component of the economic life of the town from the third century BC to the dramatic destruction of Pompeii by the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79.
The study discusses one of the largest assemblages of coins found so far from below the layer of destruction of AD 79. Over 1,500 coins were found during a ten-year campaign of excavation of Regio VI, Insula 1 by the Anglo-American Project in Pompeii (AAPP).
Currency & exchange in ancient Pompeii looks at the range of coins found, from mints across the Mediterranean, reflecting Pompeii’s wide-ranging trade connections, in particular, Ebusus, Massalia, and Rome, and the development of local imitations, many unique to Pompeii.
The book reviews other evidence for Pompeii’s economic life, such as the price of goods and services, the activities of bankers and money-lenders, and the ‘live’ coinage left behind by those fleeing the volcano. A full catalogue of the AAPP assemblage and the ‘Bathhouse hoard’ is included, with illustrations of many of the coins.
The book is an invaluable resource for all interested in Pompeii, its economy, and the everyday life of its ‘small change’.
Richard Hobbs is curator of the Romano-British collections at the British Museum
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHobbs, Richard,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 61.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250676//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01406nam 22003252 4500 =001 aba4f7c7-173d-46d2-a858-2ad30aa00969 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19951995\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587658$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aDancing Maenad Reliefs (BICS Supplement 62) /$cedited by Lori-ann Touchette. =250 \\$a62nd edition. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1995. =264 \4$c©1995 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 1.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aTouchette, Lori-ann,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 1.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250855//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03204nam 22005532 4500 =001 506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$a9781913739010$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/0720.9781913739010$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDS$2bicssc =072 7$aD$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBF$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDS$2thema =072 7$aDSC$2thema =072 7$aDSBF$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a6PL$2thema =100 0\$aJerome J. McGann,$eauthor. =245 10$aDante and Rossetti: Translation, Pastiche, Ritual, Fate /$cJerome J. McGann. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (18 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aIn October 1869, Pre-Raphaelite painter and poet, Gabriel Dante Rossetti exhumed the grave of his former muse and wife, Elizabeth Siddal, to retrieve some earlier poetry he had buried with her. The collection was published as the Poems of D. G. Rossetti in 1870 to great controversy- for their eroticism and hedonism- and none received greater attention than the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, a ballad intimately describing a romantic relationship.
In this short essay, Professor Jerome J. McGann unpacks the origins and inspirations for the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, including the influence of Italian poet, Dante Alighieri; their shared traits of allegory and theatricality, Rossetti’s abstract concepts of life and love, and his many muses.
Professor Jerome J. McGann is literary scholar based at the University of Virginia whose work focuses on the history of literature and culture from the late eighteenth century to the present. He has worked extensively at the Rossetti Archives and has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London since 1999.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$apoetry =653 \\$aromanticism =653 \\$aHouse of Life sonnets =653 \\$aFleshly School =653 \\$aPre-Raphaelite =653 \\$aGothic =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0720.9781913739010$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/289072/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01513nam 22004332 4500 =001 8e5370a3-c53e-4706-9a08-ade769d6d130 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039710$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHV$2bicssc =072 7$aJPHX$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL040020$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL016000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHV$2thema =072 7$aJPHX$2thema =072 7$a1KLSH$2thema =100 1\$aAngell, Alan,$eauthor. =245 10$aDemocracy After Pinochet :$bPolitics, Parties, and Elections in Chile /$cAlan Angell. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aChile =653 \\$ademocracy =653 \\$athreat =653 \\$arights =653 \\$aviolation =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248116/53740/53740_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01592nam 22003732 4500 =001 0c328343-aa7a-43bd-b011-1ee697da2db0 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857064$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHV$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLCM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC042000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJP$2thema =245 00$aDemocracy in Mexico :$bAttitudes and Perceptions of Citizens at National and Local Level /$cedited by Salvador Marti i Puig, Reynaldo Yunuen Ortega Ortiz, M. Fernanda Somuano Ventura, Claire Wright. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2014. =264 \4$c©2014 =300 \\$a1 online resource (258 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMarti i Puig, Salvador,$eeditor. =700 1\$aOrtiz, Reynaldo Yunuen Ortega,$eeditor. =700 1\$aVentura, M. Fernanda Somuano,$eeditor. =700 1\$aWright, Claire,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248159/53793/53793_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04123nam 22005892 4500 =001 480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477492$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477485$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781914477508$q(PDF) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aRPC$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS052000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC047000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC026030$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aRPC$2thema =072 7$aRGCS$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =100 1\$aWinder, Jon,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000348685208$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4868-5208 =245 10$aDesigned for Play: Children’s Playgrounds and the Politics of Urban Space, 1840–2010 /$cJon Winder. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2024. =264 \4$c©2024 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b17 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aChildren’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.
Designed for Play is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aplayground =653 \\$ahistory =653 \\$achildhood =653 \\$asocial =653 \\$ageography =653 \\$aurban =653 \\$aplanning =653 \\$aspace =653 \\$adesign =653 \\$aeducation =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04623nam 22005052 4500 =001 1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646827$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646834$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781912702015$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/718.9781909646834$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$aNHTR$2thema =072 7$aNHTS$2thema =245 00$aDethroning historical reputations: universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors /$cedited by Jill Pellew, Lawrence Goldman. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (166 pages): $b7 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface Notes on contributors 1. Introduction David Cannadine 2. Commentary on universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors Jill Pellew 3. The English civic universities: endowments and the commemoration of benefactors H. S. Jones 4. Donors to an imperial project: Randlords as benefactors to the Royal School of Mines, Imperial College of Science and Technology Jill Pellew 5. The expectations of benefactors and a responsibility to endow John Shakeshaft 6. The funder’s perspective Victoria Harrison 7. Calibrating relevance at the Pitt Rivers Museum Laura N. K. Van Broekhoven 8. From objects of enlightenment to objects of apology: why you can’t make amends for the past by plundering the present Tiffany Jenkins 9. British universities and Caribbean slavery Nicholas Draper 10. Risk and reputation: the London blue plaques scheme Anna Eavis and Howard Spencer 11. ‘A dreary record of wickedness’: moral judgement in history Brian Young 12. We have been here before: ‘Rhodes Must Fall’ in historical context Lawrence Goldman Bibliography Index
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’?
The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amonuments =653 \\$aethics =653 \\$aCecil Rhodes =653 \\$amemorialisation =653 \\$astatues =700 1\$aPellew, Jill,$eeditor. =700 1\$aGoldman, Lawrence,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/718.9781909646834$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/264402//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01408nam 22003852 4500 =001 e22bf354-4e91-4c3e-8d65-9666fa83a2f2 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20022002\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039482$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aKCB$2bicssc =072 7$aJPA$2bicssc =072 7$aKCM$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJC$2bicssc =072 7$aBUS022000$2bisacsh =072 7$aBUS035000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKCB$2thema =072 7$aJPA$2thema =072 7$aKCM$2thema =072 7$a1KJC$2thema =245 00$aDevelopment Prospects in Cuba :$bAn Agenda in the Making /$cedited by Pedro Monreal. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2002. =264 \4$c©2002 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMonreal, Pedro,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248155/53785/53785_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04601nam 22003612 4500 =001 3049d2ae-5234-4dc8-b6dd-b60c5b674fe4 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670543$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aDialogues With the Past: Classical reception theory and practice – Volume 1 (BICS Supplement 126) /$cedited by Anastasia Bakogianni. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 65.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aContents
When the Victorian journalist and critic, George Henry Lewes invited George Eliot and Charles Dickens to dinner in 1859, few imagined it would lead to one of the greatest creative exchanges in literary history.
From the non-traditional ‘marriage’ of Eliot and Lewes, to the unconventional eye Lewes cast over Dickens’ work, this book throws fresh light on the chief subject of their critical interest by looking at the complex relationships between Dickens, Eliot and Lewes. It contends that Lewes saw something in Dickens and Eliot that his contemporaries could not grasp, and traces the birth of ‘psychological realism’ as a literary device in English literature.
The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
This lecture by Professor Rosemary Ashton was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1991.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aGeorge Eliot =653 \\$aGeorge Henry Lewes =653 \\$aCharles Dickens =653 \\$apsychological realism =653 \\$a19th century literature =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/419.9780992725761$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/287372/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01331nam 22003492 4500 =001 be388b7d-385e-4dae-90e5-eef54f30a4cb =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20042004\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039451$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPH$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLCM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aBUS068000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL040020$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPH$2thema =072 7$a1KLCM$2thema =245 00$aDilemmas of Political Change in Mexico /$cedited by Kevin J. Middlebrook. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2004. =264 \4$c©2004 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMiddlebrook, Kevin J.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248139/53799/53799_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03471nam 22004212 4500 =001 3233b2f0-86f6-43c3-b317-7e55b58e38f7 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20032003\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587924$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$aJW$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAR$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS027000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aJW$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$a1QBAR$2thema =245 00$aDocumenting the Roman Army: Essays in Honour of Margaret Roxan (BICS Supplement 81) /$cedited by J.J. Wilkes. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2003. =264 \4$c©2003 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 16.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aA. R. Birley The commissioning of equestrian officers.
D. B. Saddington An Augustan Officer on the Roman Army: Militaria in Velleius Paterculus and some Inscriptions.
Lawrence Keppie ‘Having been a soldier.’
Werner Eck Diplome und die kaiserliche Reichsverwaltung.
Slobodan Dušani The imperial propaganda of significant day-dates: two notes in military history.
Paul Holder Auxiliary deployment in the reign of Hadrian.
David J. Breeze Auxiliaries legionaries & the operation of Hadrian’s Wall.
Valerie A. Maxfield Ostraca and the Roman army in the Eastern desert.
R. S. O. Tomlin Documenting the Roman army at Carlisle.
Peter Weiss The Future of Roman Military Diplomata – Fortschritte Probleme und künftige Aufgaben.
This volume places on record the proceedings of the colloquium held in honour of Dr. Margaret Roxan at the Institute of Classical Studies in May 2002. The theme of the colloquium was the written record of the Roman army, though the scope of the contributions embraced both historical and archaeological topics. Central to the discussions were the military diplomas recording grants of citizenship and other privileges to various categories of military personnel. The study and publication of these important records, of which several hundred are known, was Margaret Roxan’s life work. Over thirty years she worked as a dedicated scholar with minimal help from a few institutions. Her three edited collections of newly-found diplomas have acquired a scholarly authority that places her in a direct succession to Theodor Mommsen and Herbert Nesselhauf.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aWilkes, J.J.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 16.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250838//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02309nam 22003372 4500 =001 03179e50-9f22-4216-ac55-85fc8921549a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19991999\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587832$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAMX$2bicssc =072 7$aBIO023000$2bisacsh =072 7$aAMX$2thema =100 1\$aMomigliano, Nicoletta,$eauthor. =245 10$aDuncan Mackenzie: A Cautious Canny Highlander and the Palace of Minos At Knossos (BICS Supplement 72) /$cNicoletta Momigliano. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1999. =264 \4$c©1999 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 8.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe discoveries at the 'Palace of Minos' at Knossos in Crete from 1900 till 1929 were sensational. They attracted the curious and the famous - and have always been associated with the larger-than-life personality of Sir Arthur Evans.But more recently the dependability of Evan's publications on the discoveries has been questioned, and the role of Duncan Mackenzie, Evan's assistant at Knossos, has been re-considered.
Mackenzie's life is the story of a bright lad from a poor Highland family who made good as a gifted field-archaeologist, but never acquired an established and secure position, nor lasting fame, and who eventually died mad and forgotten. The study investigates the relationship between the very different personalities of Evans and Mackenzie, and explores the consequences for the study of Knossos.
Electra is a unique, complex, and fascinating Greek tragic heroine, who became a source of inspiration for countless playwrights, artists, musicians and filmmakers. The daughter of Agamemnon and Clytemnestra she famously supported her brother’s quest to avenge their father’s murder even at the cost of matricide. Her passion for justice and her desire for vengeance have echoed down the centuries to the modern era.
Enshrined as the mourner of Greek tragedy par excellence Electra has enjoyed a long and rich reception history.
Electra, ancient and modern, examines the treatment of Electra by all three ancient tragedians, Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and their dialogue with the mythical tradition that preceded them. The focus then shifts forward in time to case studies of her reception in the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Gradually Electra’s dark desires re-emerge over the course of these three centuries until her passionate cries for vengeance are heard once again.
Through its detailed analysis of Electra, this book also provides a helpful introduction to the study of Classical Reception, its ambitions and methods.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 58.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250679//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04071nam 22004812 4500 =001 8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507093$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781911507055$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781911507079$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507086$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/517.9781911507079$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAS$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW061000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLND$2thema =245 00$aElectronic Evidence /$cedited by Stephen Mason, Daniel Seng. =250 \\$a4th edition. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (421 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aIn this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.
Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law and editor of International Electronic Evidence, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University.
This book is also available online at http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law.
Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes
1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence
Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason
2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form
Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng
3 Hearsay
Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason
4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason
5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason
6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield
7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason
8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason
9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason
10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley
Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index
In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.
Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review in 2004.
Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMason, Stephen,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSeng, Daniel,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2108.9781911507246$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/301320/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03614nam 22004932 4500 =001 cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507000$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781911507048$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781911507017$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507024$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/1116.9781911507017$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAS$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW061000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLND$2thema =100 1\$aMason, Stephen,$eauthor. =245 10$aElectronic Signatures in Law /$cStephen Mason. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource (476 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aThis fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions.
Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence and International Electronic Evidence, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review in 2004.
This book is also available online at http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law.
Emotion in the ancient Greek and Roman worlds is now an established field of research in classical studies, but so far scholars have made surprisingly few attempts to investigate the emotions of the two cultures in comparative terms.
In this innovative and timely collection, nine leading scholars make a start on that project. Topics include: differences between the Greek and Roman emotional repertoires; the semantic fields and scripts covered by comparable Greek and Latin terms; the impact of bilingualism; the fate of emotion terms in translation; the way Roman authors deal with the emotional aspects of their Greek literary models; Greek and Roman views of the emotional character of their counterparts in the other culture.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aCairns, Douglas L.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aFulkerson, Laurel,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 64.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250667//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04938nam 22008172 4500 =001 04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646490$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646520$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781909646506$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/919.9781909646520$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKS$2bicssc =072 7$a1DDF$2bicssc =072 7$a1DVUA$2bicssc =072 7$a1K$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.5.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.2.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.6.16.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =072 7$a1DDF-FR-LAA$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-S$2thema =072 7$a1DTA$2thema =072 7$a1K$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aEmpty Spaces: perspectives on emptiness in modern history :$bPerspectives on emptiness in modern history /$cedited by Courtney J. Campbell, Allegra Giovine, Jennifer Keating. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (226 pages): $b42 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: Confronting emptiness in history Courtney J. Campbell, Allegra Giovine and Jennifer Keating 1. ‘Take my advice, go to Mongan’s Hotel’: barrenness and abundance in the late Victorian Connemara landscape Kevin J. James 2. Amid the horrors of nature: ‘dead’ environments at the margins of the Russian empire Jennifer Keating 3. Empty spaces, aviation and the Brazilian nation: the metaphor of conquest in narratives of Edu Chaves’s cross-country flights in 1912 Leonie Schuster 4. Looking over the ship railings: the colonial voyage and the empty ocean in Empire Marketing Board posters Tricia Cusack 5. Spectral figures: Edward Hopper’s empty Paris Emily C. Burns 6. Landscapes of loss: the semantics of empty spaces in contemporary post-apocalyptic fiction Martin Walter 7. Surveying the creative use of vacant space in London, c.1945–95 Krystallia Kamvasinou and Sarah Ann Milne 8. Urban prehistoric enclosures: empty spaces/busy places Kenneth Brophy
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aHow is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?
This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aspace =653 \\$aplace =653 \\$aabsence =653 \\$aEdward Hopper =653 \\$aConnemara =653 \\$arural =653 \\$aurban =653 \\$aair =653 \\$asea =653 \\$aempire =653 \\$aterritory =653 \\$aEmpire Marketing Board =700 1\$aCampbell, Courtney J.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aGiovine, Allegra,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKeating, Jennifer,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/919.9781909646520$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/272067//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03708nam 22005172 4500 =001 3d4f92b4-0547-4c91-ad68-bd0809ba12c6 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572786$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADT$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS020000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW043000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.5.3.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAZ$2thema =072 7$aJBSF11$2thema =072 7$a1DST$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MNQ-IT-N$2thema =100 1\$aDelmedico, Sara,$eauthor. =245 10$aOpposing Patriarchy: Women and the Law in Action in Pre-Unification Italy (1815-1865) /$cSara Delmedico. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 14.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Part 1: The Italian Peninsula in the Pre-Unification Period Chapter 1: Building the Nation-State: Italian Society between old Prerogatives and Modernity
Chapter 2: Ideals of Women in Men’s and Women’s Writings Chapter 3: Women and the Law in the Nineteenth-Century Italian Peninsula Part 2: Women and Marriage between Civil, Criminal and Canon Law: The Cases of the Kingdom of Sardinia and Lombardy-Venetia
Chapter 4: Women and Men beyond Marriage Chapter 5: Women, Marriage and the Transmission of Property
Chapter 6: Ending Wedlock
Conclusion Glossary Bibliography
Shifts in state boundaries and socio-economic structures deeply affected the political landscape in nineteenth-century Italy, coinciding with changes to the legal system. The patriarchal, hierarchical and strict class stratification of society saw women redefining their sense of self and rethinking their identities beyond the traditional domestic roles of daughter, wife and mother. This volume charts the process and, by analysing the law in action and women’s interaction with it, recovers the forgotten voices and stories of ordinary women who, in their everyday lives, reacted against the limitations and constraints imposed upon them. The picture which emerges gives an alternative interpretation of the nineteenth-century image of women: they understood the law, questioned obedience, challenged authority and stood up for themselves. Though they did not always achieve their goals, their actions contributed to shaping our present.
Sara Delmedico holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge. She has held the Luisa Selis Fellowship at the IMLR (University of London), an MHRA Fellowship at Cambridge, and a research residency at the British School at Rome. She is currently an Irish Research Council Post-Doctoral Fellow at University College Dublin.
Classics is, and always has been, political. In the sixty odd years between the birth of the Second Empire and the rise of Nazism, German classics experienced particularly virulent ideological conflicts. Around 1880 a new generation of philologists began to challenge the liberal neo-humanism that had defined the discipline since Winckelmann. Drawing on novel source material and research methods they turned to the irrational transgressive and ‘oriental’ elements of ancient Greece. Though methodologically innovative, their comparative approach to Hellenic civilization in many ways reinforced the racist and anti-semitic discourses of fin-de-siècle Germany.
Out of Arcadia presents a provocative re-evaluation of this transformative period. At its centre stand three figures – Burckhardt, Nietzsche and Wilamowitz – who played pivotal roles in the scholarly debate. A group of international experts takes a fresh look at the political agendas informing their works and the ways in which they contributed to the destruction of German philhellenism.
E. Flaig Jacob Burckhardt Greek culture and modernity
L. Gossman Per me si va nella città dolente: Burckhardt and the polis
M. Ruehl Politeia 1871: Nietzsche contra Wagner on the Greek State
A. U. Sommer On the genealogy of the genealogical method: Overbeck, Nietzsche and the search for origins
E. Flaig Towards ‘Rassenhygiene’: Wilamowitz & the German New Right
S. Marchand From Liberalism to neo-romanticism: A. Dieterich, R. Reitzenstein & the religious turn in fin-de-siècle German Classical Studies
I. Gildenhard Philologia perennis? Classical scholarship & Functional Differentiation
Vincenzo Fera: L’umanesimo di Albinia C. de la Mare
Concetta Bianca: Albinia C. de la Mare (biblioteche senza inventario)
Luca Boschetto: Letteratura, arte e politica nella Firenze del Quattrocento. La collaborazione tra Vespasiano e Manetti per l’Oratio funebris di Giannozzo Pandolfini
Wi-Seon Kim: Vespasiano da Bisticci: un cartolaio dissenziente nella Firenze del Quattrocento
Teresa De Robertis: I primi anni della scrittura umanistica. Materiali per un aggiornamento
Irene Ceccherini: Codicologia dei manoscritti della prima età umanistica: i libri di Sozomeno da Pistoia
Stefano Zamponi: Aspetti della tradizione gotica nella littera antiqua
Gabriella Pomaro: Copisti stranieri in Italia nei sec. XIV e XV in Codex – Inventario dei Manoscritti Medievali della Toscana
Giliola Barbero: Manoscritti e scrittura in Lombardia nel secondo quarto del secolo XV
David S. Chambers: Matteo Contugi of Volterra (d. 1493): Scribe and Secret Agent
Lorenz Böninger: The Ricordanze of Lorenzo di Francesco Guidetti: Manuscript Production and Circulation
Karl Schlebusch: Giorgio Antonio Vespucci: 1434–1514
Xavier van Binnebeke: Additions to the Latin Library of Giorgio Antonio Vespucci
Laura Nuvoloni: Bartolomeo Sanvito and Albinia C. de la Mare
V. Manuscript Illumination
Jonathan J. G. Alexander: Scribes and Illuminators in Italian Renaissance Illuminated Manuscripts: Cooperation and Overlaps
Giordana Mariani Canova: La dimensione accademica della miniatura del Rinascimento a Padova
Angela Dillon Bussi: Albinia C. de la Mare, Vespasiano da Bisticci e la miniatura: il caso di Bartolomeo Varnucci
VI. Humanism
Silvia Rizzo: Il copista di un codice petrarchesco delle Tusculanae: filologia vs paleografia
Stephen Oakley: The ‘Puccini’ Scribe and the Transmission of Latin Texts in Fifteenth-Century Florence
Mirella Ferrari: Umanisti italiani nel fondo Burney della British Library: autografi di Pier Candido Decembrio
James Hankins: Latin Autographs of Leonardo Bruni
Sebastiano Gentile: Nuove considerazioni sullo ‘scrittoio’ di Marsilio Ficino: tra paleografia e filologia
=520 \\$aAlbinia de la Mare (1932–2001), OBE, FBA, Professor of Palaeography at King's College London, was one of the last century's outstanding palaeographers and the world's leading authority on Italian Renaissance manuscripts. In November 2011 a conference was held at King's College and the Warburg Institute to honour her memory, and this volume offers revised versions of most of the papers read on that occasion, as well as three additional contributions. Tilly de la Mare had exceptionally wide interests, including key individuals involved in manuscript and literary production, as represented here by studies on Vespasiano da Bisticci, Sozomeno da Pistoia, Matteo Contugi da Volterra, Lorenzo di Francesco Guidetti, Giorgio Antonio Vespucci, Bartolomeo Sanvito, Bartolomeo Varnucci, Francesco Petrarca, Pier Candido Decembrio, Leonardo Bruni and Marsilio Ficino. Important themes in the history of palaeography – the emergence of humanist script; the relationship between script and illumination; the competing methods of palaeography and philology; the social, political, academic, geographical and cultural contexts of manuscript copying and production; and the role of palaeography in the transmission of classical texts – were also in the compass of her scholarship and are treated in this collection. The volume concludes with sixteen colour plates and indices of manuscripts, incunabula and names.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBlack, Robert,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKraye, Jill,$eeditor. =700 1\$aNuvoloni, Laura,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 16.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250697//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04285nam 22005172 4500 =001 cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646537$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646568$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781909646544$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/118.9781909646568$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLC1$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a3K$2thema =245 00$aPeople, Texts and Artefacts :$bCultural Transmission in the Medieval Norman Worlds /$cedited by David Bates, Edoardo D'Angelo, Elisabeth Houts. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (295 pages): $b23 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a Introduction David Bates and Elisabeth van Houts
1. Harness pendants and the rise of armory
John Baker
2. The transmission of medical culture in the Norman worlds c.1050–c.1250
Elma Brenner
3. Towards a critical edition of Petrus de Ebulo’s De Balneis Puteolanis: new hypotheses
Teofilo De Angelis
4. A Latin school in the Norman principality of Antioch
Edoardo D’Angelo
5. Culti e agiografie d’età normanna in Italia meridionale
Amalia Galdi
6. The landscape of Anglo-Norman England: chronology and cultural transmission
Robert Liddiard
7. The medieval archives of the abbey of S. Trinità, Cava
G. A. Loud
8. Écrire la conquête: une comparaison des récits de Guillaume de Poitiers et de Geoffroi Malaterra
Marie-Agnès Lucas-Avenel
9. Bede’s legacy in William of Malmesbury and Henry of Huntingdon
Alheydis Plassmann
10. The transformation of Norman charters in the twelfth century
Daniel Power
11. Corpora and cultural transmission? Political uses of the body in Norman texts, 1050–1150
Patricia Skinner
12. Homage in the Latin chronicles of eleventh- and twelfth-century Normandy
Alice Taylor
13. Weights and measures in the Norman-Swabian kingdom of Sicily
Mario Rosario Zecchino
This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aNormans =653 \\$amedieval =653 \\$aNorman culture =653 \\$aconquest =653 \\$aEurope =653 \\$amedieval history =653 \\$acultural exchange =700 1\$aBates, David,$eeditor. =700 1\$aD'Angelo, Edoardo,$eeditor. =700 1\$aHouts, Elisabeth,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/118.9781909646568$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251711//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02783nam 22003612 4500 =001 c0e983c2-1e29-4c0d-8b45-4c209f034ec1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670093$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSC$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSC$2thema =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =100 1\$aMorrison, A.D.,$eauthor. =245 10$aPerformances and Audiences in Pindar's Sicilian Victory Odes (BICS Supplement 95) /$cA.D. Morrison. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 31.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aPindar’s fifteen victory odes for Sicilian victors include some of Pindar’s most impressive and widely admired poems, such as the first two Olympians and first three Pythians. The majority of the Sicilian odes date from between about 476 to 466 BC and were composed to celebrate the victories of the great tyrants of Sicily Hieron of Syracuse and Theron of Akragas or their families or courtiers at the crown games. The Sicilian tyrants made spectacular use of their wealth and power in competing in equestrian events at the games and in commissioning Pindar and Bacchylides to celebrate their victories in song. This book examines the Sicilian odes of Pindar as a group, investigating the ways in which they interact and exploit their overlapping and intersecting audiences. It studies the different performances of Pindar’s odes (including reperformances subsequent to the first performance) and the audiences of these performances, and argues that these have important consequences for our view of the role victory odes played in the self-display of the Sicilian tyrannies to one another and the wider Greek world, the intertexts between the odes, the ‘conventional’ material in Pindar and the ways in which Pindar fulfils his promise of lasting fame for his patrons. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 31.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250805//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04079nam 22005052 4500 =001 faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670482$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670680$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/917.9781905670697$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDS$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDS$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =100 1\$aFotheringham, Lynn S.,$eauthor. =245 10$aPersuasive Language in Cicero’s Pro Milone: A close reading and commentary /$cLynn S. Fotheringham. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (520 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 4.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction – how to use this book
Essay on approach: reading style for substance
1 1. Introduction
1.1. Trial, text, commentary
1.2. Historical issues
1.3. Style and close reading
2. The structure of the text
2.1. General principles
2.1.1. A note on paragraphs and sections
2.2. Rhetorical theory
2.3. ‘Topic’ and the Topic-Sentence
2.3.1. Topic-sentences and existing structural analyses
3. Style
3.1. General principles
3.2. Syntax and complexity
3.2.1. A note on ‘Periodicity’ and other terminology
3.3. Complexity and structure
3.3.1. Complexity and existing structural analyses
4. Vocabulary
4.1. General principles
4.2. Vocabulary and structure
4.2.1. Vocabulary distribution and existing structural analyses
5. Interaction
5.1. Shifts in speaker and addressee
5.2. Speakers, addressees and structure
6. Conclusion
7. Text
8. Commentary
9. Bibliography
This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before.
It applies ideas from modern linguistics (sentential topic, lexical patterning, interactional discourse), and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis, made easier by modern computing power, in the areas of syntax and vocabulary.
The result is a reading of the Pro Milone as a unified text, whether aimed at persuading the jury to acquit Milo or at persuading a wider audience that Milo should have been acquitted.
This reading not only contributes to our understanding of late republican discourse, but also suggests a new methodology for using the study of language and style to illuminate literary/historical aspects of texts.
Petrarch (Francesco Petrarca, 1304-1374) worked over many years on his long historical text about the Lives of ancient Roman military heroes, De viris illustribus (On Famous Men). Left unfinished at his death, the text was completed by 1379 by Petrarch’s colleague, Lombardo della Seta. Within a decade, De viris illustribus was translated into Italian; and in 1476 the Libro degli uomini famosi was printed in Poiano outside of Verona by the eccentric humanist and scribe, Felice Feliciano (1433–1479/1480). The edition includes a peculiar feature: preceding each of the Lives is a page on which is printed an interlace woodcut border within which, however, no image appears.
The present book surveys the hand-illumination of twenty surviving copies of Felice’s edition in order to investigate: the Renaissance fascination with the classical past; the artistic traditions of representing Uomini famosi; the technical problems of illustrating books with woodcuts; and the fortuna of the 1476 edition. Two copies contain sequences of heroes painted within the woodcut borders; these heroes provide evidence for reconstructing the appearance of the ‘lost’ frescoes of famous men painted at the end of Petrarch’s lifetime in the Carrara palace in Padua. The hand-illumination of other copies can be assigned to miniaturists working in Venice, Verona, Ferrara, Florence, Rome and elsewhere, suggesting Felice Feliciano’s wide-reaching efforts to market the volume. The importance of studying copy-specific features in Renaissance printed books is further documented by the thirty-two colour plates and over ninety black-and-white figures.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/251210//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02961nam 22003732 4500 =001 9666efc6-2a1b-4c8a-bd59-91c98c022678 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670215$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAC$2bicssc =072 7$aHDDK$2bicssc =072 7$aARC005000$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$aNKD$2thema =072 7$a1QBA$2thema =245 00$aPheidias: the sculptures and ancient sources Vols. 1- 3 (BICS Supplement 105) /$cedited by Claire Cullen Davison. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2009. =264 \4$c©2009 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 50.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe name of Pheidias and the renown of his sculptural masterpieces have resonated through the centuries. Pheidias’s works were endlessly copied by the Romans and his name was used to denote excellence well beyond Antiquity. His statue of Zeus at Olympia was regarded as one of the seven wonders of the ancient world, and the Athena Parthenos has linked his name forever with the Parthenon and its sculptures. And yet there is no firm proof that any surviving original is by his hand.
What can we know about Pheidias and his work? This book attempts to answer this question by presenting both the archaeological and the written evidence for the output of this remarkable artist. It assembles and assesses all the available material in order to provide insights into Pheidias’s contribution to the development of Greek sculpture. Full and illustrated discussions of the works associated with Pheidias are accompanied by catalogues of each statue type discussed. In addition, the relevant ancient sources are quoted, translated and commented upon.
This book is a comprehensive guide to Pheidias and his works. It will be essential to all interested in art history, the material culture of the Classical world, & the Classical tradition.
This book is published in three volumes:
Volume 1 ISBN 9781905670215
Volume 2 ISBN 9781905670222
Volume 3 ISBN 9781905670239
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aCullen Davison, Claire,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 50.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250691//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01618nam 22003492 4500 =001 02639cb2-80b3-444b-8b89-dc47ae4b2d94 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670185$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =245 00$aPhiloponus and the rejection of Aristotelian science (2nd edition) (BICS Supplement 103) /$cedited by Richard Sorabji. =250 \\$aSecond edition. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 48.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aA substantially revised and supplemented edition of the collected volume originally published, by Duckworth, in 1987. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSorabji, Richard,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 48.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250693//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02298nam 22003852 4500 =001 13fda234-23a4-4c65-a59d-90872fbd8ad1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670505$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aPhilosophical Themes in Galen /$cedited by Peter Adamson, Rotraud Hansberger, James Wiberding. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2014. =264 \4$c©2014 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 59.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aGalen, the greatest figure in the history of pre-modern medicine, is also a significant figure in ancient philosophy. Not only is he a major source for many previous thinkers, such as the Presocratics and Stoics, but he also developed philosophical ideas of his own, in keeping with his famous dictum that ‘the best doctor is a philosopher’.
This volume contributes to the growing field of research on Galen as a philosopher, with pieces devoted to his epistemology, his physics, and his theory of soul and human nature. His self-conception as a ‘philosophical’ author is also discussed, as is the question of whether his works were intended as contributions to the genre of philosophy.
Introduction - PETER ADAMSON AND PETER E. PORMANN
Philosophical Topics in Medieval Arabic Medical Discourse: Problems and Prospects - PETER E. PORMANN
Hippocrates of Cos in Arabic Gnomologia - OLIVER OVERWIEN
Length and Shortness of Life Between Philosophy and Medicine: The Arabic Aristotle and his Medical Readers - ROTRAUD HANSBERGER
Al-Ǧāḥiẓ, Falsafa and the Arabic Hippocrates - JAMES MONTGOMERY
Early Kalām and the Medical Tradition - GREGOR SCHWARB
Abū Bakr al-Rāzī on Vision - PAULINE KOETSCHET
The Consolations of Philosophy: Abū Zayd al-Balḫī and Abū Bakr al-Rāzī on Sorrow and Anger - PETER ADAMSON AND HANS HINRICH BIESTERFELDT
Beyond the Disciplines of Medicine and Philosophy: Greek and Arabic Thinkers on the Nature of Plant Life - AILEEN DAS
Al-Ṭabarī and al-Ṭabarī: Compendia between Medicine and Philosophy - ELVIRA WAKELNIG
Cosmic, Corporeal and Civil Regencies: al-Fārābī’s anti-Galenic Defence of Hierarchical Cardiocentrism - BADR EL-FEKKAK
The Small Canon of Medicine (al-Qānūn al-ṣaġīr fī l-ṭibb) Ascribed to Avicenna - RAPHAELA VEIT
ʿAlī ibn Riḍwān on the Philosophical Distinction of Medicine - HANS HINRICH BIESTERFELDT
Index
Many of the leading philosophers in the Islamic world were doctors, yielding extensive links between philosophy and medicine. The twelve papers in this volume explore these links, focusing on the classical or formative period (up to the eleventh century AD). One central theme is the Arabic reception of Greek figures who worked on medicine or medical topics, including Hippocrates, Aristotle and Galen. Several of the luminaries of philosophy in the early Islamic world are also studied, including Abū Bakr al-Rāzī, al-Fārābī, and Avicenna. Conversely, the volume also includes research on the use of philosophical ideas in medical authors, including ʿAlī ibn Riḍwān. Attention is also given to the connections between medicine and Islamic theology (kalām). As a whole, the book provides both a survey of the kinds of work being done in this relatively unexplored area, and a springboard for further research.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aIslam =653 \\$aphilosophy =653 \\$atheology =653 \\$amedicine =653 \\$aGreek philosophy =700 1\$aAdamson, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPormann, Peter,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 19.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/257852//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02560nam 22004092 4500 =001 c77d757c-4d80-4f6f-8e37-0fe9da0d300e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587948$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aHPDC$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI022000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$aQDHK$2thema =245 00$aPhilosophy, Science & Exegesis: In Greek, Arabic & Latin Commentaries (BICS Supplement 83.1) /$cedited by Peter Adamson, Han Baltussen, M.W.F. Stone. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 18.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis two volume Supplement to the Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies represents the proceedings of a conference held at the Institute on 27-29 June, 2002 in honour of Richard Sorabji.
These volumes, which are intended to build on the massive achievement of Professor Sorabji’s Ancient Commentators on Aristotle series, focus on the commentary as a vehicle of philosophical and scientific thought.
Volume One deals with the Greek tradition, including one paper on Byzantine philosophy and one on the Latin author Calcidius, who is very close to the late Greek tradition in outlook. The volume begins with an overview of the tradition of commenting on Aristotle and of the study of this tradition in the modern era. It concludes with an up-to-date bibliography of scholarship devoted to the commentators.
This two volume Supplement to the Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies represents the proceedings of a conference held at the Institute on 27-29 June, 2002 in honour of Richard Sorabji.
These volumes, which are intended to build on the massive achievement of Professor Sorabji’s Ancient Commentators on Aristotle series, focus on the commentary as a vehicle of philosophical and scientific thought.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aAdamson, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBaltussen, Han,$eeditor. =700 1\$aStone, M.W.F.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 19.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250836//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03607nam 22005052 4500 =001 b33c214e-fb28-491a-b72e-47670d3a8907 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20012001\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811267$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAC$2bicssc =072 7$aABA$2bicssc =072 7$aAG$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a3H$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aART015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aART000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aART009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aART015030$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$aABA$2thema =072 7$aAG$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a3KL$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =245 00$aPictorial Composition from Medieval to Modern Art /$cedited by Paul Taylor, Francois Quiviger. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2001. =264 \4$c©2001 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 2.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis volume contains most of the papers given at a colloquium held at the Institute in 1997. It provides a study of the concept of composition in European art and art literature from the middle ages to the early twentieth century. Some authors are concerned to show the extent to which writers on art before 1880 would have been able to think of a work of art in the terms put forward by modernist theorists like Maurice Denis, Wassily Kandinsky and Clement Greenberg, as a flat surface, covered with colours, lines and forms arranged in an aesthetically pleasing way. Other authors aim to show how artists and theorists conceived of composition before the modern period, by describing some of the implications and connotations of the concept within a broader field of political and religious meanings.
Contents
Athene Reiss - Pictorial Composition in Medieval Art.
Charles Hope - 'Composition' from Cennini and Alberti to Vasari
François Quiviger - Imagining and Composing Stories in the Renaissance.
Philip Sohm - Baroque Piles and Other Decompositions.
Thomas Frangenberg - Andrea Pozzo on the Ceiling Paintings in S. Ignazio.
Colette Nativel - La Théorie de la composition dans le De pictura veterum de Franciscus Junius: Une transition entre Alberti et l'Académie.
Thomas Puttfarken - Composition, Disposition and Ordonnance in French Seventeenth–century Writings on Art.
Paul Taylor - Composition in Seventeenth–century Dutch Art Theory.
Harry Mount - Reynolds, Chiaroscuro and Composition.
Richard Wrigley - The Politics of Composition: Reflection on Jacques Louis David's Serment du Jeu de paume.
Hubert Locher - Towards a Science of Art: the Concept of 'Pure Composition' in Nineteenth– and Twentieth– century Art Theory.
1. Geyl and Britain: an introduction Ulrich Tiedau / Stijn van Rossem
2. The Greater Netherlands Idea of Pieter Geyl (1887–1966) Pieter van Hees
3. Pieter Geyl and Émile Cammaerts: the Dutch and Belgian chairs at the University of London between academia and propaganda, 1914–1935 Ulrich Tiedau
4. Pieter Geyl and the Institute of Historical Research Stijn van Rossem
8. ‘It is a part of me’: The literary ambitions of Pieter Geyl Wim Berkelaar
7. Pieter Geyl and the Idea of Federalism Leen Dorsman
6. Debating Toynbee after the Holocaust: Pieter Geyl as a post-war public historian Remco Ensel
5. Pieter Geyl and the Eighteenth Century Reinier Salverda
9. The Historiographical Legacy of Pieter Geyl for Revolutionary and Napoleonic Studies Mark Edward Hay
10. Pieter Geyl and his entanglement with German Westforschung Alisa van Kleef
11. Between Leuven and Utrecht: the Afterlife of Pieter Geyl and ‘Greater Netherlands’ Fons Meijer
Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres and political activist.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aPieter Geyl =653 \\$aNazi Germany =653 \\$apublic intellectual =653 \\$apostwar history =653 \\$aLeiden =700 1\$avan Rossem, Stijn,$eeditor. =700 1\$aTiedau, Ulrich,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/vfsr7023$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/325134/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04385nam 22005292 4500 =001 83fa094a-1e97-42fa-bffd-6593847236a8 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572465$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aD$2bicssc =072 7$aDS$2bicssc =072 7$a1DDF$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh =072 7$aD$2thema =072 7$aDS$2thema =072 7$a1DDF$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =245 00$aPoets as Readers in Nineteenth-Century France :$bCritical Reflections /$cedited by Joseph Acquisto, Adrianna M. Paliyenko, Catherine Witt. =264 \1$aLONDON, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (272 pages): $b7 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 10.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Joseph Acquisto, Adrianna Paliyenko and Catherine Witt
1 ‘Cet ami qui prête des livres’: Mallarmé and the Practice of Reading
Rosemary Lloyd
2 ‘Elle avait pour la lecture une véritable passion’: Book Culture and Reading in Amable Tastu
Aimée Boutin
3 Reckless Reading in Nerval’s ‘Les Nuits d’octobre’
Ellen S. Burt
4 Better Well Hung Than Ill-Wed: Sighting Cythera
Timothy Raser
5 Judgment and Satire in Baudelaire’s ‘Au Lecteur’
Catherine Witt
6 Gautier on Baudelaire: Lessons from Hawthorne
Joseph Acquisto
7 ‘I turned to look at you to read my thoughts upon your face’: Baudelaire’s readers transposed
Helen Abbott
8 Zut pictura poesis: *Lyric Relations and Legacies in Coin de table and ‘Le Sonnet du Trou du cul’
Robert St. Clair
9 The ‘Zutiste’ and the Parnassian: Verlaine as Reader of Coppée
Nicolas Valazza
10 Illumining the Critical Reader in the Poet: Malvina Blanchecotte and Louise Ackermann
Adrianna M. Paliyenko
11 Tough Crowd: The Perils of Reading Poetry Aloud, or How Literary Value is Negotiated Through Performance
David Evans
12 Reading as a Desperate Practice
Kevin Newmark
This volume of essays focuses on how poets approach reading as a notion and a practice that both inform their writing and their relationship to their readers. The nineteenth century saw a broadened and increasingly self-conscious concern with reading as an interpretive and political act, with significant implications for poets' individual practice, which they often forged in dialogue with other poets and artists of the time. Covering the 1830s to the late 1990s, a period rich in poetic innovation, the essays examine a wide range of authors and their diverse approaches to reading as inscribed in - and related to - creative writing, and articulate the many ways in which reading developed as an active engagement key to the critical thought that drove poetic creation at the dawn of aesthetic modernity.
Joseph Acquisto is Professor of French at the University of Vermont. Adrianna M. Paliyenko is the Charles A. Dana Professor of French at Colby College, Maine. Catherine Witt is Associate Professor of French at Reed College, Oregon (USA).
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations and Textual Notes
Introduction: The Universe as a Library of Translated Worlds
1. Myths of Margins and Pseudo-Truths: What Is a Translation?
2. Many Possible Worlds of Originals and Translations
3. The Pitfalls of Authenticity: Collaborative Authors and Self-Translators
4. Orlando in Argentina: Who is Reading My Translation?
5. The Double Standard of Fidelity: The Malaise of A Room of One’s Own
6. Expressionist Transformations and the Laws of Perfection: Borges Translates Kafka
7. Putting the (Textual) World in Order
Conclusion: Translation Means Change
Bibliography
=520 \\$aReading creates imaginary worlds. Rather than merely contemplating this world, we establish links between the fictional world and the environment we live in. At the same time, the books we read form part of our daily lives, and contribute to the creation of a universe of possible worlds we inhabit. Taking Possible World Theory as a starting point, DeWald re-evaluates and overturns the assumed hierarchical relationship between original text and its translation. Focusing on the translations of Virginia Woolf and Franz Kafka by Argentine writer Jorge Luis Borges, the author considers why we insist on maintaining borders between texts. DeWald examines marginal cases of translations and originals (pseudo-translations and collaborative translations) to determine what is meant by ‘original’ and ‘translation’, and whether the (often gendered) translator becomes an author in her own right, responsible for further possible worlds.
Rebecca DeWald holds a PhD in Translation Studies from the University of Glasgow. She works as a bilingual translator, is co-editor of the Glasgow Review of Books, and literature programme producer at Scotland's international artist residency centre Cove Park.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 12.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/284366/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05633nam 22007572 4500 =001 e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702602$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702596$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702633$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002138$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702619$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/202110.9781912702633$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLW$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aJBFA$2thema =072 7$aLAQG$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =245 00$aPrecarious Professionals :$bGender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain /$cedited by Heidi Egginton, Zoë Thomas. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (368 pages): $b20 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas
1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England
Benjamin Dabby
2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914
Claire G. Jones
3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar
Ren Pepitone
4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain
Leslie Howsam
5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership
Zoë Thomas
6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession
Ellen Ross
7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat
Susan Pedersen
8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet
Laura Quinton
9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton
Heidi Egginton
10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century
Laura Carter
11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain
Helen McCarthy
12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970
James Southern
Afterword
Christina de Bellaigue
Precarious Professionals uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.
Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLGBT =653 \\$awomen =653 \\$aequality =653 \\$afeminism =653 \\$ahomophobia =653 \\$amisogyny =653 \\$athe Home Office =653 \\$aBritain =653 \\$alaw =653 \\$aballet =653 \\$awhite-collar work =653 \\$aprofession =653 \\$aadvertising =653 \\$aLeague Secretariat =653 \\$aworker's rights =653 \\$athe Pay Gap =700 1\$aEgginton, Heidi,$eeditor. =700 1\$aThomas, Zoë,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202110.9781912702633$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/293640/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03819nam 22005292 4500 =001 5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670512$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670697$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/917.9781905670680$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aDNS$2bicssc =072 7$aDRA006000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aDNS$2thema =245 00$aProfession and Performance: Aspects of oratory in the Greco-Roman world /$cedited by Christos Kremmydas, Jonathan Powell, Lene Rubinstein. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (140 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 6.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction - Jonathan Powell, Lene Rubinstein, and Christos Kremmydas
Mike Edwards - Hypokritēs in action: delivery in Greek rhetoric
Victor Bers - Performing the speech in Athenian courts and assembly: adjusting the act to fit the bēma?
Kathryn Tempest - Staging a prosecution: aspects of performance in Cicero’s Verrines
Dimitris Karambelas - Synēgoroi as ‘healers’ in the social imagination of the Imperial age
Jonathan Powell - The exploits of Honorius: evidence for Roman advocacy in the time of Justinian
Sir John Laws - The rhetoric of the Common Law
This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora of Classical Greece and Rome.
Edwards and Bers explore aspects of oratorical delivery in the Athenian courts and Assembly, including the demands placed on orators by the physical settings. Tempest examines the conceptions of oratorical competence and incompetence, particularly in respect of performance, as they are implied in Cicero’s criticisms of the rival prosecutor in the trial of Verres.
Papers by Karambelas and Powell look at evidence for the importance of advocacy in the Second Sophistic and the late Roman Empire respectively.
In an introduction, the editors discuss recurrent themes connected with the orator’s competence and performance, while the final paper of the volume, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$arhetoric =653 \\$aoratory =653 \\$aancient Greece =653 \\$aancient Rome =653 \\$aperformance =653 \\$alaw =700 1\$aKremmydas, Christos,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPowell, Jonathan,$eeditor. =700 1\$aRubinstein, Lene,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 6.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/917.9781905670680$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250669//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05172nam 22008172 4500 =001 3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477119$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477102$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781914477140$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002206$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477126$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/npin8958$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aJFFA$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015050$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aJBFC$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MNQ-GB-V$2thema =072 7$a3ML-GB-P$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aProviding for the Poor :$bThe Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 /$cedited by Peter Collinge, Louise Falcini. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (224 pages): $b25 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini
Part I: Paupers and Vagrants
Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini
Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin
Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer
Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes
Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock
Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton
Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics
Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge
Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean
Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins
Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred
Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave
Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz
Part III: Public Histories
Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge
Conclusion
The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.
Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$apoverty =653 \\$aurban poor =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$aBritish cities =653 \\$aThe Old Poor Law =653 \\$asixpence =653 \\$aworkhouse =653 \\$apaupers =653 \\$avagrancy =653 \\$aBedlam =653 \\$apoor women =653 \\$awork =653 \\$alabour =653 \\$aclass =653 \\$apoor relief =653 \\$adress history =653 \\$aunmarried women =653 \\$aillegitimate children =700 1\$aCollinge, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aFalcini, Louise,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/npin8958$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/308287/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03999nam 22004932 4500 =001 39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857200$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857811$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908857378$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/0420.9781908857811$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPSL$2bicssc =072 7$aSCI030000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPSAF$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aProvincialising nature: multidisciplinary approaches to the politics of the environment in Latin America /$cedited by Michela Coletta, Malayna Raftopoulos. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (218 pages): $b4 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Whose natures? Whose knowledges? An introduction to epistemic politics and eco-ontologies in Latin America Michela Coletta and Malayna Raftopoulos
2. The poetics of plants in Latin American literature Lesley Wylie
3. Hybrid traditions: permaculture, plants and the politics of nature in El Salvador Naomi Millner
4. Agri-cultural practice and agroecological discourse in the Anthropocene: confronting environmental change and food insecurity in Latin America and the Caribbean Graham Woodgate
5. Brazil and the international politics of climate change: leading by example? Marieke Riethof
6. REDD+ in Latin America: promises and challenges Anthony Hall
7. Nature, space, identity and resource extraction: paradoxes of discourses around indigeneity and environment in Bolivia Katinka Weber
8. The difference indigeneity makes: socio-natures, knowledges and contested policy in Ecuador Sarah A. Radcliffe
Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLatin America =653 \\$aenvironmental crisis =653 \\$anature =653 \\$aidentity =653 \\$aclimate change =653 \\$apolitics =700 1\$aColetta, Michela,$eeditor. =700 1\$aRaftopoulos, Malayna,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0420.9781908857811$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250043//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04646nam 22004692 4500 =001 93d93834-0f59-4160-8be3-e8354b24d355 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590572$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aMBX$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$aMED039000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aMBX$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =245 00$aPseudo-Galenica :$bThe Formation of the Galenic Corpus from Antiquity to the Renaissance /$cedited by Caroline Petit, Simon Swain, Klaus-Dietrich Fischer. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 22.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: Muddy Waters: Pseudo-Galenic Texts and the Formation of the Galenic Corpus
Caroline Petit & Simon Swain
1. Three Pseudo-Galenic Texts: Pharmacology and Society in Imperial Rome
Vivian Nutton
2. Is the Theriac to Piso Attributed to Galen Authentic?
Véronique Boudon-Millot
3. Easy Remedies – Difficult Texts: the Pseudo-Galenic Euporista
Laurence Totelin
4. Les manuscrits grecs des Definitiones medicae pseudo-galéniques
Marie Cronier
5. Four Works on Prognostic Attributed to Galen (Kühn vol. 19):New Hypotheses on Their Authorship, Transmission, and Intellectual Milieu
Caroline Petit
6. Pseudonymity and Pseudo-Galen in the Syriac Traditions
Siam Bhayro
7. Pseudo-Galenic Texts on Urines and Pulse in Late Byzantium
Petros Bouras-Vallianatos
8. About the Authenticity of Galen’s Περὶ ἀλυπίας in Medieval Hebrew, Compared to the Recently Found Greek Text
Mauro Zonta†
9. Pseudo-Galenic Texts in the Editions of Galen, 1490–1689
Stefania Fortuna
10. Alessandro Achillini and the 1502 Galen Opera Omnia: The Influence of Pseudo-Galenic Sources in Early Sixteenth Century Anatomy
R. Allen Shotwell
11. Commentariis in Hippocratis librum Epidemiarum II uti non licet: G.B. Rasario and the false ‘Galenic’ commentary on Epidemics II
Christina Savino
12. La fortune du De spermate dans les éditions imprimées de Galien du XVIᵉ au XVIIᵉ
Outi Merisalo
Index codicum manuscriptorum
Index
=520 \\$aThe works of Galen of Pergamum (c. 129-216 CE) were fundamental in the shaping of medicine, philosophy and neighbouring areas of knowledge, from antiquity through to the middle ages and early modern times, across a variety of languages and cultures. Yet, as early as Galen's own lifetime, spurious treatises crept into the body of his authentic works, in spite of his best efforts to provide the public with a catalogue of his own production (De libris propriis). For centuries, readers have used a fluid body of Galenic works, shaped by changing intellectual frameworks and social-cultural contexts. Several inauthentic works have enjoyed remarkable popularity. But this has had consequences in modern scholarship. The current reference edition (Kühn, 1821-1833) fails to distinguish clearly between authentic and inauthentic texts; many works lack any critical study, which makes navigating the corpus unusually difficult.
This volume, arising from a conference held in 2015 at the Warburg Institute and funded by the Wellcome Trust, will provide much-needed clarification about the boundaries of the Galenic corpus, identifying and analysing the works that do not genuinely belong to Galen's production.
The rediscovery of Ptolemy’s Geography has long been hailed as a key moment in the emergence of Renaissance culture, symbolizing a new rational spatiality, and preparing the way for the Age of Discovery. And yet, the process of the Geography’s introduction, integration and impact in western Europe, as the essays in this volume collectively suggest, was more complex and less predictable than has been traditionally assumed. Whereas previously Ptolemy’s maps attracted most scholarly attention, in this volume the textual tradition of the Geography – Ptolemy’s text, added prefaces, annotations and treatises – stand at the centre. Bringing together a wealth of previously unexplored sources and contexts, the essays examine the Geography as it took part in and influenced diverse areas of Renaissance culture, such as visual theory and communication, humanistic philological, historical and antiquarian practices, astrology, education and religion. The emerging Geography is perhaps less revolutionary but more satisfyingly embedded into the culture that produced and used it. This volume points to new directions for the study of the remaining questions that still hover around Ptolemy’s seminal work and for the study of early modern geography as a whole.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aShalev, Zur,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBurnett, Charles,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 10.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250710//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01348nam 22003492 4500 =001 275a69ee-bc92-4223-9561-0c9569e72b7f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039987$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBCQ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS006000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KBC-CA-Q$2thema =245 00$aQuebec and the Heritage of Franco-America /$cedited by Iwan Morgan, Philip D. Davies. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMorgan, Iwan,$eeditor. =700 1\$aDavies, Philip D.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248128/53755/53755_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04757nam 22005532 4500 =001 125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781913002046$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781913002053$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002213$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781913002060$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2105.9781913002053$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDS$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSK$2bicssc =072 7$aKNTP$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004160$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAN027000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDS$2thema =072 7$aJBSJ$2thema =072 7$aKNTP1$2thema =245 00$aQueer Between the Covers :$bHistories of Queer Publishing and Publishing Queer Voices /$cedited by Leila Kassir, Richard Espley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (144 pages): $b19 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Leila Kassir and Richard Espley
“A Gay Presence”: Publication & Revision in John Wieners’ Behind the State Capitol
David Grundy
Derek Jarman's Queer Histories: Derek Jarman's Caravaggio
Alexandra Parsons
The Queer Art Of Artists’ Books: Hazard Press
Jeremy Dixon
‘Teleny: A Tale of Two Cities’
Will Visconti
Midwestern Farmers’ Daughters: Heartland Values and Cloaked Resistance in the Novels of Valerie Taylor
Jennifer Dentel
Saving Gay’s The Word
Graham McKerrow
Queer Between the Covers presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.
The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.
A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLGBTQ =653 \\$apublishing =653 \\$acommunities =653 \\$aqueer history =653 \\$arepresentation =653 \\$asexual politics =700 1\$aKassir, Leila,$eeditor. =700 1\$aEspley, Richard,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2105.9781913002053$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/296393/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02916nam 22005052 4500 =001 a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781913002008$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781913002015$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002039$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/1218.9781913002015$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aGLC$2bicssc =072 7$aGLH$2bicssc =072 7$aEDU029060$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAN025040$2bisacsh =072 7$aGLM$2thema =072 7$aGLH$2thema =245 00$aRadical Collections: Re-examining the roots of collections, practices and information professions /$cedited by Jordan Landes, Richard Espley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (90 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aDo archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?
Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories?
Introduction
1 A tale of two cities: Rome and Ravenna under Gothic rule
Peter Heather
2 Episcopal commemoration in late fifth-century Ravenna
Deborah M. Deliyannis
3 Production, promotion and reception: the visual culture of Ravenna between late antiquity and the middle ages
Maria Cristina Carile
4 Ravenna in the sixth century: the archaeology of change
Carola Jäggi
5 The circulation of marble in the Adriatic Sea at the time of Justinian
Yuri A. Marano
6 Social instability and economic decline of the Ostrogothic community in the aftermath of the imperial victory: the papyri evidence
Salvatore Cosentino
7 A striking evolution: the mint of Ravenna during the early middle ages
Vivien Prigent
8 Roman law in Ravenna
Simon Corcoran
9 The church of Ravenna, Constantinople and Rome in the seventh century
Veronica Ortenberg West-Harling
10 Nobility, aristocracy and status in early medieval Ravenna
Edward M. Schoolman
11 Charlemagne and Ravenna
Jinty Nelson
12 The early medieval naming-world of Ravenna, eastern Romagna and the Pentapolis
Wolfgang Haubrichs
13 San Severo and religious life in Ravenna during the ninth and tenth centuries
Andrea Augenti and Enrico Cirelli
14 Life and learning in earlier eleventh-century Ravenna: the evidence of Peter Damian’s letters
Michael Gledhill
15 Culture and society in Ottonian Ravenna: imperial renewal or new beginnings?
Tom Brown
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aIn the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aEarly Medieval Ravenna =653 \\$aItaly =653 \\$aOstrogoths =653 \\$aConstantinople =653 \\$aMedieval Art History =653 \\$aSocial History =653 \\$aMedieval Christianity =653 \\$aAdriatic trade =700 1\$aHerrin, Judith,$eeditor. =700 1\$aNelson, Jinty,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/917.9781909646728$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248716//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03144nam 22003852 4500 =001 13f5111b-e303-48c3-a15b-cd3cefdcce1d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587986$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBG$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLC$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS037000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHB$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a3K$2thema =100 1\$aStenhouse, William,$eauthor. =245 10$aReading Inscriptions and Writing Ancient History: Historical Scholarship in the Late Renaissance (BICS Supplement 86) /$cWilliam Stenhouse. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 22.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aReading inscriptions and writing Ancient History shows how the work of a group of scholars active in Rome in the middle of the sixteenth century redefined the scope and nature of historical writing.
Fascinated by the remains of the Classical world and particularly by inscriptions in stone, they began to collect and compare inscriptions, creating systems of classification and ways of representing their finds that shaped all subsequent attempts to do the same. They then began to question the value of inscriptions as historical sources and realised that by looking at them as objects B rather than simply as texts written on a particular durable medium B, they could extract more information, particularly when they examined the variations in styles of lettering. Their work laid the foundations of the modern discipline of epigraphy. But their insights had wider effects: by exploring how artefacts could provide historical information, they expanded the range of sources and subjects that historians could tackle.
Reading inscriptions and writing Ancient History provides a history of the individuals involved and the dynamics of their interactions. It also explores the effects of the developing technology of printing on their methods of analysis and presentation and so informs important strands in the history of ideas and the history of the book.
It is essential reading for Classical scholars for students of early modern history and all those interested in the Classical tradition.
Introduction: Recasting commodity and spectacle in the indigenous Americas - Helen Gilbert and Charlotte Gleghorn
1. ‘Will making movies do the sheep any good?’ The afterlife of Native American images - Michelle H. Raheja
2. Modernity and the indigenous in centennial celebrations of independence in Mexico City, 1910 and 1921 - Michael J. Gonzales
3. Indigeneity in the Oruro Carnival: official memory, Bolivian identity and the politics of recognition - Ximena Córdova Oviedo
4. Crafting contemporary indigeneity through audiovisual media in Bolivia - Gabriela Zamorano Villarreal
5. Nora Naranjo-Morse’s ‘Always Becoming’: enacting indigenous identity on a museum stage - Andrea Zittlau
6. Performance, gestures and poses in postcards of Ho-Chunk in Wisconsin Dells - Sarah Anne Stolte
7. Rethinking spectacle and indigenous consumption: commercial huayno music in Peru - James Butterworth
8. Everyday work as spectacle: celebrating Maya embodied culture in Belize - Genner Llanes-Ortiz
9. Spectacle and discourse of decommoditisation in the construction of subaltern public spheres:the P’urhépecha New Year and P’urhéecherio - Andrew Roth-Seneff
10. Performing and disputing indigeneity in the Fiesta del Coraza in Otavalo, Ecuador - Sergio Miguel Huarcaya
11. Indigeneity, law and performance on the Atlantic Coast of Nicaragua - Isabel Altamirano-Jiménez
12. What we talk about when we talk about Indian - Yvette Nolan
13. Indigenous interventions at Klahowya Village, χwayχw əy Vancouver/ unceded Coast Salish Territory - Selena Couture
A collection of distinguished scholars examine different moments in the victory ode’s reception history, from the lifetime of Pindar and Bacchylides themselves through the Roman empire and the Middle Ages to the modern world, in a variety of texts and in differing cultural contexts.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aAgócs, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aCarey, Christopher,$eeditor. =700 1\$aRawles, Richard,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 57.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250680//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03278nam 22005292 4500 =001 85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780993110207$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250400$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781912250059$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/0420.9781912250400$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPSL$2bicssc =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPSL$2thema =072 7$aLBBR$2thema =072 7$a1HFGR$2thema =100 1\$aMelvin, Jennifer,$eauthor. =245 10$aReconciling Rwanda :$bUnity, Nationality and State Control /$cJennifer Melvin. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (232 pages): $b5 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) government departments
Glossary of Kinyarwanda words
Chronology of key events
Introduction
The essays collected in this volume have been written by friends and colleagues in memory of Giovanni Aquilecchia, Professor of Italian at the University of London. They cover a wide range of subjects, reflecting Aquilecchia’s interests in Giordano Bruno, Pietro Aretino, Torquato Tasso and Renaissance learning and literature in general. They are all works of original scholarship, with new insights into the subjects that they treat. The volume includes a biographical essay by Laura Lepschy and Dilwyn Knox. Most were delivered in a preliminary form at a conference held at the Warburg Institute in memory of Aquilecchia.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aKnox, Dilwyn,$eeditor. =700 1\$aOrdine, Nuccio,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 12.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03930nam 22004812 4500 =001 f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857415$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857996$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908857422$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2105.9781908857996$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFSL4$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJC$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS024000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBSL$2thema =072 7$a1KJC$2thema =245 00$aRethinking Past and Present in Cuba :$bEssays in memory of Alistair Hennessy /$cedited by Antoni Kapcia. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (250 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface. In memory of Alistair Hennessy
Antoni Kapcia
1. Spanish republicanism and the colonial empire: Alistair Hennessey and Spain's democratic revolution
Christopher Schmidt-Nowara
2. Rethinking pathways to the Cuban past
Louis A. Pérez, Jr.
3. The origins of Cuban socialism
Fernando Martínez Heredia
4. Persuading parliament: Rafael María de Labra, Spanish colonial policy and the abolitionist debate (July 1871)
Catherine Davies
5. Ethnic whitening processes and the politics of race, labour and national identity in colonial Cuba: a case study of Irish immigrants, 1818–45
Margaret Brehony
6. From Hispanic essays to modern reporting: the evolution of Cuban journalism, considered through the figure of Justo de Lara
Jordi Garrell
7. The changing shape of Cuban cinema: a report and a reflection Michael Chanan
8. A mixed economy of labour in a changing Cuba
Steve Ludlam
9. What’s in a name? Emigrant Cubans since 1959 and the curious evolution of discourse
Antoni Kapcia
10. Decentering cubanidad. Commodification, cosmopolitanism and diasporic engagement shaping the Cuban migration to post-1989 Western Europe
Catherine Krull and Jean Stubbs
This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aCuba =653 \\$ahistory =653 \\$aculture =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aLatino studies =700 1\$aKapcia, Antoni,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2105.9781908857996$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/261074//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05319nam 22006372 4500 =001 264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857569$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857804$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249609$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781908857859$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/1220.9781908857804$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFSL4$2bicssc =072 7$aHBW$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLS$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBSL$2thema =072 7$aNHW$2thema =072 7$a1KLS$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MPQX$2thema =072 7$a4CTM$2thema =100 0\$aFernando Pedrosa,$eauthor. =245 10$aRevisiting the Falklands-Malvinas Question :$bTransnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives /$cedited by Guillermo Mira; Fernando Pedrosa. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (300 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPreface
Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa
Introduction: State, national identity and power: a historical tour in search of the causes of the Falklands–Malvinas War
Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa
1. Resisting bio-power: ‘laughter’, ‘fraternity’ and ‘imagination’ under dictatorship and the Malvinas–Falklands War
María José Bruña Bragado
2. Exile, the Malvinas War and human rights
Silvina Jensen
3. Attitudes towards the Falklands–Malvinas War: European and Latin American left perspectives
Fernando Pedrosa
4. The Falklands–Malvinas War and transitions to democracy in Latin America: the turning point of 1979–82
Guillermo Mira
5. The Malvinas journey: harsh landscapes, rough writing, raw footage
Julieta Vitullo
6. Malvinas miscellanea: notes on a diary written while shooting a film in these remote islands
Edgardo Dieleke
7. Malvinas, civil society and populism: a cinematic perspective
Joanna Page
8. Flying the flag: Malvinas and questions of patriotism
Catriona McAllister
9. Leaving behind the trenches of nationalism: teaching the Malvinas in secondary schools in Río Gallegos, Santa Cruz province
Matthew C. Benwell and Alejandro Gasel
10. Chronicle of a referendum foretold: what next for the Malvinas–Falklands?
Cara Levey and Daniel Ozarow
11. The limits of negotiation
Andrew Graham-Yooll
12. It breaks two to tangle: constructing and deconstructing bridges
Bernard McGuirk
13. Information Resources on the Falkland-Malvinas Conflict
Christine Anderson and María R. Osuna Alarcón
The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes.
This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aFalklands =653 \\$aMalvinas =653 \\$awar =653 \\$acommemoration =653 \\$aArgentina =653 \\$aBritain =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$amilitary =700 1\$aMira, Guillermo,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/1220.9781908857804$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/284716/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03866nam 22004452 4500 =001 5f7dde24-2f1b-4a08-9928-672d0b47fbba =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039697$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781900039635$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPQ$2bicssc =072 7$aJPS$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBB$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL042020$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL040000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPQ$2thema =072 7$aJPS$2thema =072 7$a1KBB$2thema =245 00$aRight On? :$bPolitical Change and Continuity in George W. Bush's America /$cedited by Iwan Morgan, Philip D. Davies. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction:; Right On? Political Change and Continuity in George W. Bush's America; Iwan Morgan 1; 1 President Bush's Second Term Agenda; Godfrey Hodgson 17; 2 Conservatism Resurgent? The Foreign Policy Of the Bush Administration 41; Steven Hurst; 3 President Kerry's Foreign Policy: Continuity and Discontinuity in Contemporary American Foreign Policy; John Dumbrell 59; 4 The Bush Administration and Europe; Klaus Larres 75; 5 The Bush Administration and the Middle East; Robert Singh 92; 6 The Bush Administration and the Budget Deficit; Iwan Morgan 111; 7 American-Style Party Government: Delivering Bush's Agenda, Delivering the Congress's Agenda; John Owens 131; 8 Constitutional Issues, Rights and Supreme Court Appointments; Robert McKeever 161. 9 A New Republican Majority?; Philip Davies 184; 10 Evangelicals and the Politics of Red America; Martin Durham 204; 11 Whither Blue America?; Alex Waddan 219; Bibliography 237. =520 \\$aGeorge W. Bush is widely regarded as a president of transformative significance. This volume analyzes the ambitious but controversial agenda that he has pursued at home and abroad. The contributors assess Bush's presidency in terms of its historical context, first-term record, and second-term prospects. They consider his administration from the perspective of its engagement in an ideologically driven project to consolidate conservative ascendancy over U.S. politics and public policy and to promote America's interests and values in the unipolar world. They evaluate the elements of political change and continuity in George Bush's America. The book also focuses on the extent to which the Bush agenda is new or a continuation of previous trends. Contributors also examine how far Bush has succeeded in overcoming political, institutional, and international resistance to his conservative agenda, and they evaluate his prospects for further success.
Contributors include John Dumbrell (University of Leicester, UK), Martin Durham (University of Wolverhampton, UK), Godfrey Hodgson (Rothermere American Institute, Oxford University, UK), Steven Hurst (Manchester Metropolitan University, UK), Klaus Larres (Royal Holloway College, University of London, UK), Bob McKeever (University of Reading, UK), John Owens (University of Westminster, UK), Rob Singh (Birkbeck College, University of London, UK), and Alex Waddan (University of Sunderland, UK).
This volume presents 121 complete and fragmentary diplomas ranging in date from AD 61 to AD 245. 69 of these diplomas have not previously been published.
These and most of the published diplomas had been worked on by Margaret Roxan. Nine have been prepared by Paul Holder who has also standardized entries and updated references and notes where necessary.
Among the appendixes and indexes are a new ‘Revised chronology of diplomas’ and updated witness lists.
This volume continues Margaret Roxan’s Roman Military Diplomas 1954–77 (1978), 1978-84 (1985) and 1985-93 (1994) which were published as Occasional Papers (Nos 2, 9 and 14) of the Institute of Archaeology, University of London. This new volume, volume IV, follows the format and continues the numbering of the diplomas and the pagination of the preceding volumes.
Roman Military Diplomas V presents 154 diplomas, and incorporates them into the updated chronologies witness lists and indexes which are a key part of the Roman Military Diplomas series.
A few of the diplomas were prepared by the late Margaret Roxan and some others were found after her death in preparation. Otherwise, the intention has been to bring together diplomas published by the end of 2003. But the large number included in this volume also reflects the active interest of collectors and the results of metal detecting.
The lively market in diplomas has, however, also had less benign consequences and the volume has an important appendix on the production of fakes.
The volume continues Margaret Roxan’s Roman Military Diplomas 1954-1977 (1978), 1978-1984 (1985) and 1985-1993 (1994) which were published as Occasional Papers of the Institute of Archaeology University of London, and Roman Military Diplomas IV (2003) which was published by the Institute of Classical Studies as BICS Supplement 82. RMD IV and RMD V follow the format and continue the numbering of the diplomas and the pagination of the previous volumes.
Mass produced at a variety of locations, principally in Gaul and Germany, between the beginning of the first century and the mid third century CE, Gallo-Roman terra sigillata was consumed in very large quantities across the western provinces of the Roman Empire.
The large number of records – over 425,000 – now published inNames on Terra Sigillata – the potters, their individual name dies, the associated forms, and the numbers recovered from find sites – have provided an international resource for fresh, quantitatively-based approaches to the study of terra sigillata, as presented here in Seeing Red.
Twenty-six essays by leading international scholars in the field cover a range of themes including: the organization of production, distribution (inter- and intra-provincial as well as beyond the frontiers), chronology, linguistics, consumption, deposition, and iconography. The geographical scope ranges from Britain in the north-west of the Roman Empire, to the Iberian peninsula, and the western Mediterranean in the south, and from France to the lower Danube, including the Czech Republic and Poland in Central Europe.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aFulford, Michael,$eeditor. =700 1\$aDurham, Emma,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 46.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250795//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02483nam 22005532 4500 =001 31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$a9780992725723$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/718.9780992725723$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSG$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBD$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JD$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh =072 7$aDRA010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015030$2bisacsh =072 7$aDDA$2thema =072 7$aDSG$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MG$2thema =072 7$a5PX-GB-S$2thema =100 1\$aWells, Stanley,$eauthor. =245 10$aShakespeare and Revision /$cStanley Wells. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (29 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1987.
The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
Preface
Manuscript Abbreviations
Editorial Note
Part I. Introduction
1. Researching the Transmission of the Liber Floridus
2. Lambert of Saint-Omer’s Autograph
Part II. The Twelfth Century
1. Introduction
2. Wolfenbüttel, Herzog August Bibliothek, Cod. Guelf. 1 Gud. lat.
Part III. The Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries
1. Introduction
2. Leiden, Universiteitsbibliotheek, MS Voss. Lat. Fol. 31
Part IV. The Fifteenth and Early Sixteenth Centuries
1. Introduction
2. Tongerlo, Abdijarchief, Sectie V, Nr. 325
Part V. Conclusion
The encyclopedic compilation Liber Floridus, created by the Flemish canon Lambert of Saint-Omer in the early twelfth century, survives not only in the form of his famous autograph, but also in a considerable number of later manuscripts which transformed the knowledge assembled by him and which became starting points for new appraisals of their texts and images. Shaping Knowledge examines the processes which determined this transfer over the centuries and evaluates the specific achievements of the different generations of scribes and illuminators. Taking account of the full range of manuscripts which transmit material from the Liber Floridus and focusing in more detail on three of them – now in the Herzog August Bibliothek in Wolfenbüttel, in the Universiteitsbibliotheek Leiden and in the Abdijarchief of Tongerlo – it shows that the makers of these manuscripts did not merely select and copy material from the Liber Floridus, but also organized images and texts in new ways, sought out different exemplars for them and embarked on compilatory activities of their own. These relationships at the textual, visual and conceptual levels are lenses through which we can observe the networks subsisting among the manuscripts linked to the Liber Floridus and the much broader group of encyclopedic compilations to which they belong. Sixteen colour plates and one hundred black-and-white figures document the role of the visual and material dimensions of the manuscripts in the processes of transmission.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$acompilation =653 \\$atransmission =653 \\$amanuscript =653 \\$amedieval =653 \\$atext =653 \\$aimage =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256296//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03789nam 22004812 4500 =001 7d8bfef4-f2b7-440e-83a5-65206f066a76 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857453$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857644$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFFN$2bicssc =072 7$aJHBD$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL070000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBFH$2thema =072 7$aJHBD$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aShaping Migration between Europe and Latin America: New Perspectives and Challenges /$cedited by Ana Margheritis. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (250 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword Mark ThurnerPart 1. Framing the debate 1. Introduction. Transatlantic migration flows, policies and practices in the 21st century
Ana Margheritis 2. Framing understandings of international migration: how governance actors make sense of migration in Europe and South America Andrew Geddes and Marcia Vera EspinozaPart 2. Homemaking, ideas and institutions in a transatlantic journey 3. Citizenship in Latin America from a comparative historical perspective: evolution and Spanish influences Diego Acosta 4. Diaspora engagement policies and migrants’ narratives across the Atlantic Ana Irene Rovetta Cortés 5. South American regional citizenship as figurative frontier: European influences on a political project in the making Ana MargheritisPart 3. Agent-structure dynamics in contemporary migration flows 6. Don’t call me a ‘victim’! Migration projects and sexual exploitation of Brazilian travestis in Europe Emanuela Abbatecola 7. Latin American women and Italian families: agency beyond structural constraints and exploitation Maurizio Ambrosini 8. Agency, structure and transnationalism in Colombian migration to the UK: the emergence of a migration system? Anastasia BermudezPart 4. Conclusions 9. Looking ahead David Owen
With its focus on Latin America and Europe, two world regions historically linked by human mobility and cultural exchange, this insightful interdisciplinary examination of their changing international migration patterns demonstrates how they are now responding to significant demographic changes and new migration trends.
The volume examines strategies pursued by state and non-state actors to address the political and policy implications of mobility, and asks to what extent is cross-regional migration effectively managed today, and how it could be improved. Its chapters provide an integrated and comparative view of the links between the two regions and highlight the formal and informal interstices through which migration journeys are negotiated and shaped.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amigration =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$apolicy =653 \\$aimmigration =653 \\$acultural exchange =700 1\$aMargheritis, Ana,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265393//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04651nam 22005172 4500 =001 80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165650$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646476$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781909646292$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/117.9771909646476$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBR$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS018000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDR$2thema =245 00$a'She said she was in the family way': Pregnancy and infancy in modern Ireland /$cedited by Elaine Farrell. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (268 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Foreword
Mary O’Dowd
Introduction
Elaine Farrell
I. ‘I would take anything to prevent me having a child’: contraception
1 ‘Veiled obscenity’: contraception and the Dublin Medical Press, 1850–1900 15
Ann Daly
2 ‘Its effect on public morality is vicious in the extreme’: defining birth control as obscene and unethical, 1926–32
Sandra McAvoy
II. ‘Inexpressible rendings of heart at the prospect of my child’s death’:pregnancy, childbirth and mortality
3 Some sources for the study of infant and maternal mortality in later seventeenth-century Ireland
Clodagh Tait
4 ‘A time of trial being near at hand’: pregnancy, childbirth and parenting in the spiritual journal of Elizabeth Bennis, 1749–79
Rosemary Raughter
5 Birth and death in nineteenth-century Dublin’s lying-in hospitals
Julia Anne Bergin
III. ‘The natural and proper guardian of the child’: material culture and the care of babies
6 Medicinal care in the eighteenth- and early nineteenthcentury Irish home
Emma O’Toole
7 The chrysalis in the cradle
Elaine Murray
IV. ‘The world acted unjustly to women in this fallen position’: unmarried mothers and ‘illegitimate’ children
8 ‘Found in a “dying” condition’: nurse-children in Ireland, 1872–1952
Sarah-Anne Buckley
9 In the family way and away from the family: examining the evidence for Irish unmarried mothers in Britain, 1920s–40s
Jennifer Redmond
V. ‘I know she never intended to rear it’: infanticide
10 Responding to infanticide in Ireland, 1680–1820
James Kelly
11 ‘A very immoral establishment’: the crime of infanticide and class status in Ireland, 1850–1900
Elaine Farrell
12 Beyond cradle and grave: Irish folklore about the spirits of unbaptized infants and the spirits of women who murdered babies
Anne O’Connor
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$a'She said she was in the family way' examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$apregnancy =653 \\$aIreland =653 \\$abirth control =653 \\$afamily =653 \\$asingle motherhood =653 \\$ahistory of women =653 \\$achild mortality =700 1\$aFarrell, Elaine,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/117.9771909646476$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248188/53916/53916_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03317nam 22003612 4500 =001 e0a53c31-9689-41a4-baee-5b1bb253074a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670116$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDNS$2bicssc =072 7$aLAFR$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW089000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDNS$2thema =072 7$aLAFR$2thema =245 00$aSicilia Nutrix Plebis Romanae: Rhetoric, Law & Taxation in Cicero's Verrines (BICS Supplement 97) /$cedited by J.R.W Prag. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 33.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aCorruption in office, pervasive, subversive and perennial, requires the state to examine itself, its ethical values and its ways of working. The prosecution for corruption of Gaius Verres, governor of Sicily, has long been recognized for its exposure of ruthless depredation, of personal debauchery and abuse of office, and for the skilled presentation of the case by Cicero in his speech to the court as prosecutor. Longest of Cicero’s surviving orations and his only prosecution speech, the Verrines are an immensely rich source of evidence for Roman provincial government, for Roman law and above all for the rhetoric of prosecution. Deriving from a colloquium held at the Institute of Classical Studies in 2004, these papers confront directly the challenge which such rhetoric poses for our use of the historical material contained within the speech. The contributions to the volume explore the rhetorical strategy employed by Cicero for a repetundae prosecution, his use of witnesses and of devices learned from Attic oratory and his rhetorical manipulation of the complex legal and taxation systems at work in the province of Sicily. Several contributors reveal the extent of Cicero’s skill in presentation – but also the perils which that skill presents for the historian. Many of the papers focus specifically on the de frumento at the heart of the Verrines, exploring its rhetorical devices relating it to the archaeology of Republican Sicily and examining the foundations of its modern study, Jérôme Carcopino’s La loi de Hiéron et les Romains. This volume sets the study of the Verrines on a new footing. It is essential reading for all who work on Cicero provincial government and Sicily, shedding new light in particular on the much-maligned de frumento.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aPrag, J.R.W,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 33.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250803//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02769nam 22003732 4500 =001 98573782-3a9d-42e6-984c-185c5920388e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670321$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJNB$2bicssc =072 7$aHDDK$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJNB$2thema =072 7$aNKD$2thema =072 7$a1QBA$2thema =100 1\$aGill, David W. J.,$eauthor. =245 10$aSifting the soil of Greece. The early years of the British School at Athens (1886–1919) (BICS Supplement 111) /$cDavid W. J. Gill. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 56.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$a‘...what we wanted was to connect ourselves directly with the heart of Hellenic culture so that its very lifeblood might flow through our veins, and this we should gain by the establishment of the school at Athens’
(J.B. Lightfoot, Bishop of Durham)
The British School at Athens opened in 1886 ‘to promote all researches and studies’ which could ‘advance the knowledge of Hellenic history, literature, and art from the earliest age to the present day’. Over the next 30 years the School initiated a major programme of excavations, initially on Cyprus, then at Megalopolis, on Melos, and at Sparta. School students took part in the work of the Cretan Exploration Fund and in the major regional surveys of the Asia Minor Exploration Fund.
Most of the students who were admitted to the School in this period had been educated at either Cambridge or Oxford. Women, mostly from Cambridge, took part in the School’s activities including the excavations at Phylakopi. The students’ research interests included Greek pottery, Aegean prehistory, and epigraphy. Their experience of Greece prepared the students for later work in British universities and other professions.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 56.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250681//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02680nam 22003972 4500 =001 dd91daae-e22d-443d-ba05-467babb08fa5 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20042004\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039550$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLW3$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSBZ$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC042000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a1KLZAA$2thema =072 7$a3MPQ$2thema =245 00$aSome Other Amazonians :$bPerspectives on Modern Amazonia /$cedited by Mark Harris, Stephen Nugent. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2004. =264 \4$c©2004 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aList of Contributors vii List of Figures ix List of Tables xi Introduction: Some Other Amazonians Stephen Nugent 1 Chapter 1 'The Roca Legacy' Land Use and Kinship Dynamics in Nogueira, an Amazonian Community of the Middle Solimoes Region Deborah de Magalhaes Lima 12 Chapter 2 Black Peoples of the Trombetas River: Peasantry and Ethnicity in the Brazilian Amazon Rosa Elizabeth Acevedo Marin and Edna Maria Ramos de Castro 37 Chapter 3 Social and Economic Change in Amazonia: The Case of Ornamental Fish Collection in the Rio Negro Basin Gregory Prang 57 Chapter 4 Peasants on the Floodplain: Some Elements of the 'Agrarian Question' in Riverine Amazonia Mark Harris 81 Chapter 5 (Some) Other Amazonians: Jewish Communities in the Lower Amazon Stephen Nugent 104 Chapter 6 Malineza (Evil): An Amazonian Concept Raymundo Heraldo Maues 118 Chapter 7 The Peasantry and the Church on the Brazilian Frontier: The Significance of the Alliance and its Repercussions Neide Esterci 128 Chapter 8 Of Rum and the Amazon: The Traditional Sugar-cane Industry and its Demise Scott Douglas Anderson 145 Chapter 9 Regatao and Caboclo: Itinerant Traders and Smallholder Resistance in the Brazilian Amazon David McGrath 178 Bibliography 193 =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHarris, Mark,$eeditor. =700 1\$aNugent, Stephen,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248142/53806/53806_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02304nam 22003852 4500 =001 5d56b68e-818e-4c96-a587-9cc45bc2dec9 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670611$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aSpace in Greek Tragedy (BICS Supplement 131) /$cedited by Vassiliki Kampourelli. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource (217 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 70.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis book presents a critical application of semiotic models to Greek tragic space. It thus reappraises certain aspects of the tragic texts themselves by illuminating the semantics of space, that is, the ways in which space may contribute to the creation of meaning. After the formulation of a working model appropriate to the examination of space in Greek tragedy, an analysis of the proposed categories of tragic space follows. The architectural space of tragedy is then examined with particular reference to the ways in which it finds expression in the Theatre of Dionysus in Athens. Drawing widely on the works of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripedes, the focus turns to the interactions between the proposed categories of tragic space.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$atheatre =653 \\$aclassics =653 \\$aamphitheatre =653 \\$aplays =700 1\$aKampourelli, Vassiliki,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 70.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/247965/53706/53706_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01497nam 22003492 4500 =001 6d5d7a7c-ded8-4039-8f93-c8b2b86a60e1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19951995\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587771$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aAN$2bicssc =072 7$aPER011020$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aATD$2thema =245 00$aStage Directions: Essays in Ancient Drama in Honour of E. W. Handley (BICS Supplement 66) /$cedited by A Griffiths. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1995. =264 \4$c©1995 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 4.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aGriffiths, A,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 4.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250853//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04867nam 22007812 4500 =001 29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702893$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702909$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507451$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702916$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/202109.9781912702909$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAZ$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JD$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW060000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW023000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015030$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015040$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAZ$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MD$2thema =072 7$a3MG$2thema =245 00$aStar Chamber Matters :$bAn Early Modern Court and Its Records /$cedited by K. J. Kesselring, Natalie Mears. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (232 pages): $b9 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Introduction: Star Chamber matters
K. J. Kesselring with Natalie Mears
2. The records of the court of Star Chamber at the National Archives and elsewhere
Daniel Gosling
3. Reading ravishment: gender and ‘will’ power in early Tudor Star Chamber, 1500–50
Deborah Youngs
4. Sir Edward Coke and the Star Chamber: the prosecution of rapes at Snargate, 1598–1602
Louis A. Knafla
5. ‘By reason of her sex and widowhood’: an early modern Welsh gentlewoman in the court of Star Chamber
Sadie Jarrett
6. Consent and coercion, force and fraud: marriages in Star Chamber
K. J. Kesselring
7. Labourers, legal aid and the limits of popular legalism in Star Chamber
Hillary Taylor
8. Jacobean Star Chamber records and the performance of provincial libel
Clare Egan
9. A marine insurance fraud in the Star Chamber
Emily Kadens
10. Star Chamber and the bullion trade, 1618–20
Simon Healy
11. Contemporary knowledge of the Star Chamber and the court’s abolition
Ian Williams
An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.
The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aTudor Britain =653 \\$alegal history =653 \\$acourts =653 \\$amedieval marriage =653 \\$amedieval women =653 \\$arape =653 \\$aconsent =653 \\$amedieval libel =653 \\$aSir Edward Coke =653 \\$amedieval judge =653 \\$aJacobean law =653 \\$apopular legalism =653 \\$amarine insurance =653 \\$afraud =653 \\$aLondon history =653 \\$aWestminster =700 1\$aKesselring, K. J.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMears, Natalie,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202109.9781912702909$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/304065/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01307nam 22003372 4500 =001 3ba5c072-4561-4af6-a7e3-0401b18fbd1a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20022002\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039413$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHC$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aBUS001020$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHC$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aStudies in the Formation of the Nation-state in Latin America /$cedited by James Dunkerley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2002. =264 \4$c©2002 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDunkerley, James,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248152/53794/53794_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02836nam 22003492 4500 =001 9515ca5a-705c-4dcc-a8e8-a096b460cbee =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670123$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCA$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =245 00$aStudies on Porphyry (BICS Supplement 98) /$cedited by George Karamanolis, Anne Sheppard. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 34.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aAs the study of later ancient philosophy has developed in recent years, it has offered new insights into both the continuing vigour of the Greco-Roman philosophical tradition and the interaction of that tradition with the new cultures of Christianity and of the Arab community. This volume addresses a key figure in this interaction. Porphyry (234?c.305 AD) was not only the greatest pupil of Plotinus and editor of his work but also a significant philosopher in his own right. Many aspects of Porphyry’s work have been re-appraised in recent years in the light of renewed interest in Neoplatonism as in later ancient philosophy in general. New editions and translations of Porphyry’s works have appeared enabling up-to-date discussion of issues such as his loyalty to the views of Plotinus, his attitude to Aristotle, his relationship to the culture of his time, and his afterlife in later Platonist commentators on Aristotle, in the Christian fathers, and in the Arabic tradition. A distinguished international group of scholars address these topics in this volume: Andrew Smith, Steven Strange, Riccardo Chiaradonna, Richard Sorabji, Anne Sheppard, Peter Lautner, George Karamanolis, Mark Edwards, Gillian Clark, and Peter Adamson. The papers were all given at a conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies in July 2004.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aKaramanolis, George,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSheppard, Anne,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 34.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250801//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02273nam 22003732 4500 =001 6180310f-412f-4eb6-87a8-e3c134c63eaf =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670628$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$aKCZ$2bicssc =072 7$aBUS023000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aKCZ$2thema =245 00$aStudies on Wealth in the Ancient World (BICS Supplement 133) /$cedited by Errietta M. A. Bissa, Federico Santangelo. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 72.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aIn this volume, seven authors offer distinctive insights into overarching issues in the study of wealth across the Greco-Roman worlds: the sources and maintenance of wealth; the implications for differently organised societies of the division between wealthy and impoverished individuals and groups; and the moral implications of that divide. Some papers address general methodological issues and engage with scholarly debates in sociology and economic theory; others focus on specific historical problems and clusters of evidence. Taken together, the papers open up new perspectives on wealth in the ancient world, its complex relationship with power, and the tensions and contradictions it entails. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBissa, Errietta M. A.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSantangelo, Federico,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 72.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250136//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02894nam 22006252 4500 =001 2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702312$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702183$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/119.9781912702183$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAZ$2bicssc =072 7$aJP$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBR$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS018000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL052000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015080$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.1.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAZ$2thema =072 7$aJP$2thema =072 7$a1DDR$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =100 1\$aPašeta, Senia,$eauthor. =245 10$aSuffrage and citizenship in Ireland, 1912-18 /$cSenia Pašeta. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (24 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aProfessor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized two things: that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the women’s suffrage movement across the United Kingdom was shaped in fundamental ways by the Irish Question from the late nineteenth century and into the twentieth. In other words, the women’s suffrage movement did not exist in a political vacuum. It interacted with, influenced and was influenced by the other main political questions of the day, and with the main political question of the day - Ireland.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$awomen's rights =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aIreland =653 \\$avoting rights =653 \\$asuffrage =653 \\$awomen's history =653 \\$aIrish history =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/119.9781912702183$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/268423//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04083nam 22004812 4500 =001 48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857873$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857880$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/321.9781908857880$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFSL9$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC008050$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBSL11$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =100 1\$aNewson, Linda A.,$eauthor. =245 10$aSupervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial /$cLinda A. Newson; translated by Adolfo Bonilla. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (450 pages): $b31 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPart I: Introducción
1. Supervivencia indígena en la América española colonial
Part II. Nicaragua en vísperas de la conquista española
2. Las culturas indígenas y su medioambiente
3. Los cacicazgos
4. Las tribus
5. La población aborigen
Part III. La conquista y la esclavitud, 1522–1550
6. La leyenda negra
7. Desculturación y despoblación, 1522–1550
Part IV. Consolidación colonial y deculturación indígena, 1550–1720
8. Centros de actividad europea: Ciudades, haciendas y los ingleses
9. Instituciones, mecanismos de control y explotación: Encomiendas y Misiones
10. Cambio cultural en la zona Mesoamericana, 1550–1720
11. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1550–1720
12. El momento de cambio: Cambio demográfico, 1550–1720
V. Reorganización colonial y aculturación indígena, 1720–1821
13. Reformas administrativas e incorporación territorial
14. Instrumentos de la integración indígena
15. Cambio cultural en la zona mesoamericana, 1720–1821
16. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1720–1821
17. Recuperación demográfica, 1720–1821
VI. Conclusión
18. Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial
Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. Muestra cómo la naturaleza de las propias sociedades indígenas y la forma en que los españoles buscaron controlarlas y explotarlas se reflejaron en diferentes niveles de disminución y supervivencia de la población.
Se basa en una extensa investigación de archivos en América Central y España y en evidencia arqueológica, etnográfica y lingüística. Contribuye significativamente a comprender cómo algunas sociedades indígenas del Nuevo Mundo pudieron sobrevivir en mayor medida que otras.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$aindigenous cultures =653 \\$aNicaragua =653 \\$aLatin America =700 1\$aBonilla, Adolfo,$etranslator. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/321.9781908857880$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295337/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04700nam 22004812 4500 =001 06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781915249043$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477614$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781915249050$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/lbja4300$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBAH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHAH$2thema =245 00$aTalking History :$bSeminar Culture at the Institute of Historical Research, 1921–2021 /$cedited by David Manning. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2024. =264 \4$c©2024 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b15 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
David Manning
1 A History of the History Seminar: The ‘Active Life’ of Historiography at the Institute of Historical Research
David Manning
2 The Italy 1200–1700 Seminar
Trevor Dean and Kate Lowe
3 The Economic and Social History of the Early Modern World Seminar
David Ormrod
4 The British History in the Seventeenth Century Seminar
Jason Peacey
5 The British History in the Long Eighteenth Century Seminar
Penelope J. Corfield
6 The Low Countries History Seminar
Ulrich Tiedau
7 The Modern French History Seminar
Pamela Pilbeam with David Manning
8 The Imperial and World History Seminar
Sarah Stockwell
9 The Postgraduate Seminar in Theory and Method (1986–2008)
Rohan McWilliam
10 The Women’s History Seminar
Kelly Boyd
11 The IHR’s Seminar Culture: Past, Present and Future — A Roundtable Discussion
David Bates, Alice Prochaska, Tim Hitchcock, Kate Wilcox, Ellen Smith and Rachel Bynoth, and Claire Langhamer
Afterword
Natalie Thomlinson
Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?
Talking History provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.
This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ahistoriography =653 \\$ahistorical research =653 \\$auniversity research =653 \\$ahigher education =653 \\$aseminars =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$aintellectual culture =700 1\$aManning, David,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Leicester. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/lbja4300$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/338515/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03394nam 22004212 4500 =001 28765b41-655b-4e3f-a775-c08be101f832 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572304$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aJBCC$2thema =100 1\$aCowan, Michael,$eauthor. =245 10$aTechnology's Pulse: Essays on Rhythm in German Modernism /$cMichael Cowan. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource (252 pages): $b45 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 5.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aList of Illustrations
Bibliography
=520 \\$aModernity, as has often been observed, was fundamentally concerned with questions of temporality. The period around 1900, in particular, witnessed numerous efforts to define, discipline or 'liberate' temporal experience. Within this broader framework of thinking about temporality, 'rhythm' came to form the object of an intense and widespread preoccupation. Rhythmical research played a central role not only in the reconceptualisation of human physiology and labour in the late nineteenth century, but also in the emergence of a new leisure culture in the early twentieth. The book traces the ways in which notions of 'rhythm' were mobilised both to conceptualise modernity (narrate its origins and prescribe its directions) and, in particular, to forge a new understanding of temporal media that came to mark the mass-mediated experience of the 1920s: a conception of artistic media as mediators between the organic and the rational, the time of the body and that of the machine.
Michael Cowan is Associate Professor of German and World Cinemas at McGill University. He is the author of Cult of the Will: Nervousness and German Modernity (2008), as well as several articles and collections on German literature, film, media and cultural history.
Acknowledgements Introduction: TV Nations Genres 1. Transnational Horror Light: Production, Fandom, and Scholarship 2. Biopic TV in Mexico: Juana Inés (Canal Once, 2016), Hasta que te conocí: Juan Gabriel, mi historia [Until I Met You: Juan Gabriel, My Story] (Azteca, 2016) 3. Football TV: Club de Cuervos (Netflix, 2015–) Format Translations 4. Copycat Television? Gran Hotel [Grand Hotel] (Bambú/Antena 3, 2011–13) and El hotel de los secretos [The Hotel of Secrets] (Televisa, 2015–16) 5. Second Tier Reproduction: Juana la virgen (RCTV, 2002) and Jane the Virgin (CW, 2014–present) 6. Television Without a State: Temps de silenci [Time of Silence] (TV3, 2001–02) and Amar en tiempos revueltos [Loving in Troubled Times] (Diagonal/TVE1, 2005–) Conclusion: Series Planet Interview with Patricia Arriaga Jordán, Creator of Juana Inés (23 December 2016) Bibliography Index
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aTelevision Drama in Spain and Latin America addresses two major topics within current cultural, media, and television studies: the question of fictional genres and that of transnational circulation. While much research has been carried out on both TV formats and remakes in the English-speaking world, almost nothing has been published on the huge and dynamic Spanish-speaking sector. This book discusses and analyses series since 2000 from Spain (in both Spanish and Catalan), Mexico, Venezuela, and (to a lesser extent) the US, employing both empirical research on production and distribution and textual analysis of content. The three genres examined are horror, biographical series, and sports-themed dramas; the three examples of format remakes are of a period mystery (Spain, Mexico), a romantic comedy (Venezuela, US), and a historical epic (Catalonia, Spain).
Paul Julian Smith is Distinguished Professor at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He was previously Professor of Spanish at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of twenty books and one hundred academic articles.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/420.9780854572779$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/264207//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03193nam 22004812 4500 =001 6887b2e4-a6a6-4119-bd12-31c578e1e5db =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20042004\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039574$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aRN$2bicssc =072 7$aKCZ$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL044000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS024000$2bisacsh =072 7$aRN$2thema =072 7$aKCZ$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =245 00$aTerritories, Commodities and Knowledges :$bLatin American Environmental Histories in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries /$cedited by Christian Brannstrom. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2004. =264 \4$c©2004 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aAcknowledgements vii List of Contributors ix List of Figures xi List of Tables xiii An Introduction to Latin American Environmental History Christian Brannstrom and Stefania Gallini 1 Part I: Territories: States, People, Environments Chapter 1 A Maya Mam Agro-ecosystem in Guatemala's Coffee Revolution: Costa Cuca, 1830s - 1880s Stefania Gallini 23 Chapter 2 The Geographical Imagination, Resource Economies and Nicaraguan Incorporation of the Mosquitia, 1838 - 1909 Karl H. Offen 50 Chapter 3 From Lakeshore Village to Oil Boom Town: Lagunillas under Venezuelan Dictator Juan Vicente Gomez, 1908 - 1935* Nikolas Kozloff 90 Part II: Commodities: Export Booms and the Environment Chapter 4 Transforming the Central Mexican Waterscape: Lake Drainage and its Consequences during the Porfiriato (1877 - 1911) Alejandro Tortolero Villasenor 121 Chapter 5 Deforestation and Sugar in Cuba's Centre-East: The Case of Camaguey, 1898 - 1926 Reinaldo Funes Monzote 148 Chapter 6 Talking to Sediments: Reading Environmental History from Post-Settlement Alluvium in Western Sao Paulo, Brazil Christian Brannstrom 171 Part III: Knowledges: New Technologies and Organisms Chapter 7 Bananas, Biodiversity and the Paradox of Commodification John Soluri 195 Chapter 8 Zebu's Elbows: Cattle Breeding and the Environment in Central Brazil, 1890 - 1960 Robert W. Wilcox 218 Chapter 9 Individual Agency and Ecological Imperialism: Aime Bonpland in Southern South America Stephen Bell 247 Bibliography 273 =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aterritory =653 \\$aenvironment =653 \\$aenvironmental history =653 \\$aexpansion =700 1\$aBrannstrom, Christian,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248112/53738/53738_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04112nam 22004812 4500 =001 66adb078-ac52-4e25-a4b0-5ff9a3078c5f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572281$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAPFA$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aATFA$2thema =245 00$aTerrorism, Italian Style: Representations of Political Violence in Contemporary Italian Cinema /$cedited by Ruth Glynn, Giancarlo Lombardi, Alan O'Leary. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2012. =264 \4$c©2012 =300 \\$a1 online resource (244 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 3.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Introduction: Terrorism, Italian Style
Ruth Glynn, Giancarlo Lombardi, Alan O’Leary
SECTION 1: TERRORISM AND GENRE
1 Navigating the Labyrinth: Cinematic Investigations of Right-Wing Terrorism
Mary P. Wood
2 ‘In pieno fumetto’: Bertolucci, Terrorism and the commedia all’italiana
Alan O’Leary
3 Primetime Terror: Representations of the Armed Struggle in TV Drama
Giancarlo Lombardi
SECTION 2: FAMILY MOTIFS AND FEMINIZING TERROR
4 Keeping it in the Family: Politically Motivated Violence in Tre Fratelli, Colpire al Cuore and Segreti Segreti
Max Henninger
5 To Strike at the Heart of Family and State: Gianni Amelio’s Colpire al Cuore
Ellen Nerenberg
6 Terrorism, a Female Malady
Ruth Glynn
SECTION 3: SCREENING MORO
7 Screening the Moro Case
Rachele Tardi
8 A Spectre is Haunting Italy: The Double ‘Emplotment’ of the Moro Affair
Nicoletta Marini-Maio
9 Moro Martyred, Braghetti Betrayed: History Retold in Buongiorno, notte
Dana Renga
SECTION 4: TERRORISM AND ETHICS
10 Ethics of Conviction vs Ethics of Responsibility in Cinematic Representations of Italian Left-Wing Terrorism of the 1970s
Leonardo Cecchini
Glossary
Bibliography, Filmography and Theatrical Production
=520 \\$aThe legacy of Italy's experience of political violence and terrorism in the anni di piombo ('years of lead', c. 1969-83) continues to exercise the Italian imagination to an extraordinary degree. Cinema has played a particularly prominent role in articulating the ongoing impact of the anni di piombo and in defining the ways in which Italians remember and work through the atrocities and traumas of those years. Terrorism, Italian Style brings together some of the most important scholars contributing to the study of cinematic representations of the anni di piombo. Drawing on a comparative approach and a broad range of critical perspectives (including genre theory, family and gender issues, trauma theory and ethics), the book addresses an extensive range of films produced between the 1970s and the present and articulates their significance and relevance to contemporary Italian society and culture.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aAnni di piombo =653 \\$aItalian serial drama =653 \\$aCommedia all' italiana =653 \\$aGender studies =653 \\$aAldo Moro Case =653 \\$aBrigate Rosse =653 \\$aNeo-fascists =653 \\$aPiazza Fontana =653 \\$aMemory studies Bombing =700 1\$aGlynn, Ruth,$eeditor. =700 1\$aLombardi, Giancarlo,$eeditor. =700 1\$aO'Leary, Alan,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 3.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/249222//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04358nam 22004812 4500 =001 5edcf66b-e97b-44aa-bc20-5ad323683628 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590558$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aWCS$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS037020$2bisacsh =072 7$aANT005000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKNTP1$2thema =072 7$aNHDL$2thema =072 7$aNHDN$2thema =072 7$aWCS$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Aldus: Posthumous Fame, Collectors and the Book Trade /$cedited by Jill Kraye, Paolo Sachet. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b36 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 20.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
I. The Aldine Press after Aldus (1515–1598)
From the Printer’s Mind to the Author’s Hand: Paolo Manuzio and His Tre libri di lettere volgari (1556–1560)
by Lodovica Braida
Strategies and Failures of a Renaissance Publishing Venture: The Accademia Veneziana and the Myth of Aldus
by Shanti Graheli
The End of the Manutius Dynasty (1597)
by Angela Nuovo
II. Private Aldine Collections in Europe
Five Centuries of Aldine Collecting in Italy: Known and Less-Known Cases
by Luca Rivali
Aldine Editions in Early Modern France
by Shanti Graheli
Aldine Collecting and Aristocratic Values in French Bibliophily Before and After the French Revolution
by François Dupuigrenet Desroussilles and Jean Viardot
III. The Modern Aldine Book Trade
Selling Aldus in the UK (c. 1630–2015): Towards a Checklist of British Sale Catalogues of Books Published by the Manuzio Family
by Paolo Sachet
The Aldine in British Book Trade History: A Look at Three Major Collections
by Nicholas Poole-Wilson
Aldine Tributaries Collecting Aldus Manutius in the 21st Century
by G. Scott Clemons
Collecting the Renaissance: The Aldine Press (1494–1598): Catalogue of an Exhibition
by Jill Kraye, Stephen Parkin and Paolo Sachet
Index of Names
=520 \\$aPurchase link for customers in the US and Canada
This volume presents six papers from a one-day colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in February 2015 on the legacy of Aldus Manutius, marking the 500th anniversary of his death, together with three additional contributions. Rather than examining Aldus’s own output, the nine papers focus on how the notion of ‘Aldine books’ has changed over 500 years in Europe and North America, from the early days of the Aldine press to modern and contemporary book collecting and the antiquarian trade. The volume also includes a catalogue of the exhibition ‘Collecting the Renaissance: The Aldine Press (1494–1598)’, held in the British Library in conjunction with the colloquium. Addressing a wide readership of scholars, booksellers and collectors, The Afterlife of Aldus aims to stimulate further research on areas fundamental for understanding Aldus’s long-lasting fortuna. The conference, the exhibition and this volume received generous financial support from the Bibliographical Society, CERL and Bernard Quaritch Ltd.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aAldine press =653 \\$aearly printing =653 \\$abooks =653 \\$apublishing =653 \\$abook trade =700 1\$aKraye, Jill,$eeditor.$uThe Warburg Institute, University of London. =700 1\$aSachet, Paolo,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 20.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256547//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05466nam 22007092 4500 =001 c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670888$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670956$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781914477461$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781905670963$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/121.9781905670956$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAR$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDH$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.5.3.0.0.1.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$a1QBAR$2thema =072 7$a1QBDF$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =072 7$a3KBK$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Apuleius /$cedited by F. Bistagne, C. Boidin, R. Mouren. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (230 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 8.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. The medieval ass: re-evaluating the reception of Apuleius in the High Middle Ages / Robert H. F. Carver.
2. The white goddess in Mexico: Apuleius’ Latin, Spanish, and Nahuatl legacy in New Spain / Andrew Laird.
3. The Ass goes east: Apuleius and Orientalism/ Carole Boidin.
4. How to tell the story of Cupid and Psyche: from Fulgentius to Galeotto Del Corretto / Julia Haig Gaisser.
5. Psyche’s textual journey from Apuleius to Boccaccio and Petrarch / Igor Candido
6. An Apuleian masque? Thomas Heywood’s Love’s Mistress (1634) / Stephen Harrison
7. Echoes of Apuleius’ novel in Mary Tighe’s Psyche: romantic imagination and self-fashioning / Regine May
8. Apuleius and Martianus Capella: canon, reception and pedagogy / Ahuvia Kahane
9. A translation of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and the debate about fiction in the sixteenth century: L’asino d’oro by Agnolo Firenzuola (1550) / Françoise Lavocat.
10. Apuleius’ Ass and Cervantes’ Dogs in Dialogue / Maria Loreto Núñez
11. ‘He does not speak golden words: he brays’: Apuleius’ style and the humanistic lexicography / Clementina Marsico
12. The Golden Ass under the lens of the ‘Bolognese commentator’ L Lucius Apuleius and Filippo Beroaldo / Andrea Severi
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aApuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.
The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$alatin =653 \\$aplatonist =653 \\$aroman empire =653 \\$aathens =653 \\$aasia minor =653 \\$acults =653 \\$amagic =653 \\$agolden ass =700 1\$aBistagne, F.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBoidin, C.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMouren, R.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 8.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/121.9781905670956$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/295353/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04128nam 22004212 4500 =001 b2ad7f61-5765-47f1-ad61-d5f942e48fb8 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670642$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Cicero /$cedited by G Manuwald. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource (226 pages): $b36 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 73.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aA Florentine Tullio: dual authorship and the politics of translation in Brunetto Latini’s Rettorica
Catherine M. Keen
Petrarch and the reading of Cicero’s De natura deorum in the ms. 552-2 of the Médiathèque du Grand Troyes
Laura Refe
Cicero as a communal civic model: Italian communes of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries
Carole Mabboux
Cicero at court: Martino Filetico’s Iocundissimae disputationes
Virginia Cox
Renascens ad superos Cicero: Ciceronian and anti-Ciceronian styles in the Italian Renaissance
Martin McLaughlin
Visibile parlare? Picturing Cicero in the Italian Renaissance L. B. T. Houghton
Cicero’s Caesarian orations in early modern Europe
David Marsh
Orator, sage, and patriot: Cicero in colonial Latin America
Andrew Laird
Cicero and historicism: controversies in Cicero’s reception in the eighteenth century
Matthew Fox
How to read Ciceronian Scepticism: Anthony Collins, Richard Bentley, and the Freethought debate in 1713
Katherine East
The Catiline conspiracy and the credibility of letters in French Revolutionary art
Nina L. Dubin
Framing Cicero’s Lives: production values and paratext in nineteenth-century biographies
Lynn Fotheringham
=520 \\$aCicero was one of the most prolific and productive figures from ancient Rome, active as both a politician and a writer. As yet however modern scholarship does not do justice to the sheer range of his later influence. This volume publishes papers from a conference which aimed to enlarge the basis for the study of Cicero’s reception, by examining in detail new aspects of its variety. The conference was held in May 2015, and was jointly organized by the Institute of Classical Studies, the Warburg Institute, and the Department of Greek and Latin at University College London.
The book presents twelve case studies on the reception of ‘Cicero the writer’ and ‘Cicero the man’, ranging from thirteenth-century Italy to nineteenth-century England, including colonial Latin America. Scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds discuss artistic and literary responses to Cicero as well as his exploitation in philosophical and political debates. Taken together, these studies illustrate how the special characteristics of the historical Cicero colour his reception: his afterlife is one of the most varied and wide-ranging of any classical author.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aCicero =653 \\$aReception of Cicero =653 \\$aItalian Renaissance =653 \\$aHumanism =653 \\$aCatiline Conspiracy =653 \\$aCiceronian Oratory =700 1\$aManuwald, G,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 73.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256719//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04585nam 22005892 4500 =001 474c137a-0526-4ea5-9161-a9e564744147 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670871$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$aHRKP3$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAG$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAP$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.7.3.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aQRSG$2thema =072 7$a1QBAG$2thema =072 7$a1QBAP$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =072 7$a3KB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Herodotus and Thucydides /$cedited by John North, Peter Mack. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (186 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 77.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
– John North & Peter Mack
From Thucydides to Lucretius: the Plague of Athens, between medicine and classical scholarship in Renaissance Italy
– Andrea Ceccarelli
The Byzantine reception of Herodotus and Thucydides
– Elizabeth Jeffreys
Herodotus and Thucydides in Procopius’ Wars
– Vasiliki Zali
Herodotus and Thucydides in Walter Ralegh’s History of the World
– Ben Earley
Thucydides and the English Renaissance education
– Luca Iori
A Protestant Thucydides in Reformation Germany
– John Richards
A mathematician among the classics: Isaac Newton as a reader of Herodotus
– Mordechai Feingold
Herodotus and the perception of the Persian empire. Some observations from a historical and methodological perspective
– Reinhold Bichler
The resurgence of Herodotus and the new philosophy of history
– Gaston J. Basile
The modernity of Thucydides
– Neville Morley
Index
Herodotus of Halicarnassus and Thucydides the Athenian were the two most famous and earliest (fifth century bce) of the Greek historians whose work survives; their subject was the wars between the Greek cities and the Persian Empire and later those between the Greek cities themselves. Their names are frequently linked and their work compared and contrasted: Herodotus’ history ranged adventurously both in space and time; Thucydides limited himself to the events of his own day. Herodotus’ work is certainly more fun to read; Thucydides approaches more closely to the modern conception of ‘scientific’ history-writing.
This book seeks to explore the reception of their writings from the Byzantine era until today, following the ups and downs of their scholarly reputations. Herodotus has at times been much despised and only recently reassessed and taken more seriously. Thucydides has been more consistently revered, even if sometimes thought narrow and boring. Today, he still attracts readers from disciplines far from the classical world. The essays in this collection range from Sir Walter Ralegh’s History of the World and Isaac Newton’s Chronology to the coming of narratology.
The contributors to this volume of our ‘Afterlife’ series are: Andrea Ceccarelli; Elizabeth Jeffreys; Vasiliki Zali; Ben Earley; Luca Iori; John Richards; Mordechai Feingold; Reinhold Bichler; Gastón J. Basile; Neville Morley.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aPersia =653 \\$aGreece =653 \\$ahistorian =653 \\$aHerodotus =653 \\$aThucydides =700 1\$aNorth, John,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMack, Peter,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 77.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/283909/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03478nam 22003372 4500 =001 79f96c82-eef9-47e4-b216-a1e1946316dd =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20002000\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587863$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Inscriptions: Reusing, Rediscovering, Reinventing, Revitalizing Ancient Inscriptions (BICS Supplement 75) /$cedited by Alison Cooley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2000. =264 \4$c©2000 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 11.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aWith contributions from Tim Benton, Amanda Collins, Alison E. Cooley, Colin Cunningham, Glenys Davies, Wolfgang Hameter, Mark Handley, Jeremy Knight, Onno van Nijf, Graham Oliver and William Stenhouse.
The Afterlife of Inscriptions explores the changing uses of ancient inscriptions from classical to modern times and the ways in which their lives have been prolonged beyond their initial span. It explores the changing uses of ancient inscriptions from classical to modern times and the ways in which their lives have been prolonged beyond their initial span.
Two chapters explore inscriptions in their ancient settings, assessing the impact of location upon inscribed monuments set up on the Capitol Hill at Rome and in the town of Termessos. Other chapters concentrate upon the afterlife of inscriptions exploring phases in the rediscovery of inscriptions, how they have been treated as building materials, texts, aesthetic objects and media for political messages with modern attitudes ranging from recycling to reverence. The reuse of ancient inscriptions rediscovered in Wales gives way to an appreciation of them as historical sources. A manuscript collection of inscriptions is analysed in terms of a two-phased afterlife providing models for epitaphs and then a florilegium of verse. The attitudes of seventeenth-century antiquarians in categorizing inscriptions progresses from viewing inscriptions purely as texts to an appreciation of them as objects too. By the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries British society valued many different types of inscription for their aesthetic qualities from Attic grave reliefs to Roman ash chests to contemporary architectural inscriptions.
This book documents the privileging of inscriptions as historical evidence – how this encourages the modification or even creation of ‘ancient’ inscriptions and how inscriptions are manipulated to support a particular interpretation of the past.
Peter Mack & John North Introduction
Ingo Gildenhard Dante’s scriptures: Metamorphoses, Bible, Divina commedia
Caroline Stark Reflections of Narcissus
Frank T. Coulson Bernardo Moretti: a newly discovered commentator on Ovid’s Ibis
Hélène Casanova-Robin From Ovid to Pontano. Myth, a forma mentis? Elaborating humanitas through mythological invention
John F. Miller Ovid’s Janus and the start of the year in Renaissance Fasti sacri
Gesine Manuwald Letter-writing after Ovid: his impact on Neo-Latin verse epistles
Fátima Díez-PlatasEt per omnia saecula imagine vivam:the completion of a figurative corpus for Ovid’s Metamorphoses in fifteenth and sixteenth century book illustrations
Hérica Valladares The Io in Correggio: Ovid and the metamorphosis of a Renaissance painter
Elizabeth McGrath Rubens and Ovid
Maggie Kilgour Importing the Ovidian Muse to England
Philip Hardie Milton as reader of Ovid’s Metamorphoses
Victoria Moul The transformation of Ovid in Cowley’s herb garden: Books 1 and 2 of the Plantarum Libri Sex (1668)
Index
Ovid was the most influential and widely imitated of all classical Latin poets. This volume publishes papers delivered at a conference on the Reception of Ovid in March 2013, jointly organised by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg Institute, University of London.
It presents studies of the impact of Ovid’s work on Renaissance commentators, on neo-Latin poetry and epistolography, on Renaissance engravers, on poets like Dante, Mantuan, Pontano, Ariosto, Tasso, Spenser, Lodge, Weever, Milton and Cowley and on artists including Correggio and Rubens.
The main focus of the volume is inevitably the afterlife of the Metamorphoses but it also includes discussions of the impact of Heroides, Fasti, and Ibis, and publishes for the first time a Latin verse life of Ovid composed around 1460 by Bernardo Moretti.
Contributors are Hélène Casanova-Robin, Frank T. Coulson, Fátima Diez-Plazas, Ingo Gildenhard, Philip Hardie, Maggie Kilgour, Gesine Manuwald, Elizabeth McGrath, John Miller, Victoria Moul, Caroline Stark, and Hérica Valladares.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aOvid =653 \\$areception =653 \\$arenaissance =653 \\$aRubens =653 \\$aart =653 \\$aDante =700 1\$aMack, Peter,$eeditor. =700 1\$aNorth, John,$eeditor. =700 1\$aWoolf, Greg,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 69.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/274151/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04475nam 22005412 4500 =001 e186dc38-ef73-4f8f-8bca-5a53be8e48eb =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670666$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$a1DD$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aDSB$2thema =072 7$a1DD$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2AGR$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =072 7$a6CA$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Plutarch /$cedited by John North, Peter Mack. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 75.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aNotes on Contributors
John North and Peter Mack Introduction
Alberto Rigolio The Syriac De exercitatione: A lost edifying piece attributed to Plutarch
Sophia Xenophontos The Byzantine Plutarch: Self-identity and model in Theodore Metochites’ Essay 71 of the Semeioseis gnomikaiFrances Muecke From Francesco Barbaro to Angelo Poliziano: Plutarch’s Roman Questions in the fifteenth century
Marianne PadeThe Life of Paulus Aemilius in John Whethamstede’s Granarium. The fortune of Italian humanism in fifteenth-century England
Judith Mossman Additional Lives: Hannibal, Scipio, and Epaminondas
Fred Schurink ‘Scholemaister and Counsailour vnto Traianus’: Plutarch, the Institutio Traiani, and humanist political advice in Renaissance England
Roberto Guerrini and Maddalena Sanfilippo Plutarch, Poussin, Carracci, and Baroque Art
Ewen Bowie Plutarch in Scottish culture: From the Renaissance to the twenty-first century
Edith Hall and Rosie Wyles The censoring of Plutarch’s Gracchi on the Revolutionary French and Reformist English stages, 1792–1823
Frances Titchener Plutarch and Frankenstein: Reception in nineteenth-century British literature
Alexei V. Zadorojnyi Plutarch à la Russe: Ancient heroism and Russian ideology in Tolstoy’s War and PeaceConstanze Güthenke After exemplarity: A map of Plutarchan scholarship Index
Plutarch’s writings have had a varied reception history from when he was writing in the second century BCE down to today. This volume starts from what may be a translation into the Syriac dialect of a lost Plutarch essay; continues with a tribute from a leading scholar of the later Byzantine period; and follows the centuries of sustained enthusiasm from the Renaissance to the eighteenth century. This period started once a translation into Latin had become available, and ended when scholars in the nineteenth century lowered Plutarch’s reputation as historian, biographer, philosopher, and stylist. By the end of the century, he came to symbolize in the eyes of Tolstoy precisely what history should not be. Both the causes of the decline and the later recovery of interest raise important new questions about how Plutarch should be assessed in the twenty-first century. This is one of the early volumes in the series of ‘Afterlives’ of the Classics, being produced jointly by the Institute of Classical Studies and the Warburg.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$arenaissance =653 \\$areception =653 \\$aPlutarch =653 \\$aWar and Peace =653 \\$aFrankenstein =700 1\$aNorth, John,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMack, Peter,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 75.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/266921//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04144nam 22006492 4500 =001 f09ea11c-9020-469a-976f-9f8e917125b0 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670659$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aACN$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADL$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADT$2bicssc =072 7$a2FCM$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3J$2bicssc =072 7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh =072 7$aART015080$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =072 7$a2ADT$2thema =072 7$a2FCM$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3KL$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =072 7$a6CA$2thema =245 04$aThe Afterlife of Virgil /$cedited by P Mack, John North. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (186 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 74.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aNotes on Contributors
Peter Mack and John North Introduction
Giulia Perucchi ‘Locorum Quoque Doctissimus’: Virgil as Geographical Auctoritas in Petrarch’s Works
M. Elisabeth Schwab Renaissance Re-buildings of Virgil’s Rome
Clementina Marsico Lorenzo Valla’s Exegesis of Virgil
David Quint Ascanius in Love: A Reconsideration of Poliziano’s Stanze
Marilena Caciorgna Carving Love on Trees and Virgil’s Eclogue 10
Máté Vince Virgil in Ottoman Hungary: The Aeneid and Miklós Zrínyi’s The Siege of Sziget (1651)
Hanna Paulouskaya Virgil Travestied into Ukrainian and Belarusian
Tim Markey The Renaissance Virgil and the Renaissance Library: Spenser’s ‘Maye’, the Eclogues, and the Aeneid
Charles Martindale English Virgil? – from Surrey to Tennyson
Francesca Bortoletti The Myth of Arcadia. Virgil’s Bucolics in Italian Quattrocento Poetry and Theatre Index of Names
Virgil has always been copied, studied, imitated, and revered as perhaps the greatest poet of the Latin language. He has been centrally important to the transmission of the classical tradition, and has played a unique role in European education. In recognition of the richness of his reception the fourth conferences in the joint Warburg Institute and Institute of Classical Studies series on the afterlife of the Classics was devoted to the afterlife of Virgil.
This volume focuses on the reception of the Eclogues and the Aeneid in three main areas: Italian Renaissance poetry, scholarship and visual art; English responses to Virgil’s poetry; and emerging literatures in Eastern Europe in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Contributors are Giulia Perucchi, M. Elisabeth Schwab, Clementina Marsico, David Quint, Marilena Caciorgna, Maté Vince, Hanna Paulouskaya, Tim Markey, Charles Martindale, and Francesca Bortoletti.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$arenaissance =653 \\$aVirgil =653 \\$areception =653 \\$aHungary =653 \\$aLatin =653 \\$apoetry =700 1\$aMack, P,$eeditor. =700 1\$aNorth, John,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 74.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/258139//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05681nam 22006612 4500 =001 ac224023-6e8a-4d78-af50-b006f16bb9b9 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670994$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781914477430$q(Epub) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$a1DVG$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$aDBSG$2thema =072 7$a1DXG$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =072 7$a3CT-DE-A$2thema =072 7$a4CTM$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 04$aThe Agōn in Classical Literature :$bStudies in Honour of Chris Carey /$cedited by Michael Edwards, A. Efstathiou, E. Volanaki, Ioanna Karamanou. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (236 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 81.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPrefaceAthanasios Efstathiou
IntroductionIoanna Karamanou: The agōn in its literary and ideological contexts
I. The agonistic poetics of epos and early lyric, and their Hellenistic reception
Agonistic epic interactions: the appalling punishment of Odysseus’ servants in Odyssey 22
Ioannis Lambrou:
The agōn as literary motif in representations of the lyric poets
Theodora A. Hadjimichael
The poets’ voice against slander: Pindar (Pythian 2.53-6, 72-88), Callimachus’ Apollo Lyc(e)ius and other poetic ‘animals’
Flora P. Manakidou
The golden age and traces of iambic mockery in bucolic agōnAna Petkovic
II. Debates on stage
Agōn at play: rhetorical debate in Greek tragedy
Akrivi Taousiani
The dynamics of agōn in Sophocles’ ElectraStyliani Papastamati
Euripides’ agonistic rhetoric: the formal debates in the AlexandrosIoanna Karamanou
A later treatment of the agōn-scene in Euripides’ PhoenissaeGeorgia Xanthaki-Karamanou
The agōn in a modern Greek production of Aristophanes’ LysistrataStavroula Kiritsi
The agōn in middle comedy
Athina Papachrysostomou
III. The notion of agōn in Greek thought and philosophical discourse
Agön of excellence in ancient Greek thought and literature
Ioannis N. Perysinakis
Anger in Socrates’ philosophy
Manuela Irarrazabal
Socrates’ combat against Proteus in Plato’s dialogues
Liana Lomiento
Agōn: an Aristotelian way of life
Maria Liatsi
IV: Agonistic Rhetoric
We are the champions: the role of agonistic metaphors in the political discourse of classical Greece
Jakub Filonik
Irony as a rhetorical tactic in Lysias’ dicastic agōnesEleni Volonaki
Brenda Griffith-Williams, ὁ γὰρ ἀγὼν οὐ μικρὸς αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων: competition for inheritance in ancient Greece
Iphigeneia Giannadaki, Mēden aprobouleuton? Dem. 22 and the management of the ekklēsia’s business
The agōn in Isaeus. A laudatio for Chris Carey
Mike Edwards
Christopher Carey – curriculum vitae
General Index
=520 \\$aThe multifaceted agōn – a ‘contest of words’ – is a force formulating classical literary tradition. This book reflects on facets of the agōn and its representations in classical literature across a variety of genres and ideological contexts, from Homer to lyric poetry, drama, law, rhetoric and historiography, and the pivotal role of competition in ancient Greek thought. It sketches out key lines of inquiry pertaining to the study of the agōn as a literary, structural and dialectic form, as a means of authority and power, and as a competitive element in poetic diction and performance. Stimulating fresh discussions under a broad spectrum of theoretical and methodological approaches, this collection of essays explores the wide range of agonal dynamics, and their generic and cultural value.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aagon =653 \\$acompetition =653 \\$apoetry =653 \\$aauthority =653 \\$aperformance =653 \\$aclassical literature =700 1\$aEdwards, Michael,$eeditor. =700 1\$aEfstathiou, A.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aVolanaki, E.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKaramanou, Ioanna,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 81.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/305000/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04349nam 22006732 4500 =001 adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507161$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781911507178$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507208$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/520.9781911507178$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aLAS$2bicssc =072 7$aLAT$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW059000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW062000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAS$2thema =072 7$aLNA$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 04$aThe Clinical Legal Education Handbook /$cedited by Linden Thomas, Nick Johnson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (480 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1. Law clinics: What, why and how?
2. Regulatory framework
3. Assessment in clinics: Principles, practice and progress
4. Research on clinical legal education
5. Precedent documents and resources
6. Glossary of clinical legal education networks
7. Postscript: "Things I wish I'd known before I started doing clinical legal education"
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe Clinical Legal Education Handbook is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).
CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.
The Handbook will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aprogrammes =653 \\$auniversity =653 \\$aguidance =653 \\$ahandbook =653 \\$amanual =653 \\$alaw school =653 \\$aCLE =653 \\$aclinics =653 \\$apro bono =653 \\$apractical =653 \\$ateaching =653 \\$apedagogic =700 1\$aThomas, Linden,$eeditor. =700 1\$aJohnson, Nick,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/520.9781911507178$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/286566/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03334nam 22004692 4500 =001 88096812-02a2-449f-9832-9d90e29505f6 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780992725747$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aD$2bicssc =072 7$aKNTP$2bicssc =072 7$aWCS$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDES001000$2bisacsh =072 7$aANT005000$2bisacsh =072 7$aD$2thema =072 7$aKNTP1$2thema =072 7$aAKHM$2thema =245 04$aThe Concept of the Book: The Production, Progression and Dissemination of Information /$cedited by Cynthia Johnston. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b39 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction Cynthia Johnston
1. Recasting book history Simon Eliot
2. Information flows in rural Babylonia c. 1500 BCE Eleanor Robson
3. The circulation of history books in twelfth-century Normandy Laura Cleaver
4. Some medieval readers of Aristotle Pamela Robinson
5. The encyclopedia and the codex: pages, margins and entries Katharine Schopflin
6. The Wonderful Discoveries: English witchcraft and early Stuart pamphlet culture Jessica Starr
7. ‘Propaganda bestsellers’: British Official War Books, 1941–6 Henry Irving
If we push the definition of a ‘book’ beyond the traditional form of the codex to encompass cuneiform tablets, papyri, as well as the printed and digital book- just what is the essence of its purpose? Featuring contributors from a wide range of disciplines such as art history, medieval studies, ancient Near-Eastern history, information management and the history of the book, this ambitious new release explores the biography of the concept of the book, and its function across millennia.
The volume analyses the role of the book as a tool of communication. It examines a broad conceptual range; from the evolution of medieval encyclopaedia, 17th century pamphlets on witchcraft trials, and the role of books produced as propaganda by the Ministry of Information in Britain during the Second World War. It covers an impressive timespan and geography, detailing accounting systems in ancient Assyria, the dissemination of Aristotelian texts in late medieval Europe, and the Penny Post in 19th-century England. This volume boldly demonstrates the functionality of the book to be as diverse as human endeavour.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ahistory of the book =653 \\$amanuscript =653 \\$acodex =653 \\$acommunication =653 \\$arecord =653 \\$aliterature =700 1\$aJohnston, Cynthia,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/267312//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04847nam 22008652 4500 =001 34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477195$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781914477218$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002114$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477225$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/202112.9781914477218$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBAH$2bicssc =072 7$aJNA$2bicssc =072 7$aJNAM$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDB$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJP$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS016000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHAH$2thema =072 7$aJBCC9$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MPBLB$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =072 7$a3MRB$2thema =100 1\$aSalmon, Patrick,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Control of the Past :$bHerbert Butterfield and the Pitfalls of Official History /$cPatrick Salmon. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (118 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPrologue
1. ‘One of his most violent essays’
2. Butterfield and official history
3. Official history then and now
4. Why bother with Butterfield?
Appendices
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aHerbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?
Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.
Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aHerbert Butterfield =653 \\$aNazi =653 \\$acollective memory =653 \\$aWorld War 2 =653 \\$aarchive =653 \\$aGLAM =653 \\$amuseum =653 \\$aDuke of Windsor =653 \\$aHitler =653 \\$aBritain =653 \\$acolonial history =653 \\$aIndia =653 \\$aGermany =653 \\$aIreland =653 \\$aBletchley Park =653 \\$asuppressed history =653 \\$aforgotten history =653 \\$awar crimes =653 \\$ajingosim =653 \\$anational histories =653 \\$aNational Trust =653 \\$aslavery =653 \\$aeducation =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202112.9781914477218$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/306278/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04300nam 22004092 4500 =001 aa1947bd-e7e3-4a79-a09d-8339723bfab9 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590503$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHR$2bicssc =072 7$aREL000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aNHG$2thema =072 7$aPGK$2thema =072 7$aQ$2thema =072 7$aQR$2thema =245 04$aThe Cosmography of Paradise /$cedited by Alessandro Scafi. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 15.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction (pp. 1–7)
Alessandro Scafi
The Birth of Paradise: To Early Christianity, via Greece, Persia and Israel (pp. 9–30)
Jan N. Bremmer
Sumerian Paradise Lost (pp. 31–37)
Markham J. Geller
Around, Inside and Beyond the Walls: Names, Ideas and Images of Paradise in Pre-Islamic Iran (pp. 39–66)
Antonio C. D. Panaino
Enoch, Eden, and the Beginnings of Jewish Cosmography (pp. 67–94)
Annette Yoshiko Reed
Gnostic Paradises (pp. 95–107)
Einar Thomassen
Diabolizing the Garden of Eden: Re-Interpretations of Jewish Pseudepigraphy in Medieval Christian Dualism (pp. 109–125)
Yuri Stoyanov
Seeking Paradise in the Egyptian Desert (pp. 127–135)
Dimitris J. Kyrtatas
Gazing at the Holy Mountain: Images of Paradise in Syriac Christian Tradition (pp. 137–162)
Sergey Minov
Food and the Senses, and One Very Special Taste of Paradise (pp. 163–181)
Danuta Shanzer
‘The Heavens Declare the Glory of God’: Mapping Cosmos and Activating Heaven through Holy Icons (pp. 183–200)
Veronica Della Dora
Paradise in Western Medieval Tradition (pp. 201–210)
Rudolf Simek
Paradise in the Islamic Religious Imagination (pp. 211–226)
Christian Lange
In Medieval Islamic Cosmography, where is Paradise? (pp. 227–243)
Emilie Savage-Smith
Valhalla and Heaven: Scandinavian Images of Paradise in a Period of Religious Change (pp. 245–266)
Anders Hultgård
Colour plates (pp. 269–284)
Index
of Names (pp. 285–295)
The Cosmography of Paradise: The Other World from Ancient Mesopotamia to Medieval Europe considers the general theme of paradise from various comparative perspectives. The focus has been on the way the relationship between ‘the other world’ and the structure of the whole cosmos has been viewed in different ages and traditions around the Mediterranean basin, spanning from the ancient Near East to medieval Europe. Scholars coming from different fields discuss in this volume the various ways the relationship between paradise and the general features of the universe has been viewed within their own field of work. The historical formation of the notion of paradise, defined as a perfect state beyond time and space, relied heavily upon a variety of temporally and culturally conditioned concepts of the physical cosmos as a finite and imperfect realm. It is precisely the emphasis on cosmography that allows the discussion of several traditions: Sumerian, ancient Iranian, Greek, Jewish, early Christian, Gnostic, Byzantine, Islamic, Scandinavian, and Latin Western.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aScafi, Alessandro,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 15.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250106//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04974nam 22005652 4500 =001 3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702756$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702749$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781914477522$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702763$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/fsxl6641$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBG$2bicssc =072 7$aHBAH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS016000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHB$2thema =072 7$aNHAH$2thema =072 7$aGTB$2thema =245 04$aThe Creighton Century, 1907-2007 /$cedited by David Bates, Jennifer Wallis, Jane Winters. =250 \\$aSecond edition. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (334 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
David Bates
Preface
Jo Fox
The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907-2007
Robert Evans
The meaning of truth in history' (1913), with an introduction by Justin Champion
R. B. Haldane
A plea for the study of contemporary history' (1928), with an introduction by Martyn Rady
R. W. Seton-Watson
The economic advance of the squirearchy in the two generations before the Civil War [published as 'The rise of the gentry, 1558-1640] (1937), with an introduction by F. M. L. Thompson
R. H. Tawney
The City of London and the opposition to government, 1768-74, with an introduction by P. J. Marshall
Lucy Sutherland
The guns of Kaifeng-Fu: China's development of man's first chemical explosive (1979), with an introduction by Janet Hunter
Joseph Needham
The perception of the past in early modern England (1983), with an introduction by Ariel Hessayon
Keith Thomas
Myth, history and the Industrial Revolution (1989), with an introduction by Julian Hoppit
Donald Coleman
The uncertainties of isolation: Japan between the wars (1992), with an introduction by Antony Best
Ian Nish
The present as history: writing the history of one's own time (1993), with an introduction by Virginia Berridge
Eric Hobsbawm
The war against heresy in medieval Europe (2004), with an introduction by Jinty Nelson
R. I. Moore
The Creighton Century, 1907–2007 offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.
This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.
First published in 2009, The Creighton Century is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ahistory =653 \\$ahistoriography =653 \\$aCreighton =653 \\$aUniversity of London =653 \\$alecture series =653 \\$achange =653 \\$acontinuity =700 1\$aBates, David,$eeditor. =700 1\$aWallis, Jennifer,$eeditor. =700 1\$aWinters, Jane,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/fsxl6641$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/288008/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04251nam 22005052 4500 =001 a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670499$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670802$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/917.9781905670802$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aUG$2bicssc =072 7$aLAN025060$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aUG$2thema =245 04$aThe Digital Classicist 2013 /$cedited by Stuart Dunn, Simon Mahony. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (178 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 5.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Modelling
Andrew Bevan: Travel and interaction in the Greek and Roman world. A review of some computational modelling approaches
Vince Gaffney, Phil Murgatroyd, Bart Craenen, and Georgios Theodoropoulos: ‘Only individuals’: moving the Byzantine army to Manzikert
Texts
Elton Barker, Leif Isaksen, Nick Rabinowitz, Stefan Bouzarovski, and Chris Pelling: On using digital resources for the study of an ancient text: the case of Herodotus’ Histories
Marco Büchler, Annette Geßner, Monica Berti, and Thomas Eckart: Measuring the influence of a work by text re-use
Tobias Blanke, Mark Hedges, and Shrija Rajbhandari Towards a virtual data centre for Classics
Ryan Baumann: The Son of Suda On-line
Infrastructure
Elaine Matthews and Sebastian Rahtz: The Lexicon of Greek Personal Names and classical web services
Simon Mahony: HumSlides on Flickr: using an online community platform to host and enhance an image collection
Valentina Asciutti and Stuart Dunn: Connecting the Classics: a case study of Collective Intelligence in Classical Studies
This edited volume collects together peer-reviewed papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels.
This wide-ranging volume showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world and critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research. The chapters included here demonstrate innovative approaches that drive forward the research interests of both humanists and technologists while showing that rigorous scholarship is as central to digital research as it is to mainstream classical studies.
As with the earlier Digital Classicist publications, our aim is not to give a broad overview of the field of digital classics; rather, we present here a snapshot of some of the varied research of our members in order to engage with and contribute to the development of scholarship both in the fields of classical antiquity and Digital Humanities more broadly.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aclassical studies =653 \\$adigital humanities =653 \\$atechnology =653 \\$aantiquity =653 \\$aresearch =700 1\$aDunn, Stuart,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMahony, Simon,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 5.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/917.9781905670802$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250670//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02240nam 22004332 4500 =001 202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$a9780992725785$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/419.9780992725785$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aD$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aD$2thema =072 7$aGTB$2thema =100 1\$aBrennan, Elizabeth,$eauthor. =245 10$a'The Dull Duty of an Editor': Working with Webster and Dickens /$cElizabeth Brennan. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (13 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1996.
The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
The sculptural decoration of the Parthenon, conceived at the height of Athens’ power, was deeply rooted in the culture and aspirations of the city-state. The group of huge figures carved completely in the round and set in the triangular gable at the east end, the front of the temple, were perhaps among the most important.
This new study by Dyfri Williams uses all the visible clues provided by the sculptures and the floor blocks on which they were once mounted to reconstruct the figures and the way they interacted. Securer identifications for the figures are thus reached and a better understanding of the allusive way the pediment’s subject, the birth of Athena, was treated. To aid the process, a series of sketch-drawings of each figure seen from the front, combined with a bird’s eye sketch of it in place on the pediment floor, has been prepared by Kate Morton.
Detailed observation and analysis lead to an unexpected identification of the superb Figure D, shown on the cover, that opens up new ways of reading the remaining groups. It also reveals how the arrangement of the sculptures that has come down to us is in fact Roman rather than Classical, for several sculptures were disturbed by a rarely mentioned Roman repair. Finally, a highly intriguing historical context is suggested for this repair and its motivation.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aWilliams, Dyfri,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 63.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250674//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01524nam 22004452 4500 =001 f005a28f-3b9c-44d3-a4aa-531a742b32b4 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20022002\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039437$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =041 0\$aeng$aspa =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLL$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a1KBB$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLS$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a1KBB$2thema =072 7$a1KLS$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =245 04$aThe European Revolutions of 1848 and the Americas /$cedited by Guy Thomson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2002. =264 \4$c©2002 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aThomson, Guy,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248153/53795/53795_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04173nam 22006972 4500 =001 4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646988$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781909646940$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646957$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908590862$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781909646964$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/1019.9781909646957$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD1$2bicssc =072 7$aBGR$2bicssc =072 7$aJFD$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBK$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh =072 7$aBIO014000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aKNTP2$2thema =072 7$a1DDU$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MPB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aOwens, Edward,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Family Firm :$bMonarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 /$cEdward Owens. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (444 pages): $b50 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Part 1: Setting the scene
1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina
2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts
Part 2: The family firm falters
3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation
4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war
Part 3: Royal renaissance
5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story
6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation
Conclusion
The Family Firm presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity.
This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII.
=536 \\$aRoyal Historical Society =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amedia =653 \\$apress =653 \\$abroadcast =653 \\$aroyalty =653 \\$abuckingham palace =653 \\$astrategy =653 \\$areputation =653 \\$aconnection =653 \\$afamily =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/1019.9781909646957$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273792/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03269nam 22004692 4500 =001 8e793201-7c65-4b3a-87a3-24bed30dd43c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572267$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ADF$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSB$2thema =072 7$a2ADF$2thema =100 1\$aManzini, Francesco,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Fevered Novel from Balzac to Bernanos: Frenetic Catholicism in Crisis, Delirium and Revolution /$cFrancesco Manzini. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource (264 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 2.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aAbbreviations and Textual Notes
Chronology
Bibliography
=520 \\$aThis book examines a corpus of frenetic novels – by Balzac, Barbey d'Aurevilly, Zola, Huysmans, Bloy and Bernanos – that foreground the motif of fever within a recurring masterplot: a pious young woman, just discovering her sexuality, finds herself torn between two father-figures, a doctor (typically a blood relative, often the biological father) and a priest (the spiritual father). She contracts a disease of uncertain origin, made manifest by a series of fevers that require interpretation in the light of contemporary religious, medical and literary discourses. Manzini traces the motifs of fever and frenzy back to Rousseau, the Gothic novel and Frenetic Romanticism, as well as forward to their recuperation within Surrealism, in order to produce an original history of Frenetic Catholicism in the age of realism.
Francesco Manzini is a Junior Research Fellow in French at Oriel College, Oxford, and author of Stendhal's Parallel Lives (2004). He has also published numerous articles on nineteenth-century French literature.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aFrench literature =653 \\$aRomanticism =653 \\$aMystique =653 \\$aReligiosity =653 \\$aCatholic orthodoxy =653 \\$aRealism =653 \\$aFoucault =653 \\$aHealth =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 2.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248178/53894/53894_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01399nam 22003612 4500 =001 a0c6a244-6e54-46d8-af4d-3795ab2c5946 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20042004\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039598$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPA$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPA$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 04$aThe Financing of Politics :$bLatin American and European Perspectives /$cedited by Carlos Malamud, Eduardo Posada-Carbo. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2004. =264 \4$c©2004 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMalamud, Carlos,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPosada-Carbo, Eduardo,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248113/53748/53748_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04323nam 22007452 4500 =001 5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702336$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781909646773$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646780$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908590657$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781909646933$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/fyax1274$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTM$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTS$2bicssc =072 7$aTRLT$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKS$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJ$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JF$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015090$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL011020$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW066000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037050$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.5.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.1.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTM$2thema =072 7$aNHTS$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-S$2thema =072 7$a1KJ$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3ML$2thema =072 7$a3MNB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aMullen, Stephen,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy :$bScotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 /$cStephen Mullen. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (340 pages): $b25 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.
The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aeconomy =653 \\$asugar =653 \\$aAtlantic trade =653 \\$aScotland =653 \\$aBritish Empire =653 \\$asea merchants =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/fyax1274$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/294361/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03936nam 22003732 4500 =001 cd7527e7-2862-4e02-8473-cab79fe92e90 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670581$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA$2bicssc =072 7$aHRKP4$2bicssc =072 7$aREL020000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aQRSL$2thema =245 04$aThe Impact of Rome on Cult Places and Religious Practices in Ancient Italy /$cedited by Tesse D. Stek, Gert-Jan Burgers. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 71.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis publication of the School of Advanced Study of the University of London is one of the outcomes of the Landscapes of Early Roman Colonization project and the Colonial Rural Networks project (NWO, Dr. T.D. Stek). The volume, edited by Tesse Stek and prof. Gert-Jan Burgers of the Free University Amsterdam, explores the role of religion in early Roman imperialism.
The impact of Roman imperialism and expansionism on religious life in the newly incorporated areas has often been regarded as minimal, following the axiom of Roman ‘religious tolerance’. However, literary and epigraphic evidence points at the political and ideological importance of cult sites especially in conflict situations. Moreover, incisive changes in religious practices as well as in the cult sites where these were performed, are documented archaeologically. The causality between Roman expansionism and these trends is much discussed, and the ‘religious Romanization’ of the conquered areas is currently a key debate.
This volume explores the development of religious practices and cult places in the areas of Italy that were conquered in the Republican period, and the role of Rome and its colonies in it. Rather than denying Roman impact and intentionality altogether, it assesses the potential influences of Roman expansionism on the sacred landscapes of ancient Italy in wide and variegated terms.
The studies brought together in this volume draw on different types of evidence and approaches, reflecting also the diversity of different national and disciplinary traditions and schools of thought that often have remained isolated in current debates. It presents important new evidence from the inland Italic areas, as well as synthetic discussions addressing key scholarly controversies, such as the agency of Roman magistrates and the role of Roman colonization in ritual change and votive practices. By focusing on the dynamic interaction between authorities, local communities and wider trends in Hellenistic societies, the volume opens new perspectives on religious change in Italy and its relationship to the rise of Rome.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aStek, Tesse D.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aBurgers, Gert-Jan,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 71.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/274150/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02124nam 22003972 4500 =001 7dc8b5c6-5832-49ed-9a50-8bbfad72de60 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19971997\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811151$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =041 0\$aeng$alat =072 7$aDNF$2bicssc =072 7$aHRC$2bicssc =072 7$aVXFA$2bicssc =072 7$aSCI004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDNL$2thema =072 7$aQRM$2thema =072 7$aVXFA$2thema =100 0\$aHugo of Santalla,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe "Liber Aristotilis" of Hugo of Santalla /$cHugo of Santalla; edited by Charles Burnett, David Pingree. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1997. =264 \4$c©1997 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis is a Latin translation made in the mid-12th century of a lost Arabic astrological text on nativities and anniversaries, probably by Masha'allah (762-c.815). The Latin text, the work of Hugo of Santalla, who was in the entourage of Michael, Bishop of Tarazona, in 1145, sheds light on the early stage of Arabic astrology in Baghdad, which was based on Greek and Middle Persian sources, and it includes a bibliography of these sources. This work provides English translations of the parallel passages based on Masha'allah's text - the "Book of Nativities" of Sahl b. Bishr. The book concludes with an index of the sources mentioned and a comprehensive word index. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBurnett, Charles,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPingree, David,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250752//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03886nam 22008172 4500 =001 4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477027$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477010$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781914477034$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507444$q(HTML) =024 7\$a10.14296/202202.9781914477034$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLC1$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLC$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKESL$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3H$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015020$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aARC010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.1.2.2.0.1.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHDJ$2thema =072 7$aJBFC$2thema =072 7$aJBSD$2thema =072 7$aKCVS$2thema =072 7$aRGCU$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-ESLF$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3KLW$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aBerry, Charlotte,$eauthor. =245 14$aThe Margins of Late Medieval London, 1430-1540 /$cCharlotte Berry. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (320 pages): $b23 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction Chapter One: Landscape and economy Chapter Two: Socio-spatial networks Chapter Three: Mobility Chapter Four: Controlling inclusion and exclusion Chapter Five: Reputation, marginalisation and space Conclusion Bibliography
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe Margins of Late Medieval London is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amiddle ages =653 \\$amarginality =653 \\$acapital city =653 \\$apoverty =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$aLondon poor =653 \\$abegging =653 \\$arefugees =653 \\$amedieval London =653 \\$adisease =653 \\$aprostitution =653 \\$asewage =653 \\$acountryside =653 \\$amigrant =653 \\$amigration =653 \\$aworkers =653 \\$alabour =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202202.9781914477034$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/301838/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03842nam 22005292 4500 =001 29e344b2-6fcf-4aff-8d0e-5e60e245e659 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590565$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPCB$2bicssc =072 7$a1DD$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI037000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDH$2thema =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$a1DD$2thema =072 7$a2ADL$2thema =245 04$aThe Marriage of Philology and Scepticism: Uncertainty and Conjecture in Early Modern Scholarship and Thought /$cedited by Gian Mario Cao, Anthony Grafton, Jill Kraye. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (256 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 21.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword
Sextus Empiricus, Child of the Marriage of Philology and Scepticisms
by Glen Most
Medieval Precedents for Sceptical Philology
by Jan M. Ziolkowski
The Other Philology: Resolving Doubts about Textual Meaning in Early Modern Law and Theology
by Ian Maclean
Divination: Towards the History of a Philological Term
by Anthony Grafton
Coping with Philological Doubt: Sixteenth-Century Approaches to the Text of Seneca
by Jill Kraye
Critical Method in Lambinus’s Lucretius: Collation and Interpolation
by David Butterfield
Philology and Scepticism: Early Modern Scholars at Work on the Text of the Bible
by Scott Mandelbrote
Freethinking, New Testament Textual Criticism and Censorship: Anthony Collins, Richard Bentley and the Index librorum prohibitorum
by Gian Mario Cao
Index
=520 \\$aThis volume, containing revised and expanded versions of eight papers originally presented at the workshop The Marriage of Philology and Scepticism: Uncertainty and Conjecture in Early Modern Scholarship and Thought held at the Warburg Institute in June 2012, addresses the question of uncertainty in early modern scholarship and thought. The eight papers confront an array of problems, texts, scholars and intellectual contexts, from introductory assessments of the nature of Greek scepticism, particularly in its relation to ancient grammar and medieval thought, to in-depth analyses of the semantic family of uncertainty, as well as of the notion of divination; from case studies of the textual transmission, and relevant editorial problems, of Seneca and Lucretius, to explorations of larger debates in the area of biblical philology, with special attention paid to key figures such as Patrick Young, Richard Bentley and Anthony Collins.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aphilology =653 \\$ascepticism =653 \\$aphilosophy =653 \\$aSeneca =653 \\$aLucretius =653 \\$abiblical philology =653 \\$aancient thought =653 \\$amedieval thought =700 1\$aCao, Gian Mario,$eeditor. =700 1\$aGrafton, Anthony,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKraye, Jill,$eeditor.$uThe Warburg Institute, University of London. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 21.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273994/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04398nam 22005292 4500 =001 a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670901$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670932$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781905670949$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/121.9781905670932$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aHPC$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHA$2thema =072 7$a3KB$2thema =245 00$aThemes in Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic Philosophy :$bKeeling Lectures 2011-18 /$cedited by Fiona Leigh. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (262 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 9.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction, Margaret Hampson and Fiona Leigh
1. Lesley Brown, ‘Agreement, Contracts and Promises in Plato’
2. Gail Fine, ‘Epistêmê and Doxa, Knowledge and Belief, in the Phaedo'
3. David Sedley, ‘Socrates’ Second Voyage (Plato, Phaedo 99d-102a)’
4. Anthony Long, ‘Politics and Divinity in Plato’s Republic: The Form of the Good’
5. Gábor Betegh, ‘The Ingredients of the Soul in Plato’s Timaeus’
6. Dorothea Frede, ‘Aristotle on the Importance of Rules, Laws, and Institutions in Ethics’
7. Gisela Striker, ‘Mental Health and Moral Health: Moral Progress in Seneca's Letters’
8. Malcolm Schofield, ‘Debate or Guidance? Cicero on Philosophy’
9. Susanne Bobzien, ‘Frege Plagiarised the Stoics’
Bibliography
Index Locorum
Subject Index
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa and epistêmê in the Phaedo to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aphilosophy =653 \\$aFrege =653 \\$aStoics =653 \\$aPlato =653 \\$aethics =653 \\$aPhaedo =700 1\$aLeigh, Fiona,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 9.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/121.9781905670932$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/284715/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03860nam 22005772 4500 =001 5d3374db-c35a-40e8-824c-8eafd2e49994 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477416$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHDDK$2bicssc =072 7$aHDA$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAG$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aARC005020$2bisacsh =072 7$aART015060$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.7.3.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNKDS$2thema =072 7$aNKX$2thema =072 7$a1QBAG$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =072 7$a3CT-DE-A$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =100 1\$aHiggs, Peter,$eauthor.$uThe British Museum. =245 14$aThe Metopes of the Temple of Apollo Epikourios at Bassai :$bNew Discoveries and Interpretations /$cPeter Higgs. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b287 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 80.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aMethod summary Introduction
Part I The discovery of the sculptures from the temple and early publications
Part II Previous scholarship on the composition and subject matter of the metopes the late nineteenth century to the present day
Part III Catalogue of sculpture fragments and drawings of the metopes Part IV Interpretation and evaluation
Bibliography
This major book brings together for the first time all of the fragments of sculpture which formed the metopes from the Temple of Apollo at Bassai. Recent research by the author and colleagues has yielded fresh discoveries in the British Museum, Athens and at the ancient site itself. Further sculptural fragments have been added to this marble jigsaw puzzle, making new joins possible and connections viable, which has greatly enhanced knowledge about the appearance and subject matter of the metopes from this famous temple. The interior frieze of the temple is much better known among scholars and the general public, but the metopes have been neglected with only one full publication including an analysis of the fragments of sculpture as part of a broader text.
The first section of the book deals with the discovery of the temple, previous scholarship, and introduces some significant and exciting new archival material never published before. The body of the book is made up of a catalogue of all fragments from the metopes, followed by a series of early drawings and artistic interpretations. The final part discusses possible subject matter, placing the sculptures into a wider artistic, cultural and social context. The book is illustrated extensively with new photographs of all the sculptures, early drawings and original reconstruction drawings.
Francesco Iacono
Beyond those sherds. ‘Aegean’ interaction and central Mediterranean societies in the Middle and Late Bronze age
Vassilis Aravantinos
New discoveries at Mycenaean Thebes
James C. Wright
Iconography and agency in the Mycenaean era
Peter Tomkins
Making p(a)laces, marking differences: the ‘Prepalatial’ origins of the Minoan Palaces (3600–2000 bc)
Dimitri Nakassis
‘Digital Nestor’: Aegean scripts in the twenty-first century
Birgitta Eder
Rise and fall of an early Mycenaean site: Kakovatos in Triphylia
Georgia Flouda
Digging up the past: the Minoan site of Apesokari in the Mesara
This annual publication contains summaries of the Mycenaean Seminar convened by the Institute of Classical Studies. The seminar series has been running since the 1950s, when it focused largely on the exciting new research enabled by the decipherment of Linear B. The series has now evolved to cover Aegean Prehistory in general, and is well known among subject specialists throughout the world. Taken together, the summaries provide a rich resource for Aegean Prehistory, and often provide the only citable instance of new research projects, until their fuller publication becomes possible.
The summaries of the seminars have been published as part of BICS since 1963. Starting with this volume, the 2015–16 series, the Mycenaean summaries will be published separately online, retaining their original character and their close connection with BICS, and becoming far more widely available as Open Access publications via the Humanities Digital Library.
This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1986.
The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
Introduction: Crime and forced displacement in Latin America David James Cantor and Nicolás Rodríguez Serna 1. The evolution of crime and violence in Latin America and the Caribbean Steven Dudley 2. Gangs in Central America’s Northern Triangle: narratives and journeys Ámparo Marroquín Parducci 3. Gang violence as a cause of forced migration in the Northern Triangle of Central America David James Cantor 4. Internal displacement in Mexico: the debate on concepts, statistics and State responsibility Laura Rubio Díaz Leal 5. Post-demobilisation groups and forced displacement in Colombia: a quantitative approach Gabriel Rojas Andrade 6. A silenced exodus: intra-urban displacement in Medellín Beatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica 7. The displaced as victims of organised crime: Mexico and Colombia compared Nicolás Rodríguez Serna and Jean-François Durieux 8. Persecution, politics and protection in the United States: finding refuge from organised crime in the Americas Sarnata Reynolds
International protection of persons displaced by organised crime: Latin American legal and policy frameworks David James Cantor
1. Vacillating between empathy and contempt: the Indian judiciary and LGBT rights Arvind Narrain 2. Expanded criminalisation of consensual same-sex relations in Africa: contextualising the recent developments Adrian Jjuuko and Monica Tabengwa 3. Policing borders and sexual/gender identities: queer refugees in the years of Canadian neoliberalism and homonationalism Gary Kinsman 4. Queer affirmations: negotiating the possibilities and limits of sexual citizenship in St Lucia Amar Wahab 5. Violence and LGBT human rights in Guyana Pere DeRoy with Namela Henry 6. Cultural discourse in Africa and the promise of human rights based on non-normative sexuality and/or gender expression: exploring the intersections, challenges and opportunities Monica Mbaru, Monica Tabengwa and Kim Vance 7. Haven or precarity: the mental health of LGBT asylum seekers and refugees in Canada Nick J. Mulé and Kathleen Gamble 8. The rise of SOGI: human rights for LGBT people at the United Nations Kim Vance, Nick J. Mulé, Maryam Khan and Cameron McKenzie 9. Resistance to criminalisation and social movement organizing to advance LGBT rights in Belize Caleb Orozco 10. The multifaceted struggle against the Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda Adrian Jjuuko and Fridah Mutesi 11. Emergent momentum for equality: LGBT visibility and organising in Kenya Jane Wothaya Thirikwa 12. Kuchu resilience and resistance in Uganda: a history Richard Lusimbo and Austin Bryan 13. Gender theatre: the politics of exclusion and belonging in Kenya Guillit Amakobe, Kat Dearham and Po Likimani 14. Telling our stories: envisioning participatory documentary Nancy Nicol Appendix: Envisioning Documentary Films
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aEnvisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology.
The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future.
With contributions from Edward Bispham, Guy Bradley, Alison E. Cooley, Fay Glinister, Valerie Hope, Mark Pobjoy and Benet Salway.
The Epigraphic Landscape presents a series of case-studies in which a new generation of scholars examines the significance of interpreting inscriptions in terms of their topographical context and physical appearance.
Some chapters focus on a genre of inscription – honorific building and funerary – whilst others discuss a single text such as the Rapino Bronze and the album of Canusium. This approach reveals the contribution of inscribed monuments to the transformation of towns and countryside and the impact of Rome on the landscape of the rest of Italy.
The integration of epigraphic literary archaeological and topographical sources suggests new ways of looking at Roman colonization in Umbria. The transformation of the epigraphic landscape of its surrounding region challenges current views on the date of Lavinium’s decline. Similar inscriptions from Puteoli provide a starting-point for exploring the activities of the super-élite of Campania.
By trying to reconstruct the motivations behind inscriptions several contributors reveal the subjectivity of these texts – such as the factors governing the appearance of gladiators’ tombstones – and warn against adopting too literal an interpretation of these sources even if inscribed in stone.
Preface (pp. ix–x)
Introduction (pp. xi–xiv)
Foreword: Some Personal Memories of Ernst Kitzinger (pp. xv–xx)
by Hans Belting
I. Biography
A Scholar in his Study: Memories of Ernst Kitzinger at Work (pp. 3–13)
by Rachel Kitzinger
Ernst in England (pp. 14–37)
by John Mitchell
From London to the Antipodes: The Peregrinations of Ernst Kitzinger, and the Age of ‘Transformation’ (pp. 39–66)
by Felicity Harley-McGowan
‘Cordially, E.K.’: Ernst Kitzinger and Teaching at Dumbarton Oaks (pp. 67–90)
by Rebecca Corrie
Ernst Kitzinger’s Teaching at Harvard: A Style of Teaching, Teaching Style (pp. 91–101)
by Eunice Dauterman Maguire
II. Methods of Scholarship
Ernst Kitzinger and Style (pp. 105–111)
by Henry Maguire
Ernst Kitzinger’s Contribution to Scholarship on the Art of Western Europe (pp. 113–125)
by Lawrence Nees
Ernst Kitzinger’s Contribution to the Study of Norman Mosaics in Sicily (pp. 127–142)
by Beat Brenk
Ernst Kitzinger and the Invention of Byzantine Iconoclasm (pp. 143–152
by Leslie Brubaker
Appendix. A Memo written by Ernst Kitzinger in June 1941, on his way from Australia to England on board the ‘Themistocles’
transcribed by Tony Kitzinger
Index
of Names
The essays collected in this volume publish the proceedings of a colloquium held at the Warburg Institute in January 2013 to mark the 100th anniversary of the birth of Ernst Kitzinger. His work has been, and still is, fundamentally influential on the present-day discipline of art history in a wide range of topics. The first half of the book is primarily biographical, with papers covering his extraordinary career, which began in Germany, Italy and England in the tumultuous years preceding World War II, before leading to internment in Australia and, eventually, to America. The second half of the book is devoted to assessments of Kitzinger’s scholarship, including his concern with the theory of style, with the early medieval art of Britain and continental Europe, with the art of Norman Sicily and with the sources and impact of iconoclasm.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$astyle =653 \\$aart history =653 \\$amedieval art =653 \\$ahistorian =653 \\$abiography =700 1\$aHarley-McGowan, Felicity,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMaguire, Henry,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 18.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256076//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03565nam 22005052 4500 =001 1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670444$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670789$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/917.9781905670789$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aDSC$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aDSC$2thema =245 00$aErôs and the Polis: love in context /$cedited by Ed Sanders. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (103 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 2.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aEd Sanders ‘Erôs and the polis’: an introduction
James Davidson Politics, poetics, and erôs in archaic poetry
Nick Fisher Erotic charis: what sorts of reciprocity?
Dimitra Kokkini The rejection of erotic passion by Euripides’ Hippolytos
Stavroula Kiritsi Erôs in Menander: three studies in male character
Arising out of a conference on ‘Erôs in Ancient Greece’, the articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs in the context of the polis, in the Archaic and Classical periods of ancient Greece.
The articles focus on (post-Homeric) Archaic and Classical poetic genres – namely lyric poetry, tragedy, and comedy – and some philosophical texts by Plato, Xenophon, and Aristotle.
They pursue a variety of issues, including: the connection between homosexual erôs and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms (aristocratic homosexuality, chastity); the roles of sôphrosynê (self-control) and akrasia (incontinence) in erotic relationships; and the connection between erôs and other socially important emotions such as charis, philia, and storgê.
The exploration of such issues from a variety of standpoints, and through a range of texts, allows us to place erôs as an emotion in its socio-political context.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$asexuality =653 \\$agender =653 \\$asocial convention =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aancient Greece =653 \\$asocio-political =700 1\$aSanders, Ed,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 2.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/917.9781905670789$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275724/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03897nam 22005292 4500 =001 e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702718$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912702701$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781914477546$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702732$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/0620.9781912702701$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJD$2bicssc =072 7$aHR$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$aREL015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHD$2thema =072 7$aQR$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =245 00$aEuropean Religious Cultures :$bEssays offered to Christopher Brooke on the occasion of his eightieth birthday /$cedited by Miri Rubin. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (168 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aI. The study of religious cultures
II. Life-cycle and vocation
III. Performance and ritual
Epilogue, Christopher Brooke
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aEuropean Religious Cultures is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career.
First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin.
This volume reflects on the first administration of Evo Morales and his party, the Movimiento al Socialismo (MAS), the history of the movement, and Bolivian politics and society under the MAS since 2005. Morales has been widely touted as the first indigenous leader of a South American country since the European Conquest. The book originated in a November 2009 symposium, held when Bolivia's presidential elections were imminent, with the support of the Bolivia Information Forum at the Institute of the Americas (ISA) in London. It includes chapters from contributors to the symposium and additional essays commissioned from other leading experts. Contents 1. The Historical Background to the Rise of the Movimiento al Socialismo, 1952-2005 2. Towards a ""Traditional Party""? Internal Organisation and Change in the MAS in Bolivia 3. Bolivia's New Constitution and Its Implications 4. Electoral Validation for Morales and the MAS (1999-2010) 5. The Bolivianisation of Washington-La Paz Relations: Evo Morales' Foreign Policy in Historical Context 6.
Pachakuti in Bolivia, 2008-10: A Personal Diary Contributors include Herbert Klein (Columbia University and Center for Latin American Studies, Stanford University), Sven Harten (International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group), Willem Assies (Wageningen University, the Netherlands), John Crabtree (Latin American Centre, Oxford University), Martin Sivak (author of four books about contemporary Bolivia), and James Dunkerley (Queen Mary, University of London).
From Caria to English country houses and iconography to architectural reconstruction, over the past 40 years Geoffrey Waywell has transformed our understanding of Greek sculpture and opened the way for new generations of scholars.
In this volume, a celebration of his career on the occasion of his retirement, past and present students, friends and colleagues explore ideas, monuments and regions which reflect the great breadth of his research interests.
Essays range from iconographical studies of Myron's Discobolos, to the reconstruction of the Mausoleum of Halicarnassus, an exploration of the role of attribution, and a celebration of one of the works saved for the nation on Geoffrey Waywell's advice, the Jennings dog now in the British Museum.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMacfarlane, Fiona C.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMorgan, Catherine,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 49.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250798//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01194nam 22003132 4500 =001 f1aa4981-89f1-46e8-9636-1f3b5f5a493e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19961996\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781871348323$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHRCX1$2bicssc =072 7$aREL108030$2bisacsh =072 7$aQRM$2thema =072 7$aQRVS1$2thema =100 1\$aNeve, John Le,$eauthor. =245 10$aFasti Ecclesiae Anglicanae, 1541-1857: Bristol, Gloucester, Oxford and Peterborough Dioceses v. 8 /$cJohn Le Neve; edited by Joyce M. Horn. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1996. =264 \4$c©1996 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHorn, Joyce M.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01189nam 22003132 4500 =001 c591d6d7-9093-4625-93e5-7e74241fd2d7 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19921992\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781871348125$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHRCX1$2bicssc =072 7$aREL108030$2bisacsh =072 7$aQRM$2thema =072 7$aQRVS1$2thema =100 1\$aNeve, John Le,$eauthor. =245 10$aFasti Ecclesiae Anglicanae, 1541-1857: Ely, Norwich, Westminster and Worcester Dioceses v. 7 /$cJohn Le Neve; edited by Joyce M. Horn. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1992. =264 \4$c©1992 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHorn, Joyce M.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01422nam 22003852 4500 =001 79d94218-a25a-4db3-9c71-1d4801731ab8 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039802$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aKNSP$2bicssc =072 7$aJHB$2bicssc =072 7$aWSJA$2bicssc =072 7$a1K$2bicssc =072 7$aSPO040000$2bisacsh =072 7$aKNS$2thema =072 7$aJHB$2thema =072 7$aSFBC$2thema =072 7$a1K$2thema =245 00$aFootball in the Americas :$bFayTbol, Futebol, Soccer /$cedited by Rory M. Miller, Liz Crolley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aMiller, Rory M.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aCrolley, Liz,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248119/53743/53743_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02640nam 22003972 4500 =001 7e00df4a-cc27-4281-88d1-0f6c37312233 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590459$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aDB$2thema =245 00$aFourteenth-Century Classicism: Petrarch and Bernat Metge /$cedited by Lluis Cabre, Alejandro Coroleu, Jill Kraye. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 13.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe papers in this volume study the early influence of Petrarch in France and in the Crown of Aragon. They focus, in particular, on Bernat Metge (c. 1348–1413), a prominent member of the Aragonese Royal Chancery, who produced a Catalan adaptation of Petrarch’s Griseldis (from Seniles, XVII, 3–4) around 1388, making a Latin work of Petrarch available for the first time in the Iberian Peninsula. Moreover, Metge’s fragmentary Apology(1395?) and his Dream (1399) reveal familiarity with Petrarch’sSecretum, Familiares and possibly De remediis. His fine imitation of Petrarchan models and his interest in classical literature put Metge on a par with contemporaneous writers elsewhere in Europe. This book aims to introduce a wider readership to an aspect of the dissemination of Petrarch’s Latin writings which has so far received little attention and also to shed light on the cultural relations between France and the Crown of Aragon in the late fourteenth- and early fifteenth centuries.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aCabre, Lluis,$eeditor. =700 1\$aCoroleu, Alejandro,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKraye, Jill,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 13.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250703//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01370nam 22003612 4500 =001 d0ddedfb-f5a8-4a9f-a499-775c2f7629f8 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780956754905$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLC$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KLC$2thema =245 00$aFractured Politics :$bPeruvian Democracy Past and Present /$cedited by John Crabtree. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aCrabtree, John,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248109/53749/53749_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01951nam 22004572 4500 =001 6f0f7df8-6d9a-45cf-9370-5222a7aab0d1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039543$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTR$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSV$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =072 7$aNHTR$2thema =072 7$a1KLSV$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =245 00$aFrancisco De Miranda :$bExile and Enlightenment /$cedited by John Maher. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aFrancisco de Miranda: Introduction
1 Francisco de Miranda and the United States: The Venezuelan Precursor and the Precursor Republic; David Bushnell
2 Francisco de Miranda: The London Years; John Lynch
3 Miranda and Music; Edgardo Mondolfi Gudat
4 Some Reflections on Miranda as Soldier; Malcolm Deas
5 Love in the Time of Liberation: Francisco de Miranda's Relationships with Women; Karen Racine
Prologue: Imagining Ben 1. Preface: Freedom-seekers in Restoration London 2. The black presence in London 3. London 4. Newspapers 5. London’s freedom-seekers 6. Jack: Boys 7. Francisco/Bugge: South Asians 8. “A black Girl” and “an Indian black girl”: Female freedom-seekers 9. Caesar: Country Marks 10. Benjamin: Branded 11. Pompey: Shackled 12. Quoshey: Escaping from ships and their captains 13. Goude: Thames-side maritime communities 14. Quamy: Mercants, bankers, printers and coffee houses 15. David Sugarr and Henry Mundy: Escaping from colonial planters in London 16. Calib and “a Madagascar Negro”: Freedom-seekers in the London suburbs and beyond 17. “A Black Boy”: London’s connected community of slave-ownership 18. Freedom seekers and the law in England’s American and Caribbean colonies 19. London precedents in New World contexts: the runaway advertisement in the colonies Epilogue: King
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aJoint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.
In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.
The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aslavery =653 \\$aBritain =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$acolonial Britain =653 \\$aSamuel Pepys =653 \\$aslave-owners =653 \\$aslavery in Britain =653 \\$aRestoration Britain =653 \\$aRestoration London =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$aslavery in London =653 \\$aAldgate =653 \\$aWhitechapel =653 \\$acoffee shops =653 \\$aslave trade =653 \\$atransatlantic slave trade =653 \\$arunaway slaves =653 \\$afreemen =653 \\$aAfrica =653 \\$agold =653 \\$asugar =653 \\$aplantation =653 \\$acolonial America =653 \\$aThomas Jefferson =653 \\$aJamaica =653 \\$aBarbados =653 \\$anewspapers =653 \\$amedia history =653 \\$aslave advertisment =653 \\$aslave recapture =653 \\$afreedom =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/202202.9781912702947$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/306528/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03118nam 22004572 4500 =001 24da9578-2ea4-4a67-8a53-374a68db6644 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572250$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSB$2bicssc =072 7$a2ACG$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSB$2thema =072 7$a2ACG$2thema =100 1\$aHilliard, K. F.,$eauthor. =245 10$aFreethinkers, Libertines and 'Schwärmer': Heterodoxy in German Literature, 1750-1800 /$cK. F. Hilliard. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource (292 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 1.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aAbbreviations and Textual Notes
Appendix: Chronological list of titles
Bibliography
=520 \\$aReligion mattered in the eighteenth century and has not ceased to matter since. How German writers responded to the crisis of orthodox forms of belief in the period is a matter of abiding interest. Some remained rooted in orthodoxy. Many others rejected it, often without knowing for certain what they wished to put in its place. Experimenting with alternatives in the imaginative medium of literature was one way of trying to find out. The alternatives were embodied in three main heterodox types: the philosophical freethinker, the libertine, and the Schwärmer, or heretic and dissenter. This book traces the genealogy of these types in the polemical debates of the long eighteenth century and discusses how they were used in literature, analysing works by Klopstock, Lessing, Wieland, Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin and Novalis, among others. Not only what they wrote, but how they wrote was shaped by the demands of the historical moment. Heterodoxy thus became a determining influence on the development of German literature in the period.
K.F. Hilliard is Fellow and Tutor in German at St Peter's College, Oxford. He has published widely on eighteenth-century German literature.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aJohann Wolfgang Goethe =653 \\$aFriedrich Schiller =653 \\$aMelancholy =653 \\$aReligiosität =653 \\$aGerman Theology =653 \\$aOrthodoxy =653 \\$aGerman Philosophy =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aimlr books ;$vvol. 1.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248177/53892/53892_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03414nam 22004212 4500 =001 2e8cbb17-a124-4940-9cc9-aade732b2e09 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572403$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBH5$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBH5$2thema =100 1\$aHollis-Touré, Isabel,$eauthor. =245 10$aFrom North Africa to France: Family Migration in Text and Film /$cIsabel Hollis-Touré. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (164 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aimlr books ;$vvol. 9.$x2632-9573$x2632-9573 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Abbreviations and Textual Notes Introduction: Immigration and Belonging in France
1 Documenting Displacement La traversée
Mémoires d’immigrés: l’héritage maghrébin
Representing the ‘Third Space’
2 Metamorphoses in Migration
Mémoires d’immigrés: l’héritage maghrébin
Cannibales and Ce pays dont je meurs
Du rêve pour les oufs
3 Gendered Spaces in Migration
Inch’Allah Dimanche
Ce pays dont je meurs
4 Negotiating Hospitality
La Graine et le mulet
Ce pays dont je meurs
Caché
Conclusion
Bibliography
=520 \\$aOver the past four decades immigration to France from the Francophone countries of North Africa (Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia) has changed in character. For much of the twentieth century, migrants who crossed the Mediterranean to France were men seeking work, who frequently undertook manual labour, working long hours in difficult conditions. Recent decades have seen an increase in family reunification - the arrival of women and children from North Africa, either accompanying their husbands or joining them in France. Contemporary creative representations of migration are shaped by this shift in gender and generation from a solitary, mostly male experience to one that included women and children. Just as the shift made new demands of the 'host' society, it made new demands of authors and filmmakers as they seek to represent migration. This study reveals how text and film present new ways of thinking about migration, moving away from the configuration of the migrant as man and worker, to take into account women, children, and the ties between.
Isabel Hollis-Touré is a Research Fellow at Queen's University Belfast. She has published widely on North African migration to France.
Contents
Introduction
1 Fatherhood in late Lombard Italy
Ross Balzaretti
2 Anger, emotion and a biography of William the Conqueror
David Bates
3 ‘Anglo-Saxon Chronicle(s)’ or ‘Old English Royal Annals’?
Nicholas Brooks
4 The tale of Queen Ælfthryth in William of Malmesbury’s Gesta Regum Anglorum
Kirsten A. Fenton
5 Women, children and the profits of war John Gillingham
Charles Insley
7 Nest of Deheubarth: reading female power in the historiography of Wales
Susan M. Johns
8 Carolingian rulers and marriage in the age of Louis the Pious and his sons
Sylvie Joye
9 The cult of King Edward the Martyr during the reign of King Æthelred the Unready
Simon Keynes
10 Consors regni: a problem of gender? The consortium between Amalasuntha and Theodahad in 534
Cristina La Rocca
11 ‘Public’ aspects of lordly women’s domestic activities in France, c.1050–1200
Kimberly A. LoPrete
12 Property rights in Anglo-Saxon wills: a synoptic view
Julie Mumby
13 ‘Hunnish scenes’/Frankish scenes: a case of history that stands still?
Janet L. Nelson
14 Assembly government and assembly law Susan Reynolds
Professor Pauline Stafford’s publications in chronological order, excluding reviews
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aFatherhood =653 \\$aMedieval England =653 \\$aAnglo-Saxon history =653 \\$aEarly Medieval France =653 \\$aOstrogothic kingdoms =653 \\$aQueenship =700 1\$aReynolds, Susan,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0009000550155443$1https://orcid.org/0009-0005-5015-5443 =700 1\$aJohns, Susan M.,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/117.9771909646469$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/256130//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05812nam 22005532 4500 =001 ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781915249166$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781915249159$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781915249197$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249661$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781915249173$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/cwfb4352$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTB$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSJ$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC032000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTB$2thema =072 7$aJBSF$2thema =245 00$aGender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 /$cedited by Hannah Parker, Josh Doble. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2023. =264 \4$c©2023 =300 \\$a1 online resource (304 pages): $b1 illustration. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aThis collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.
The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$asexuality =653 \\$apower relations =653 \\$aclass =653 \\$ahistory of emotions =653 \\$asubjectivity =653 \\$asocial identities =653 \\$aintersectionality =700 1\$aParker, Hannah,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000179800825$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7980-0825 =700 1\$aDoble, Josh,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.$0(orcid)0000000270710310$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7071-0310 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/cwfb4352$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/332689/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04877nam 22005652 4500 =001 315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646841$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646858$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781909646865$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/119.9781909646858$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLC1$2bicssc =072 7$a3H$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015010$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015020$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHDJ$2thema =072 7$a3KL$2thema =245 00$aGender in medieval places, spaces and thresholds /$cedited by Victoria Blud, Diane Heath, Einat Klafter. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (283 pages): $b22 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword. The Virgin of Bethlehem, gender and space
Anthony Bale Introduction Victoria Blud, Diane Heath and Einat Klafter I. Sacred space1. Religious women in the landscape: their roles in medieval Canterbury and its hinterland Sheila Sweetinburgh 2. Space and place: archaeologies of female monasticism in later medieval Ireland Tracy Collins 3. Making space for leprous nuns: Matthew Paris and the foundation of St. Mary de Pré, St. Albans Philippa Byrne 4. On the threshold? The role of women in Lincolnshire’s late medieval parish guilds Claire Kennan 5. Beyond the sea: medieval mystic space and early modern convents in exile Victoria Blud II. Going places 6. Men on pilgrimage – women adrift: thoughts on gender in sea narratives from early medieval Ireland Eivor Bekkhus 7. ‘Yfallen out of heigh degree’: Chaucer’s Monk and crises of liminal masculinities Martin Laidlaw 8. The feminine mystic: Margery Kempe’s pilgrimage to Rome as an imitatio Birgittae Einat Klafter III. A woman’s place? 9. ‘Unbynde her anoone’: The Lives of St. Margaret of Antioch and the lying-in space in late medieval England Róisín Donohoe 10. Gendered spaces and female filth: Auda Fabri’s mystical heresy Kathryn Loveridge 11. Shopping or scrimping? The contested space of the household in Middle English devotional literature Louise Campion 12. Tombscape: the tomb of Lady Joan de Mohun in the crypt of Canterbury cathedral Diane Heath IV. Watch this space! 13. Women’s visibility and the ‘vocal gaze’ at windows, doors and gates in vitae from the thirteenth-century Low Countries Hannah Shepherd 14. Women in the medieval wall paintings of Canterbury cathedral Jayne Wackett 15. Commanding un-empty space: silence, stillness and scopic authority in the York Christ before Herod Daisy Black Afterword Leonie V. Hicks Index
This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$agender =653 \\$amedieval history =653 \\$aspace =653 \\$aspatial studies =653 \\$aplace =653 \\$awomen =653 \\$adomestic history =653 \\$apublic history =700 1\$aBlud, Victoria,$eeditor. =700 1\$aHeath, Diane,$eeditor. =700 1\$aKlafter, Einat,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/119.9781909646858$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/261177//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03828nam 22007812 4500 =001 a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781914477065$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781914477058$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781914477072$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908590879$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781914477089$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2204.9781914477072$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aJHBF$2bicssc =072 7$a3JF$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015050$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC046000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037050$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$aJBFV1$2thema =072 7$a3ML$2thema =100 1\$aFox, Sarah,$eauthor. =245 10$aGiving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England /$cSarah Fox. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2022. =264 \4$c©2022 =300 \\$a1 online resource (250 pages): $b4 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Birth and the Body
Birth in the Household
Food and Birth
The Birth Family
Birth in the Community
Conclusion
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening through to confinement, giving caudle, delivery and lying-in, birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$abirth =653 \\$agiving birth =653 \\$achildbirth =653 \\$achildren =653 \\$acommunity =653 \\$apregnancy =653 \\$ahistory of pregnancy =653 \\$aEngland =653 \\$amotherhood =653 \\$ahistory of motherhood =653 \\$amother-in-law =653 \\$afatherhood =653 \\$afamily life =653 \\$afamily in 18th century =653 \\$a18th-century England =653 \\$acaudle =653 \\$alying-in =653 \\$arest after birth =653 \\$abirthing linen =653 \\$aclothes for pregnant women =653 \\$apregnancy in 18th century =653 \\$amothers in 18th century =653 \\$amenstruation in 18th century =653 \\$afamily relationships =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/2204.9781914477072$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/305915/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01273nam 22003252 4500 =001 8d04f365-1cb1-4fa8-9ddf-6eba7bb3f9ff =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039567$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aRN$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aRN$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aGlobal Impact, Local Action :$bNew Environmental Policy in Latin America /$cedited by Anthony Hall. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHall, Anthony,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248111/53753/53753_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01182nam 22003372 4500 =001 fc45c929-5aad-48fa-91bf-81a42d3adf2f =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19981998\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039222$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPL$2bicssc =072 7$aJPHF$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLCM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL008000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPL$2thema =072 7$aJPHF$2thema =072 7$a1KLCM$2thema =245 00$aGoverning Mexico :$bPolitical Parties and Elections /$cedited by Monica Serrano. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1998. =264 \4$c©1998 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aSerrano, Monica,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03391nam 22004332 4500 =001 1e0fe768-a220-4b4b-8ed6-8b2ab865093c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670000$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSG$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSG$2thema =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =245 00$aGreek Drama III: Essays in Honour of Kevin Lee (BICS Supplement 87) /$cedited by John Davison, Frances Muecke, Peter Wilson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 23.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis volume vividly demonstrates the richness and wide scope of contemporary engagement with Greek drama in scholarship and performance.
Key studies of the interaction between performance, politics and society range from the detection of Sophocles' infiltration of the culture through different kinds of evidence B not a linear narrative but a 'mosaic' B to modern performance in South Africa. Gender issues explored include Euripides' interest in female experience, especially the subjection of young women to male violence, and a study of representations in tragedy of homosexuality and pederasty.The role of drama, both tragedy and comedy, in the creation of Athenian identity includes a review of the way that dramatists used the Trojan War to comment on current events and how drama could be used to interrogate both pre- and anti-democratic forms of authority. Aspects of tragic language and of comic performance are explored.
The papers in this collection are revised versions of a selection of papers delivered at the Greek Drama III conference held at the University of Sydney in 2002. The conference was the third in a series the first being held in Sydney in 1982 and the second in Christchurch in 1992. The papers are dedicated to the memory of Kevin Lee.
The volume has contributions from P. E. Easterling, Margalit Finkelberg, J. H. Kim On Chong-Gossard, Jennifer Clarke Kosak, Ruth Scodel, Barbara Kowalzig, Sheila Murnaghan, Justina Gregory, Seth L. Schein, J. R. Green, Neil O'Sullivan, Ian C. Storey, Peter Wilson, C. W. Marshall, Thomas K. Hubbard, David Rosenbloom, Haijo Jan Westra and Betine van Zyl Smit.
1. INTRODUCTION
2. THE STATUES
3. HEADS AND OTHER FRAGMENTS
4. THE CASTING TECHNIQUES RECONSIDERED
5. CROSSING LINES BETWEEN STYLE AND TECHNIQUE
6. CONCLUSIONS
This book presents a new study of Greek large-scale bronze statuary of the late Archaic and Classical periods. It examines the discovery, origin, style, date, artistic attribution, identification, and interpretation of the surviving bronzes, and focuses in particular on their technical features and casting techniques. It contains over 170 plates of photographs and drawings to illustrate its discussion.
It also places the development of the casting techniques in connection with the stylistic evolution in Greek free-standing sculpture. During the Classical period, artists preferred bronze to marble when creating their contrapposto figures. Indisputably, bronze gave particular freedom to artists in creating three-dimensional figures. In addition, the evolution in style encouraged the development of the uses of bronze to serve the new needs and tendencies in sculpture during the late Archaic and especially the Classical period. Through the examination of how technical matters affect style, this book presents fresh interpretations of these important monuments of Greek art and offers a new approach in the field of Greek free-standing bronze sculpture.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$asculpture =653 \\$abronzes =653 \\$aattribution =653 \\$astatues =653 \\$aarchaic =653 \\$aclassical =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 76.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/272390/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02840nam 22003372 4500 =001 c9ef9692-919c-4fc2-814b-0c23cbdfa8f5 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670079$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHP$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQD$2thema =245 00$aGreek & Roman Philosophy 100 BC-200 AD. Volumes 1-2 (BICS Supplement 94.1-2) /$cedited by Richard Sorabji. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 30.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aBetween 100 BC and 200 AD Rome took up the ongoing philosophy of the Greeks. The extraordinary wealth of ideas is reflected in the four main schools, Platonists, Aristotelians, Stoics and Epicureans, while there are also Pythagoreans who blend with the Platonists there are Pyrrhonian sceptics and there are Cynics who cannot easily be called a school. Then there are the individuals who call for separate treatment. These include Cicero Philo of Alexandria – a commentator on the books of Moses in the Old Testament – and two of the West’s greatest-ever scientists, Ptolemy in astronomy and Galen in medicine.There were major new developments in all the schools but despite its importance the large number of schools and individuals has itself helped make this the least accessible period of Western ancient philosophy. So has the very large volume of texts available.These two volumes now provide the first overall guide to the developments of this key period in Western philosophy. The volumes include detailed analysis of individuals and schools as well as surviving texts.
It provides an essential overview for all interested in the philosophy of the past and of our own times.
Greek & Roman philosophy 100 BC – 200 AD is based on the work of the major international conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies in London in 2004
List of Plates, Figures and Tables
List of Abbreviations
Contributors
Preface by Stephen Freeth
1 Introduction
Ian Anders Gadd and Patrick Wallis
2 The Livery Companies and Charity in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries
Ian W. Archer
3 Early Modern Printed Histories of the London Livery Companies 29 Ian Anders Gadd
4 The Adventures of Dick Whittington and the Social Construction of Elizabethan London
James Robertson
5 Governors and Governed: The Practice of Power in the Merchant Taylors’ Company in the Fifteenth Century
Matthew Davies
6 Controlling Commodities: Search and Reconciliation in the Early Modern Livery Companies
Patrick Wallis
7 The Pewterers’ Company’s Country Searches and the Company’s Regulation of Prices
Ronald F. Homer
8 Search, Immigration and the Goldsmiths’ Company: A Study in the Decline of its Powers
John Forbes
9 Informality and Influence: The Overseas Merchant and the Livery Companies, 1660–1720
Perry Gauci
10 The Shaping of a Family Trade: The Cordwainers’ Company in Eighteenth-Century London
Giorgio Riello
RESPONSES:
11 Guildwork
Mark Jenner
12 Livery Companies: What, When and Why?
Derek Keene
13 Livery Companies and the World Beyond the Metropolis
Joseph P. Ward
Contents
Introduction
Donnacha Seán Lucey and Virginia Crossman
I. Historiographical directions
1 ‘Voluntarism’ in English health and welfare: visions of history
Martin Gorsky
2 Healthcare systems in Britain and Ireland in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries: the national, international and sub-national contexts
John Stewart
II. Voluntary hospital provision
3 Paying for health: comparative perspectives on patient payment and contributions for hospital provision in Ireland
Donnacha Seán Lucey and George Campbell Gosling
4 ‘Why have a Catholic Hospital at all?’ The Mater Infirmorum Hospital Belfast and the state, 1883–1972
Peter Martin
5 Cottage hospitals and communities in rural East Devon, 1919–39
Julia Neville
III. Healthcare and the mixed economy
6 The mixed economy of care in the South Wales coalfield, c.1850–1950
Steven Thompson
7 ‘… it would be preposterous to bring a Protestant here’: religion, provincial politics and district nurses in Ireland, 1890–1904
Ciara Breathnach
8 To ‘solve the darkest Social Problems of our time’: the Church of Scotland’s entry into the British matrix of health and welfare provision, c.1880–1914
Janet Greenlees
IV. Public health, voluntarism and local government
9 Feverish activity: Dublin City Council and the smallpox outbreak of 1902–3 Ciarán Wallace
10 Influenza: the Irish Local Government Board’s last great crisis
Ida Milne
11 The roots of regionalism: municipal medicine from the Local Government Board to the Dawson Report
Sally Sheard
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aPublic health =653 \\$aBritish healthcare system =653 \\$aVoluntary hospitals =653 \\$aPoor Law =653 \\$aWorkhouses =653 \\$aEdwardian era =653 \\$aIrish hospitals =653 \\$aN.H.S. =653 \\$aCatholic Church =653 \\$aNation -building =700 1\$aLucey, Donnacha Sean,$eeditor. =700 1\$aCrossman, Virginia,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/517.9781909646650$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248191/53899/53899_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01427nam 22003852 4500 =001 265308c7-7785-4759-9620-bbf57405af34 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20002000\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039345$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aMBP$2bicssc =072 7$aJFFA$2bicssc =072 7$a1KL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL019000$2bisacsh =072 7$aMED036000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL023000$2bisacsh =072 7$aMBP$2thema =072 7$aJBFC$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aHealthcare Reform and Poverty in Latin America /$cedited by Peter Lloyd-Sherlock. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2000. =264 \4$c©2000 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aLloyd-Sherlock, Peter,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248149/53782/53782_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02581nam 22004932 4500 =001 dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646186$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781909646643$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/517.9781909646643$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLW$2bicssc =072 7$aBGH$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$aDNBH$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =100 1\$aCannadine, David,$eauthor. =245 10$aHeroic Chancellor: Winston Churchill and the University of Bristol, 1929 to 1965 /$cDavid Cannadine. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (86 pages): $b17 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Preface
Introduction
Conclusion
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$a"Not only was Churchill the most illustrious and the most distinguished Chancellor that the University of Bristol has ever had, but he was also in his prime, from the 1940s onwards, probably the most famous and the most distinguished chancellor of any university anywhere in the world."
David Cannadine
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aWinston Churchill =653 \\$aBristol =653 \\$aHigher education =653 \\$aUniversity Chancellor =653 \\$aPost-war Britain =653 \\$aWartime Britain =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/517.9781909646643$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250108//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02637nam 22003612 4500 =001 ac45d8ea-0010-4415-b951-f3af8125f308 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670130$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAN$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aPER011020$2bisacsh =072 7$aATD$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aHidden Paths: Self & Characterization in Greek Tragedy: Euripides’ Bacchae (BICS Supplement 99) /$cedited by Chiara Thumiger. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 35.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aHidden paths analyses the representation of character in Greek tragedy, focusing on one of the most important and controversial theatre plays of all times the Bacchae. Euripides’ last play has always been a favourite, enjoying an enormous success for centuries on and off the stage. This book argues that in the representation of characters in the play we can find a development in the view of self and representation of man. This development, which is also to be partly traced in the works of Sophocles and in earlier plays by Euripides, finds a fuller expression in the Bacchae and culminates in the catastrophe of ignorance and incommunicability which has Pentheus at its centre. The construction of character in the text and the view of self which it entails are explored through a meticulous analysis of keywords, while verbal usage, imagery and style are exposed as the very ‘stuff’ of characterisation. The book uncovers the ‘hidden paths’ along which human life is experienced in the play and through which human characterisation materializes from the fabric of the text.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aThumiger, Chiara,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 35.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250800//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05568nam 22005892 4500 =001 0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780957354883$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250134$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/518.9781912250134$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aJFSJ$2bicssc =072 7$a1QFC$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC032000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =072 7$aJBSF$2thema =072 7$a1QFC$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a5PT$2thema =245 00$aHuman Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth /$cedited by Corinne Lennox, Matthew Waites. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2018. =264 \4$c©2018 =300 \\$a1 online resource (572 pages): $b3 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1 Human rights, sexual orientation and gender identity in the Commonwealth: from history and law to developing activism and transnational dialogues - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waites
2 The sodomy offence: England’s least lovely criminal law export? - The Hon. Michael Kirby AC CMG
3 This alien legacy: the origins of ‘sodomy’ laws in British colonialism - Human Rights Watch
4 LGBT rights in Commonwealth forums: politics, pitfalls and progress? - Frederick Cowell
5 United Kingdom: confronting criminal histories and theorising decriminalisation as citizenship and governmentality - Matthew Waites
6 Wolfenden in Canada: within and beyond official discourse in law reform struggles - Gary Kinsman
7 Australia: nine jurisdictions, one long struggle - Graham Willett
8 A few respectable steps behind the world? Gay and lesbian rights in contemporary Singapore - Simon Obendorf
9 The Malaysian dilemma: negotiating sexual diversity in a Muslim-majority Commonwealth state - Shanon Shah
10 Decriminalisation of consensual same-sex sexual acts in the South Asian Commonwealth: struggles in contexts - Sumit Baudh
11 Decriminalising homosexuality in Africa: lessons from the South African experience - Gustavo Gomes da Costa Santos
12 The development of sexual rights and the LGBT movement in Botswana - Monica Tabengwa with Nancy Nicol
13 The LGBT situation in Malawi: an activist perspective - Undule Mwakasungula
14 The incremental approach: Uganda’s struggle for the decriminalisation of homosexuality - Adrian Jjuuko
15 Religious institutions and actors and religious attitudes to homosexual rights: South Africa and Uganda - Kevin Ward
16 ‘Buggery’ and the Commonwealth Caribbean: a comparative examination of the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Trinidad and Tobago - Joseph Gaskins Jr.
17 Beyond cross-cultural sensitivities: international human rights advocacy and sexuality in Jamaica - Conway Blake and Philip Dayle
18 The use of equality and anti-discrimination law in advancing LGBT rights - Dimitrina Petrova
19 Conclusion Comparative analysis of decriminalisation and change across the Commonwealth: understanding contexts and discerning strategies - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waite
Human rights in relation to sexual orientation and gender identity are at last reaching the heart of global debates. Yet 78 states worldwide continue to criminalise same-sex sexual behaviour, and due to the legal legacies of the British Empire, 42 of these – more than half – are in the Commonwealth of Nations. In recent years many states have seen the emergence of new sexual nationalisms, leading to increased enforcement of colonial sodomy laws against men, new criminalisations of sex between women and discrimination against transgender people.
Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth challenges these developments as the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth. The volume offers the most internationally extensive analysis to date of the global struggle for decriminalisation of same-sex sexual behaviour and relationships.
=536 \\$aRoyal Historical Society =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aLGBT =653 \\$ahuman rights =653 \\$agender identity =653 \\$aactivism =653 \\$areform =653 \\$aCommonwealth =653 \\$aBritish Empire =700 1\$aLennox, Corinne,$eeditor. =700 1\$aWaites, Matthew,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/518.9781912250134$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250109//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02164nam 22003732 4500 =001 006ac2bf-031d-4da4-9e83-5fd44c5eca70 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670567$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aART015060$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aDB$2thema =245 00$aImages And Texts: Papers In Honour Of Eric Handley (BICS Supplement 129) /$cedited by Richard Green, Michael Edwards. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 68.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThis volume in honour of the late Eric Handley, one-time Regius Professor of Greek at the University of Cambridge and Director of the Institute of Classical Studies, offers a set of essays connected with Eric’s main scholarly interests and written by friends, colleagues, and former students.
Eric’s great love and facility for piecing the past together from whatever fragments of it survive, be they papyri or pots, in different ways inspired all the contributors, and their affection for him is encapsulated in a final Tribute to one of the pre-eminent classical scholars of his day.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aGreen, Richard,$eeditor. =700 1\$aEdwards, Michael,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 68.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250200//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02474nam 22003492 4500 =001 248622a5-7147-4baf-8ac2-eb22352cf9d5 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811441$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAGR$2bicssc =072 7$aART035000$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGR$2thema =245 00$aImages of the Pagan Gods :$bPapers of a Conference in Memory of Jean Seznec /$cedited by Rembrandt Duits, Francois Quiviger. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 8.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aJean Seznec's La survivance des dieux antiques was first published at the Warburg Institute in 1940 and translated into English as The Survival of the Pagan Gods in 1953 It is a classic survey of the afterlife of the deities of classical Antiquity in art and literature during the Middle Ages and Renaissance. This volume of essays is the product of a conference held at the Warburg Institute in 2004, in collaboration with the French research group Polymnia. It presents the current state of scholarship regarding a number of the themes set out by Seznec, covering areas from medieval astronomy to sixteenth-century allegory, and charting the course of the long-term iconographical traditions of mythological figures as well as discussing individual transformations of classical deities at specific moments in time. As in Seznec's book, the late-medieval and Renaissance mythographical handbooks which were the principal sources of knowledge about classical mythology for contemporary artists form an over-arching topic. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDuits, Rembrandt,$eeditor. =700 1\$aQuiviger, Francois,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 8.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250714//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03568nam 22003372 4500 =001 7f40a388-7090-4990-a851-cff094e86e93 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670307$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aImagines Italicae (3 vols) (BICS Supplement 110) /$cedited by M.H. Crawford. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2012. =264 \4$c©2012 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 55.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aImagines Italicae, edited by M. H. Crawford and colleagues, is the outcome of a research project based in the combined library of the Hellenic and Roman Societies and of the Institute, beginning in 2002 and initially supported by the UK Arts and Humanities Research Council.
The empire created by Rome underlies many of the structures of modern Europe, and that empire in turn was in its early stages the joint creation of Rome and the other peoples of Italy. Almost the only records left by those peoples themselves consist of the texts they inscribed and the coinages they produced. Imagines Italicae provides for the first time a complete corpus of those texts which are in one or other of the Italic languages, accompanied by photographs or drawings, a critical apparatus, an English translation where possible, a bibliography, and a full account of their discovery and archaeological context.
The corpus, geographically arranged, contains 982 entries in total, lavishly illustrated, some of them multiple, preceded by a substantial Introduction, and completed by an Appendix of Italic names occurring in Greek texts, detailed Concordances, and full epigraphic indexes.
The work is in a very real sense both that of the authors and of the 80 or so museums and libraries that welcomed the authors and helped them in every way possible, so as to enable them for the project to study and photograph their holdings; in subscribing to the work, you will both gain access to those holdings and also support the provision to each and every one of the museums and libraries in question of a copy of the work. It is a work that will make it possible for the first time to understand the complex linguistic geography of ancient Italy and to address crucial historical questions about the religion, culture, society, economy, and institutions of the peoples of Italy.
BICS Supplement 110 in 3 volumes hardbound, images, maps, concordances, indexes
Volume 1 – xxii+610pp ISBN 978-1-905670-30-7
Volume 2 – x+688pp ISBN 978-1-905670-35-2
Volume 3 – x+344pp ISBN 978-1-905670-36-9
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aCrawford, M.H.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 55.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250848//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02095nam 22003492 4500 =001 5552ea4e-9e30-4456-96a8-f0a258fef7fd =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19991999\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039277$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHL$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHL$2thema =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$a1KL$2thema =245 00$aIndependence and Revolution in Spanish America: Perspectives and Problems /$cedited by Eduardo Posada-Carbo, Anthony McFarlane. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1999. =264 \4$c©1999 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe essays in this volume re-examine, from a number of different angles the process of Independence in Spanish America. The focus is to a large extent on the consequences of the wars of Independence for the newly established republics. However the first section deals with a critical review of the historiography the ‘revolutionary’ nature of Independence and the comparative elements of Independence in the Americas. The remainder of the book examines the development of the wars and the impact that Independence had on political instability culture citizenship and the formation of new nations. In addition to general chapters there are individual chapters devoted to New Granada Venezuela Mexico Chile and Argentina.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aPosada-Carbo,, Eduardo,$eeditor. =700 1\$aMcFarlane, Anthony,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250051//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01525nam 22003612 4500 =001 65ecebf8-b755-477a-aac9-0e90a353e238 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670284$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBG$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHB$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =245 00$aIndia, Greece and Rome 1757–2007 (BICS Supplement 108) /$cedited by Edith Hall, Phiroze Vasunia. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2010. =264 \4$c©2010 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 53.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aHall, Edith,$eeditor. =700 1\$aVasunia, Phiroze,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 53.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250685//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05648nam 22006132 4500 =001 49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912702275$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781912702268$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781912702305$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781913002282$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912702282$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/520.9781912702305$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLC1$2bicssc =072 7$a1D$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3H$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS015020$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.0.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHDJ$2thema =072 7$aGTB$2thema =072 7$a1D$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3KL-GB-D$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aIndividuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism /$cedited by Antonia Fitzpatrick, John Sabapathy. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (302 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism
Antonia Fitzpatrick and John Sabapathy
I. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism
1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems
Blaise Dufal
2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris
Antonia Fitzpatrick
3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon
4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet
Matthew Kempshall
II. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices
a. Individuals and organizations
5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution
Gert Melville
6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience
Sylvain Piron
7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc
Peter Biller
b. Individuals and practices
8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions
John Sabapathy
9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century
Emily Corran
10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus
Cornelia Linde
11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17)
Isabel Iribarren
Afterword
David d’Avray
This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.
The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?
This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods.
=536 \\$aRoyal Historical Society =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ascholastic =653 \\$amedieval =653 \\$anetworks =653 \\$apolemics =653 \\$aepic poetry =700 1\$aFitzpatrick, Antonia,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSabapathy, John,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/520.9781912702305$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273794/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05007nam 22005892 4500 =001 53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590602$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781908590619$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781908590633$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781908590626$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/yypo7070$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBA$2bicssc =072 7$a3JF$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS035000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS037050$2bisacsh =072 7$aPT010$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHA$2thema =072 7$aJNU$2thema =072 7$aYPJH$2thema =072 7$a3ML$2thema =072 7$a4CT$2thema =245 00$aInnovations in Teaching History :$bEighteenth-Century Studies in Higher Education /$cedited by Ruth Larsen, Alice Marples, Matthew McCormack. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2024. =264 \4$c©2024 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b15 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aAn essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.
The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.
Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.
Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$apedagogical =653 \\$ahistorical studies =653 \\$apractical =653 \\$aguide =653 \\$ateachers =653 \\$astrategies =700 1\$aLarsen, Ruth,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Derby. =700 1\$aMarples, Alice,$eeditor.$uBritish Library. =700 1\$aMcCormack, Matthew,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Northampton. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/yypo7070$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/339862/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02268nam 22003372 4500 =001 b2540442-d34d-40bd-9153-b8d3b18af860 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780957521032$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFFD$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aJBFG$2thema =245 00$aIn Protest: 150 Poems for Human Rights /$cedited by Helle Abelvik-Lawson, Anthony Hett, Laila Sumpton. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2013. =264 \4$c©2013 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aIn Protest: 150 Poems for Human Rights is an anthology of new poetry exploring human rights and social justice themes. This collection, a collaboration between the Human Rights Consortium at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and the Keats House Poets, brings together writing that is often very moving, frequently touching, and occasionally humorous. The 150 poems included here come from over 16 countries, and provide a rare insight into experiences of oppression, discrimination, and dispossession - and yet they also offer strong messages of hope and solidarity. This anthology brings you contemporary works that are truly outstanding for both their human rights and poetic content.
Arranged across thirteen themes - Expression, History, Land, Exile, War, Children, Sentenced, Slavery, Women, Regimes, Workers, Unequal, and Protest - you will find within this collection a poem that inspires and engages you.
Foreword
Nina Olsen
1. Introduction
Amy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan Castelyn
Part 1: The Tax Clinic
2. A brief history of tax clinics around the globe
Donovan Castelyn and Annette Morgan
3. Project administration: how to set up a tax clinic
Amy Lawton
4. Rationale: Tax support for low-income individuals
Tina Riches
5. Rationale: Tax and the poverty interface
Ann Kayis-Kumar, Lily Pan, Michael Walpole, Bradley Hastings and Jack Noone
Part 2: Tax Clinics and our Communities
6. Engagement in the community
Amy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan Castelyn
7. Listening to our Communities: The Community Tax Law Project as an example of Low-Income Taxpayer Community Focused Service Provider
David Sams
8. Public Education: the Unilag Tax Club * Edidiong Bassey and Aduloju Oluwatofunmi*
9. Public Education: engaging with secondary education in schools
Michelle Lyon Drumbl
10. Taxpayer resolution: improving taxpayer compliance in Indonesia
Kristian Agung Prasetyo and Khusnaini
11. Policy changes: impact on and through the tax court
Keith Fogg
12. Marginalised voices: tax and the criminal justice system
Deborah Wood
Part 3: Tax Clinics and our Students
13. Pedagogical theory and clinical tax education
Amy Lawton
14. Enhancing student experience: shadowing, role plays and reflection
Connie Vitale and Andrew Medlen
15. Introducing tax advocacy to students
Sarah Lora and Christine Speidel
16. Developing Employability Skills through Practice-Based Learning
Eric O. Boahen, Shampa Roy-Mukherjee, Emmanuel Ambe and James Tuffour
17. Students’ professional identity and a fully online tax clinic
Brett Freudenberg, Melissa Belle Isle, Colin Perryman, Kristin Thomas and Ashleigh Cohen
Part 4: Moving Forwards
18. A research roadmap for tax clinics
Emer Mulligan and Margaret O’Neill
19. Moving forwards: tax clinics and business schools
David Massey
20. Concluding remarks
Amy Lawton
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aWhile tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.
Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.
Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$atax clinics =653 \\$alegal aid =653 \\$atax law =653 \\$ataxpayers =653 \\$atax system =653 \\$aclinical legal education =653 \\$alegal studies =653 \\$apro bono representation =653 \\$aadvocacy =700 1\$aLawton, Amy,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh. =700 1\$aMassey, David,$eauthor. =700 1\$aCastelyn, Donovan,$eauthor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/grch4849$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/332845/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04320nam 22005652 4500 =001 6ab70002-9941-4ef7-89ac-5b48c3cb19ce =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912250325$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aJPS$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTZ$2bicssc =072 7$aJWXK$2bicssc =072 7$a1H$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =072 7$aJPS$2thema =072 7$aNHTZ$2thema =072 7$aJWXK$2thema =072 7$a1H$2thema =072 7$a3MPQ$2thema =100 1\$aMills, Kurt,$eauthor. =245 10$aInternational Responses to Mass Atrocities in Africa :$bResponsibility to Protect, Prosecute, and Palliate /$cKurt Mills. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (322 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aForeword to the Paperback Edition Introduction 1. Interrogating International Responsibilities 2. Rwanda: The Failure of “Never Again” 3. Democratic Republic of the Congo: Protecting Civilians? 4. Uganda (and Beyond): Testing the International Criminal Court 5. Darfur: The Post-World Summit Test 6. Realizing R2P3: Labeling, Institutions, and Authority Notes Bibliography
=520 \\$aSince the end of World War II and the founding of the United Nations, genocide, crimes against humanity and other war crimes—mass atrocities—have been explicitly illegal. When such crimes are committed, the international community has an obligation to respond: the human rights of the victims outweigh the sovereignty claims of states that engage in or allow such human rights violations. This obligation has come to be known as the responsibility to protect. Yet, parallel to this responsibility, two other, related responsibilities have developed: to prosecute those responsible for the crimes, and to provide humanitarian relief to the victims—what the author calls the responsibility to palliate. Even though this rhetoric of protecting those in need is well used by the international community, its application in practice has been erratic at best.
In International Responses to Mass Atrocities in Africa, Kurt Mills develops a typology of responses to mass atrocities, investigates the limitations of these responses, and calls for such responses to be implemented in a more timely and thoughtful manner. Mills considers four cases of international responses to mass atrocities—in Rwanda, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda, and Darfur—putting the cases into historical context and analyzing them according to the typology, showing how the responses interact. Although all are intended to address human suffering, they are very different types of actions and accomplish different things, over different timescales, on different orders of magnitude, and by very different types of actors. But the critical question is whether they accomplish their objectives in a mutually supportive way – and what the trade-offs in using one or more of these responses may be. By expanding the understanding of international responsibilities, Mills provides critical analysis of the possibilities for the international community to respond to humanitarian crises in the future.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$ahuman rights =653 \\$amass atrocities =653 \\$aresponsibility to protect =653 \\$ainternational criminal justice =653 \\$ahumanitarianism =653 \\$aRwanda =653 \\$aUganda =653 \\$aDarfur =653 \\$aDemocratic Republic of the Congo =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/276668/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02283nam 22003372 4500 =001 a72daf90-bf09-4d47-91b6-88eaf248724e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20082008\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811472$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPDC$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHK$2thema =100 1\$aAdamson, Peter,$eauthor. =245 10$aIn the Age of Al-Farabi: Arabic Philosophy in the Fourth/Tenth Century :$bArabic Philosophy in the Fourth/tenth Century /$cPeter Adamson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2008. =264 \4$c©2008 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 7.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe papers in this volume were given at a conference held at the Warburg Institute in 2006 to consider the philosophy of al-Farabi alongside other intellectual developments of his time together with a wide range of other figures and traditions from the period. The volume initially focuses on the group of Peripatetics working in Baghdad with al-Farabi’s teacher Abu Bishr Matta and his student Yahya ibn 'Adi who worked in the Aristotelian tradition. Other papers look at thinkers working in the Neoplatonic tradition transmitted by al-Kindi’s circle, such as al-'Amiri, Ibn Farighun and al-Isfizari. The Epistles of the Brethren of Purity provide compelling evidence of the fusion of Neoplatonism and Greek science with contemporary Islamic religious thought. Neoplatonic ideas also appear in the symbology of Isma'ili thought at this time
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 7.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250717//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02085nam 22003492 4500 =001 78dea64e-b1b0-43f3-91ae-a12f0319c9ed =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854811540$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHPDC$2bicssc =072 7$aPHI003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI022000$2bisacsh =072 7$aQDHK$2thema =245 00$aIn the Age of Averroes: Arabic Philosophy in the Sixth/Twelfth Century /$cedited by Peter Adamson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2011. =264 \4$c©2011 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 9.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aMuch as a previous volume published by the Warburg explored the full range of philosophical developments in the 10th century CE, so this collection of 13 papers by leading scholars looks at philosophical literature of the 12th century. Several contributors discuss the most famous thinker of the period, the great commentator Averroes. But the volume casts a wide net, taking in theologians, “philosophical mystics”, and scientists as well as philosophers, and Jewish philosophy as well as Islamic thought. Apart from Averroes, figures emphasized in the volume include al-Ghazali, Ibn Tufayl, ‘Abd al-Latif al-Baghdadi, Abu l-Barakat al-Baghdadi and Suhrawardi. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aAdamson, Peter,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aWarburg Institute Colloquia ;$vvol. 9.$x1352-9986$x1352-9986 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250711//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01504nam 22003852 4500 =001 0f158b5f-9ced-40ab-8720-291cf2d24fb3 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039956$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTS$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSB$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS033000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC054000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aNHTS$2thema =072 7$a1KLSB$2thema =245 00$aJoaquim Nabuco, British Abolitionists, and the End of Slavery in Brazil :$bCorrespondence 1880-1905 /$cedited by Leslie Bethell, Murilo De Carvalho. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2009. =264 \4$c©2009 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aBethell, Leslie,$eeditor. =700 1\$aCarvalho, Murilo De,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248125/53751/53751_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02767nam 22004932 4500 =001 ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$a9781913739003$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/0620.9781913739003$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBD$2bicssc =072 7$aGLP$2bicssc =072 7$aGTC$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAN004000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSG$2thema =072 7$aGLP$2thema =072 7$aGTC$2thema =100 1\$aCrystal, David,$eauthor. =245 10$aJohnson and the Internet /$cDavid Crystal OBE. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (25 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aProfessor David Crystal discusses Computer-Mediated Speech (CMC), or Netspeak. In this short book, he presents a discursive timeline of the linguistic quirks of digital interactivity. From framing to flaming, from emoticons to text speak, can we ever communicate effectively in our digital realms?
The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.
This lecture by Professor David Crystal was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 2005.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$adata =653 \\$aJohnson =653 \\$acomputer-mediated speech =653 \\$adigital =653 \\$acommunications =653 \\$aNetspeak =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0620.9781913739003$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/287353/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02215nam 22003132 4500 =001 1f24423c-8cec-49f2-9b71-e4447db701ec =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19991999\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039307$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJFC$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLNAA1$2thema =245 00$aJudicial Institutions in Nineteenth-Century Latin America /$cedited by Eduardo Zimmermann. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1999. =264 \4$c©1999 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe relevance of lawyers and jurists in the process of state-building in nineteenth-century Latin America has been widely acknowledged. This collection of essays assembles a series of studies dealing with the interaction between the legal world and the wider political, economic, social and cultural processes in which the transition from colonial status to independent nationhood took place. Rather than viewing this transition as a radical transformation of judicial institutions and practices, emphasis has been put upon the continuities between those two phases. The chapters range from general overviews of both colonial and republican Spanish America to more detailed case studies of Mexico, Brazil and Argentina. contributors include: Linda Arnold, Virginia Tech; Osvaldo Barreneche, Universidad Nacional de la Plata, Argentina; Charles R. Cutter, Purdue University; Thomas H. Holloway, Cornell University; Victor M. Uribe, Florida International University.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aZimmermann, Eduardo,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/281190/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05311nam 22006732 4500 =001 7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\001\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781911507307$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781911507390$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781911507291$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781911507406$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781911507284$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/ancx5218$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aL$2bicssc =072 7$aLAQ$2bicssc =072 7$aLAW000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aLAW046000$2bisacsh =072 7$aL$2thema =072 7$aLBBL$2thema =245 00$aLaw, Humanities and the COVID Crisis /$cedited by Carl F. Stychin. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2023. =264 \4$c©2023 =300 \\$a1 online resource (xiii, 291 pages pages): $b7 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aReimagining Law and Justice ;$vvol. 1.$x3049-5121$x3049-5113 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =504 \\$aIncludes bibliographical references and index. =505 0\$aIntroduction
Carl F. Stychin
1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law
Dimitrios Kivotidis
2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism
David M. Seymour
3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic
Marc Trabsky
4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia
Marc De Vitis and David J Carter
5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape
David Gurnham
6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience
Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla
7. The Pandemic and Two Ships
Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder
8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19
Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz
9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families
Nicole Busby and Grace James
10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human
Jill Marshall
11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster
Valerio Nitrato Izzo
12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro
Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aWhile there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.
From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aCOVID-19 =653 \\$apandemic =653 \\$apublic health =653 \\$awomen and COVID-19 =653 \\$adomestic violence =653 \\$aSpanish Flu =653 \\$amasks =653 \\$aJair Bolsonaro =653 \\$awork ethics =653 \\$alabour =653 \\$aprotest =653 \\$acivil unrest =653 \\$adisaster politics =653 \\$aeducation and COVID-19 =653 \\$acoronavirus =700 1\$aStychin, Carl F.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of London.$0(orcid)0000000234951651$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3495-1651 =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aReimagining Law and Justice ;$vvol. 1.$x3049-5121$x3049-5113 =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/ancx5218$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/327635/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02417nam 22003492 4500 =001 d3d8290d-a6a5-4bed-aed9-63cebbeb1f6a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20002000\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587856$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS002000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS039000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =100 1\$aShipton, K,$eauthor. =245 10$aLeasing and Lending: The Cash Economy in Fourth-Century BC Athens (BICS Supplement 74) /$cK Shipton. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2000. =264 \4$c©2000 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 10.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aLeasing and lending proposes a new approach to the cash-based economy of fourth-century Athens.
Focusing on the leases of the silver mines and public land by the state, and the loans horoi set up by private individuals, the book reveals how the public and private, landed and non-landed and urban and rural economies of classical Athens were interconnected. A new methodology, which allows us to make socio-economic comparisons between the individuals involved in these major cash activities, also provides fresh insights into the social configuration of the economy.
The research on which Leasing and lending is based has involved the compilation of new databases, contained in the appendices, which provide a fresh analysis of the silver mine records, the public land leases and the horoi documents. The main text also incorporates a wide range of newly analysed economic data.
Introduction
Chapter 1: Are private sector records more at risk than in the past?
Chapter 2: The project plan
Chapter 3: Identifying legal records at risk
Chapter 4: Engaging with stakeholders
Chapter 5: LRAR seminars
Chapter 6: LRAR case studies
Chapter 7: Seeking to develop a national strategy to rescue legal records
Chapter 8: Findings
Chapter 9: Solutions 39 9.1 The creation of a dedicated ‘legal records’ archives
Chapter 10: Conclusion
Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff?
This book is the culmination of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. It summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) project and its predecessors, diagnoses the problems of preservation of archives in the legal sector in England and Wales and outlines a national strategy for such records to be developed in conjunction with The National Archives.
1. Feeding another city: provisioning Dublin in the later middle ages Margaret Murphy
2. Did peasants need markets and towns? The experience of late medieval England Christopher Dyer
3. The proliferation of markets revisited Richard Britnell
4. ‘Tempests of weather and great abundance of water’: the flooding of the Barking marshes in the later middle ages James A. Galloway
5. A taste for the Orient? Cosmopolitan demand for ‘exotic’ durable consumables in late medieval Bruges Peter Stabel
6. Hartlib’s world Rob Ilie
7. Hiding in the forest … The Gilberts’ rural scientific instrument manufactory Anita McConnell
8. Houses and households in Cheapside, c.1500-1550 Vanessa Harding
9. ‘The poore lost a good Frend and the parish a good Neighbour’: the lives of the poor and their supporters in London’s eastern suburb, c.1583-c.1679 Philip Baker and Mark Merry
10. Between sea and city: portable communities in late medieval London and Bruges Erik Spindler
11. The kindness of strangers: charitable giving in the community of the Dutch Church, Austin Friars, in the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Catherine Wright
12. Londoners and the court of common pleas in the fifteenth century Matthew Frank Stevens
A bibliography of the published writings of Derek Keene
At the end of the seventeenth century London was about to become the largest and wealthiest city in the western world. One in ten of England's population lived in the capital, which also housed a vast proportion of the kingdom's riches. That wealth, combined with the great international trade flowing through its wharves and warehouses, earned the city the description 'the vitals of the commonwealth'. Analysing the unique and extensive documentary sources for this significant decade, the author describes and explores a number if key topographic, social and economic measures. Importantly, and so far as the sources allow, seventeenth-century London is treated throughout the analysis as a single entity – a metropolis, compromising the City and the sprawling suburbs outside.
London in the 1690s guides the reader the development of the built environment and the vital economic and social patterns indicated by property values and the density of households. It includes discussions of London's elite, the distribution of the make and female householders, and broad patterns of wealth. Supported by extensive statistical tables and maps, the book is also illustrated with images from the period. This fascinating atlas makes a major contribution to the field of early modern urban studies, and will interest both the established scholar and the student. It also serves as an introduction to the extensive database on the decade held at the Centre for Metropolitan History.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250111//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03670nam 22004332 4500 =001 63d424c3-3080-400f-a8e4-2f7aaff4159d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\spa\d =020 \\$z9781908857163$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPS$2bicssc =072 7$aJPVH$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL057000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPS$2thema =072 7$aJPVH$2thema =245 00$aLos Nuevos Desplazados :$bCrimen y Desplazamiento en America Latina /$cedited by Nicolás Rodríguez Serna, David James Cantor. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2016. =264 \4$c©2016 =300 \\$a1 online resource: $b15 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroducción: El crimen como un factor de expulsión en América Latina - David James Cantor y Nicolás Rodríguez Serna
1. La evolución del crimen y la violencia en América Latina y el Caribe - Steven Dudley
2. Pandillas en el Triángulo Norte de Centroamérica: narrativas y tránsitos - Ámparo Marroquín Parducci
3. El crimen organizado como causante de migraciones forzadas en el norte de Mesoamérica - David James Cantor y Nicolás Rodríguez Serna
4. Desplazamiento interno forzado en México: el debate sobre conceptos, cifras y la responsabilidad del Estado - Laura Rubio Díaz Leal
5. Grupos posdesmovilización y desplazamiento forzado en Colombia: una aproximación cuantitativa - Gabriel Rojas Andrade
6. Un éxodo silenciado: desplazamiento intraurbano en Medellín - Beatriz Eugenia Sánchez Mojica
7. Los desplazados como víctimas del crimen organizado: una mirada comparativa a México y Colombia - Nicolás Rodríguez Serna y Jean-François Durieux
8. Persecución, política y protección en Estados Unidos: encontrando un refugio frente al crimen organizado en las Américas - Sarnata Reynolds
9. La protección internacional de las personas desplazadas por el crimen organizado: el marco legal y las políticas públicas en América Latina - David James Cantor
The present volume arose from a colloquium on magic and divination intended to apply the study of the history of the classical tradition to the specific area of magic. Magic is interpreted in a very broad sense, and the book includes discussions of Neoplatonic theurgy, Hermetic astrological talismans, the occult activities of oracles and witches, demon-possession, popular beliefs and party tricks. While several articles look at magic in the Graeco-Roman tradition, others deal with practices in Mesopotamia, Egypt, Byzantium and Russia. The emphasis is on showing transmission through time, and across cultural and linguistic borders, and the continuing importance of classical or ancient authorities among writers of more recent periods. Editions of several previously unpublished Latin texts are included.
Contents
M. J. Geller: Deconstructing Talmudic Magic
† David Pingree: From Hermes to Jabir and the Book of the Cow
Jeffrey Spier: A Revival of Antique Magical Practice in Tenth-Century Constantinople
W. F. Ryan: Ancient Demons and Russian Fevers
Adelina Angusheva: Divination, Demons and Magic: A Hellenistic Theme from the Byzantine and Medieval Slavic Perspective
Sophie Page: Image-Magic Texts and a Platonic Cosmology at St Augustine’s, Canterbury in the Late Middle Ages
Charles Burnett: A Hermetic Programme of Astrology and Divination in mid-Twelfth-Century Aragon: the Hidden Preface in the Liber novem iudicum
Jan R. Veenstra: Venerating and Conjuring Angels: Eiximenis’s Book of the Holy Angels and the Holy Almandal. Two Case Studies
Robert Goulding: Deceiving the Senses in the Thirteenth Century: Trickery and Illusion in the Secretum philosophorum
Nicolas Weill-Parot: Contriving Classical References for Talismanic Magic in the Middle Ages and the Early Renaissance
Paolo Lucentini and Antonella Sannino: Recommendatio astronomiae: un anonimo trattato del secolo XV in difesa dell’astrologia e della magia
Richard Kieckhefer: Did Magic Have a Renaissance? An Historiographic Question Revisited.
Dorothy Severin: Two Fifteenth-Century Spanish Literary Conjurations and their Relationship to Lucan’s Pharsalia VI
List of illustrations
Foreword
Retrospect and prospect: 800th anniversary of Magna Carta
Notes on contributors
1. Historic anniversaries in British public life: Magna Carta 800/2015 in perspective
Lawrence Goldman
2. Magna Carta 1215: its social and political context
David Carpenter
3. Magna Carta: from King John to western liberty
Nicholas Vincent
4. The Church and Magna Carta in the thirteenth century
S. T. Ambler
5. Sir Edward Coke’s resurrection of Magna Carta
George Garnett
6. ‘More precious in your esteem than it deserveth’? Magna Carta and seventeenth-century politics
Rachel Foxley
7. Magna Carta in the American Revolution
Harry T. Dickinson
8. Reform, radicalism and revolution: Magna Carta in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Britain
Alexander Lock
Index
This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aMagna Carta =653 \\$apolitics =653 \\$aAmerican revolution =653 \\$aCivil War =653 \\$aBritish history =653 \\$aAmerican history =700 1\$aGoldman, Lawrence,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/718.9781909646889$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/265334//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03143nam 22003972 4500 =001 024d5e6d-25d1-4b22-89de-07d8a0ad88ce =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20062006\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039703$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781900039642$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPHV$2bicssc =072 7$aGTF$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLSR$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPOL016000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPHV$2thema =072 7$aGTP$2thema =072 7$a1KLSR$2thema =245 00$aMaking Institutions Work in Peru :$bDemocracy, Development and Inequality Since 1980 /$cedited by John Crabtree. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2006. =264 \4$c©2006 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aThe 2006 Peruvian elections are an appropriate moment to reflect on Alejandro Toledo's term as president and on the broader agenda for building a more inclusive and democratic government. In a country of extreme social inequality, such an aspiration represents an enormous challenge. The sudden collapse of the which Fujimori regime --which had dominated Peru for the 1990s --and Toledo's election victory in 2001 seemed to provide an opportunity for institutional reform and rebuilding. The impetus proved short-lived, as the new president's popularity sank to unprecedented levels and public support for Peru's democratic institutions continued to hemorrhage. This book suggests that the challenges of institutional development run very deep and are not peculiar to any one government. Institutional change in Peru is part of a much wider process of transformation from an oligarchic society.
Contributors include Paulo Drino (University of Manchester), Cynthia Sanborn (Centro de Investigaciones, Universidad del Pacifico, Lima), Carlos Monge (Participacion Ciudadana, Lima), Fernando Rospigliosi (Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Lima), Pedro Franck (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima), Fernando Eguren (Centro Peruano de Ciencias Sociales, Lima), Rosemary Thorp (Queen Elizabeth House/St Antony's College, Oxford), Eduardo Dargent (University of Texas,Austin), Coletta Youngers (Washington Office on Latin America,Washington D.C.), Francisco Durand (University of Texas, San Antonio), Jose Tavara (Departamento de Economia, Universidad Catolica, Lima, and OSIPTEL), and Richard Webb (Instituto Cuanto and Central Bank of Peru).
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aCrabtree, John,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248143/53797/53797_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01446nam 22003732 4500 =001 a1e1f983-4392-4086-a152-32436cda6726 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905165001$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTG$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKE$2bicssc =072 7$a1DBKW$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC027000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTG$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-E$2thema =072 7$a1DDU-GB-W$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =100 1\$aHiggs, Edward,$eauthor. =245 10$aMaking Sense of the Census Revisited :$bCensus Records for England and Wales,1801-1901. A Handbook for Historical Researchers /$cEdward Higgs. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248199/54092/54092_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04749nam 22005772 4500 =001 fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781912250332$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781912250387$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781912250561$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781912250370$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/920.9781912250387$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aRGV$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$aJFFD$2bicssc =072 7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC066000$2bisacsh =072 7$aTEC048000$2bisacsh =072 7$aRGV$2thema =072 7$aJBFG$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =072 7$a1A$2thema =072 7$a3MR$2thema =245 00$aMapping Crisis :$bParticipation, Datafication and Humanitarianism in the Age of Digital Mapping /$cedited by Doug Specht. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (276 pages): $b34 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aMapping Crisis: a reflection on the Covid-19 pandemic
Doug Specht
Introduction: mapping in times of crisis
Doug Specht
1. Mapping as tacit representations of the colonial gaze
Tamara Bellone, Salvatore Engel-di-Mauro, Francesco Fiermonte, Emiliana Armano and Linda Quiquivix
2. The failures of participatory mapping: a mediational perspective
Gregory Asmolov
3. Knowledge and spatial production between old and new representation: a conceptual and operative framework
M. Rosaria Prisco
4. Data colonialism, surveillance capitalism and drones
Faine Greenwood
5. The role of data collection, mapping and analysis in the reproduction of refugeeness and migration discourses: reflections from the Refugee Spaces project
Giovanna Astolfo, Ricardo Marten Caceres, Falli Palaiologou, Camillo Boano and Ed Manley
6. Dying in the technosphere: an intersectional analysis of European migration maps
Monika Halkort
7. Now the totality maps us: mapping climate migration and surveilling movable borders in digital cartographies
Bogna M Konior
8. The rise of the citizen data scientist
Aleš Završnik and Pika Šarf
9. Modalities of united statelessness
Rupert Allan
The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.
This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amaps =653 \\$amapping =653 \\$adata =653 \\$acrisis =653 \\$acartography =653 \\$ahumanitarian work =700 1\$aSpecht, Doug,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/920.9781912250387$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/287579/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02876nam 22003732 4500 =001 335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780854572847$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9780854572854$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/wxvs7011$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aD$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBH$2thema =100 1\$aBrecciaroli, Giulia,$eauthor. =245 10$aMapping Post-War Italian Literature :$bBoom and Aftermath (1956–1979) /$cGiulia Brecciaroli. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2024. =264 \4$c©2024 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aIn the aftermath of the reconstruction period immediately after the Second World War, Italy experienced an unprecedented and unexpected phase of economic development, which transformed it from a traditionally agrarian and impoverished country into one of Europe’s most industrialized nations. The idea, treasured to this day by many Italians, of this period as a sort of ‘golden age’ has increasingly been called into question by historical research that has delved into the deeper, persistent contradictions of Italian society at the time. Mapping Post-War Italian Literature embraces the boom years and their legacy, exploring the long-lasting impact of post-war Italy’s urbanization and modernization on the imagination of Italian writers. It does so by looking at how socio-spatial transformations affecting the main industrial cities of the North – Milan and Turin – as well as the provinces (a space generally deemed ‘peripheral’) and the national landscape have been conceptualized in contemporary novels and travel accounts. The selected texts cross genre boundaries and reflect an array of authorial positions, giving a compelling and multifaceted account of the post-war historical transition.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/wxvs7011$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/334473/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 05100nam 22005172 4500 =001 98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670529$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781905670819$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/1019.9781905670819$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =245 00$aMarathon – 2,500 Years. Proceedings of The Marathon Conference 2010 /$cedited by Christopher Carey, Michael Edwards. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2019. =264 \4$c©2019 =300 \\$a1 online resource (298 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 7.$x2398-8770$x2398-8770 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroductory note
P. J. Rhodes The battle of Marathon and modern scholarship
Christopher Pelling Herodotus’ Marathon
Peter Krentz Marathon and the development of the exclusive hoplite phalanx
Andrej Petrovic The battle of Marathon in pre-Herodotean sources: on Marathon verse-inscriptions (IG I3 503/504; Seg Lvi 430)
V. L. Konstantinopoulos The Persian wars and political conflicts in Athens
Andreas Markantonatos The silence of Thucydides: the battle of Marathon and Athenian pride
K. W. Arafat Marathon in art
Ariadne Gartziou-Tatti Gods, heroes and the battle of Marathon
Antonis Mastrapas The battle of Marathon and the introduction of Pan’s worship to Athens: the political dimension of a legend through written evidence and archaeological finds
Christopher Carey Marathon and the construction of the comic past
Efi Papadodima The Battle of Marathon in fifth-century drama
Ioanna Karamanou As threatening as the Persians: Euripides in Aristophanes’ Thesmophoriazusae
Eleni Volonaki The Battle of Marathon in funeral speeches
Athanasios Efstathiou The historical example of Marathon as used in the speeches On the false embassy, On the crown,and Against Ctesiphon by Demosthenes and Aeschines
Christos Kremmydas Alexander the Great, Athens, and the rhetoric of the Persian wars
Georgia Xanthaki-Karamanou The Battle of Marathon as a topos of Athenian political prestige in Classical times
Christopher Tuplin Intolerable clothes and a terrifying name: the characteristics of an Achaemenid invasion force
Ewen Bowie Marathon in the Greek culture of the Second century AD
Michael Jung Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in Antiquity and modern times. Part I: Antiquity
Peter Funke Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in post-Antique times
Lorna Hardwick Moving targets, modern contests: Marathon and cultural memory
Some two and a half millennia ago, in the summer of 490 BC, a small army of 9,000 Athenians, supported only be a thousand troops from Plataea, faced and overcame the might of the Persian army of King Darius I on the plain of Marathon.
While this was only the beginning of the Persian Wars, and the Greeks as a while would face a far greater threat to their freedom a decade later, the victory at Marathon had untold effects on the morale, confidence, and self-esteem of the Athenians, who would commemorate their finest hour in art and literature for centuries to come.
This volume, which includes twenty-one papers originally presented at a colloquium hosted by the Faculty of Philology at the University of Peloponnese, Kalamata in 2010 to mark the 2,500th anniversary of the battle, is a celebration of Marathon and its reception from classical antiquity to the present era.
The Satires of Persius combine powerful criticism of the moral corruption of Rome under Nero with a rich and innovative style that required commentary almost from his own time. The enduring appeal and originality of his poetry also ensured that the exegetical tradition has been continuous from the first century to the present.
Marginal scholarship and textual deviance examines the origins and history of a major component of the medieval commentary on Persius but also has a larger goal. The volume uses detailed study of Carolingian exegesis of Persius to consider wider questions about the transmission and form of the remains of ancient scholarship on Latin poetry. Through these explorations James Zetzel also considers the nature of textual transmission and the goals of textual criticism in general.
Medieval exegesis is one of the types of text for which post-modernist concerns about the stability of the concept of ‘text’ itself may legitimately arise. Marginal scholarship and textual deviance argues that there is often no ‘original’ to reconstruct no ‘genuine’ text and no one author: there is only variation and a broad range of mutually exclusive but complementary truths. What makes a commentary a commentary a text a text? Are there valid principles to be employed in defining and editing such works?
This is an important and original study for all interested in the survival and transmission of texts in authorship and in reading.
James E. G. Zetzel is Professor of Classics at Columbia University in the City of New York.
List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThe Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.
Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.
Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amasculinity =653 \\$adanger =653 \\$aGrand Tour =653 \\$atravel =653 \\$aadulthood =653 \\$aEurope =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/1120.9781912702251$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/275608/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03356nam 22003732 4500 =001 56ccc8e6-8806-4a0c-b5b3-8120f43bf097 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908590718$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHB$2bicssc =072 7$aHPD$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh =072 7$aPHI003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aNH$2thema =072 7$aQDH$2thema =245 00$aMedieval Arabic Thought: Essays in Honour of Fritz Zimmermann /$cedited by Rotraud Hansberger, M. Afifi al-Haytham, Charles Burnett. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2012. =264 \4$c©2012 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aCONTENTS
Foreword by Jo Fox
Introduction: medieval Londoners
Elizabeth A. New
LIVING IN THE CITY
1. Families in later medieval London: sex, marriage and mortality
Vanessa Harding
2. A portrait of a late medieval London pub: the Star inn, Bridge Street
Justin Colson
3. Huntington Library MS. HM 140: household reading for Londoners?
Julia Boffey
4. Palaeography and forgery: Thomas D.’s Book of the Hartshorn in Southwark
Martha Carlin
5. ‘Go to hyr neybors wher she dwelte before’: reputation and mobility at the London consistory court in the early sixteenth century
Charlotte Berry
6. Aliens, crafts and guilds in late medieval London
Matthew Davies
7. William Styfford (fl. 1437‒66): citizen and scrivener of London and notary imperial
J. L. Bolton
8. Bankers and booksellers: evidence of the late fifteenth century English book trade in the ledgers of the Bardi bank
M. T. W. Payne
9. Nicholas Alwyn, mayor of London: a man of two loyalties, London and Spalding
Anne F. Sutton
10. Charity and the city: London Bridge, c. 1176‒1275
John A. McEwan
11. John Reynewell and St. Botolph Billingsgate
Stephen Freeth and John Schofield
12. The testament of Joan FitzLewes: a source for the history of the abbey of Franciscan nuns without Aldgate
Julian Luxford
13. Souls of benefactors at Grey Friars church London
Christian Steer
Afterword: The transformative effect: Caroline Barron as teacher and colleague
Clive Burgess
Doctorates awarded under the supervision of Caroline M. Barron
Index
Tabula Gratulatoria
Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.
Medieval Londoners is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aarchaeology =653 \\$adocuments =653 \\$acapital =653 \\$afestschrift =653 \\$ascholar =653 \\$ainhabitants =653 \\$amedieval pub =653 \\$amedieval cultures =653 \\$aCaroline Barron =653 \\$aBook of the Hartshorn =653 \\$amedieval migration =653 \\$aLondon guilds =653 \\$aLondon craftsmen =653 \\$amedieval notaries =653 \\$aNicholas Alwyn (mayor of London) =653 \\$aalms =653 \\$amedieval charity =653 \\$aLondon Bridge =653 \\$aAldgate nuns =653 \\$amedieval religion =653 \\$aGrey Friars church =653 \\$aghosts =653 \\$aLondon graveyard =700 1\$aNew, Elizabeth A.,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSteer, Christian,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/1019.9781912702152$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/276188/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04615nam 22004932 4500 =001 5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781909646162$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781909646735$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781909646353$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/917.9781909646735$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLC1$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh =072 7$aN$2thema =072 7$a3K$2thema =245 00$aMedieval Merchants and Money :$bEssays in Honour of James L. Bolton /$cedited by Matthew Davies. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2017. =264 \4$c©2017 =300 \\$a1 online resource (384 pages): $b37 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aContents
Preface
I. London merchants: companies, identities and culture
1 Negotiating merchant identities: the Stockfishmongers and London’s companies merging and dividing, c.1450–1550
Justin Colson
2 ‘Writying, making and engrocyng’: clerks, guilds and identity in late medieval London
Matthew Davies
3 What did medieval London merchants read?
Caroline M. Barron
4 ‘For quicke and deade memorie masses’: merchant piety in late medieval London
Christian Steer
II. Warfare, trade and mobility
5 Fighting merchants
Sam Gibbs and Adrian R. Bell
F. Guidi-Bruscoli
7 Settled or fleeting? London’s medieval immigrant community revisited
Jessica Lutkin
III. Merchants and the English crown
8 East coast ports and the Iceland trade, 1483–5 (1489): protection and compensation
Anne F. Sutton
9 Royal servants and city fathers: the double lives of London goldsmiths at the court of Henry VII
S. P. Harper
IV. Money and mints
10 Medieval merchants and the English mints and exchanges, 973–1489
Martin Allen
11 The prosecution of counterfeiting in Lancastrian England
Hannes Kleineke
V. Markets, credit and the rural economy
John Oldland
13 Dealing in crisis: external credit and the early fourteenth-century English village
Phillipp R. Schofield
14 Market courts and lex mercatoria in late medieval England
James Davis
VI. Merchants and the law
15 Merchants and their use of the action of account in thirteenth- and early fourteenth-century England
Paul Brand
16 ‘According to the law of merchants and the custom of the city of London’: Burton v. Davy (1436) and the negotiability of credit instruments in medieval England
Tony Moore
Bibliography of the published works of James L. Bolton
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aThis volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aMedieval Merchants =653 \\$aLondon =653 \\$aMarkets =653 \\$aMedieval Guilds =653 \\$aTrade =653 \\$aEconomic History =653 \\$aEnglish Mints. =700 1\$aDavies, Matthew,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/917.9781909646735$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248171/53761/53761_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04897nam 22007212 4500 =001 45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857651$q(Paperback) =020 \\$a9781908857767$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249555$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781908857668$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/220.9781908857767$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBTR$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aHBTQ$2bicssc =072 7$a1KJ$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3JH$2bicssc =072 7$a3JJ$2bicssc =072 7$a3JM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh =072 7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS041000$2bisacsh =072 7$a4.2.0.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHTR$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$aNHTQ$2thema =072 7$a1KJ$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3MN$2thema =072 7$a3MP$2thema =072 7$a3MRB$2thema =072 7$a6AG$2thema =245 00$aMemory, Migration and (De)Colonisation in the Caribbean and Beyond /$cedited by Jack Webb, Rod Westmaas, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen, William Tantam. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2020. =264 \4$c©2020 =300 \\$a1 online resource (192 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aPrologue Rod Westmaas
Introduction Jack Webb, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and William Tantam
1. Loving and leaving the new Jamaica: reckoning with the 1960s Matthew J. Smith
2. Why did we come? B. M. Nobrega
3. History to heritage: an assessment of Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, the Bahamas Kelly Delancy
4. ‘While nuff ah right and rahbit; we write and arrange’: deejay lyricism and the transcendental use of the voice in alternative public spaces in the UK William ‘Lez’ Henry
5. Journeying through the ‘motherland’ Peter Ramrayka
6. De Zie Contre Menti Kaba – when two eyes meet the lie ends. A Caribbean meditation on decolonising academic methodologies Nadine King Chambers
7. Organising for the Caribbean Anne Braithwaite
8. The consular Caribbean: consuls as agents of colonialism and decolonisation in the revolutionary Caribbean (1795–1848) Simeon Simeonov
9. To ‘stay where you are’ as a decolonial gesture: Glissant’s philosophy of Antillean space in the context of Césaire and Fanon Miguel Gualdrón Ramírez
10. Finding the Anancyesque in Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and the decolonisation project in Jamaica from 1938 to the present Ruth Minott Egglestone
11. Maybe one day I’ll go home Rod Westmaas
In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$amigration =653 \\$apolicy =653 \\$aactivism =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$adecolonisation =700 1\$aWebb, Jack,$eeditor. =700 1\$aWestmaas, Rod,$eeditor. =700 1\$adel Pilar Kaladeen, Maria,$eeditor. =700 1\$aTantam, William,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/220.9781908857767$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/273488/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02804nam 22003612 4500 =001 22a47d40-5482-4dd5-a5e0-1fda0309fb39 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670253$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aMenander 'Epitrepontes' (BICS Supplement 106) /$cedited by William D. Furley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2009. =264 \4$c©2009 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 51.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aEpitrrepontes, or 'The Arbitration', which Menander produced around 300 BC, tackles the modern-sounding subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.
A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride.
A large portion of the Epitrepontes was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Since then new papyrus finds have continued to fill the gaps. This edition makes available to the reader all known papyri of the play, including the most recent.
The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aFurley, William D.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 51.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250688//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04201nam 22006132 4500 =001 b722d265-4b16-4794-be06-697566184d1d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670970$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aAN$2bicssc =072 7$a1QDAG$2bicssc =072 7$a2AHA$2bicssc =072 7$a2AB$2bicssc =072 7$a3D$2bicssc =072 7$aDRA006000$2bisacsh =072 7$aART015060$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh =072 7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh =072 7$a1.7.3.0.0.0.0$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =072 7$aDBSG$2thema =072 7$a1DD$2thema =072 7$a1QBAG$2thema =072 7$a2AHA$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3CT-DE-A$2thema =072 7$a4CT$2thema =100 1\$aFurley, William D.,$eauthor. =245 10$aMenander 'Misoumenos' or 'The Hated Man' :$bIntroduction, Translation, and Commentary /$cWilliam D. Furley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (262 pages): $b6 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 79.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction
1.1 The state of play 1.1.1 What do we know? 1.1.2 What do we not know? 1.1.3 The puzzling middle section 1.1.4 The scene of action 1.2 What is the play about? – Thrasonides 1.3 Other Characters 1.3.1 Krateia 1.3.2 Demeas 1.3.3 Kleinias 1.3.4 Getas 1.3.5 Chrysis 1.4 Pictorial evidence 1.5 Legal Framework 1.6 Staging 1.7 Dating 1.8 Metre 1.9 Transmission of the Text 1.9.1 Antiquity 1.9.2 Modern Age 1.10 Technical points about this edition
2 Text Manuscripts The cast Text Unplaced papyrus fragments Miscellaneous unplaced fragments
3 Composite Readings
4 Translation
5 Commentary Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five
Book Fragments
Bibliography
Index of Main Passages Cited
Index of Greek words
Menander’s Misoumenos, or ‘The Hated Man’, is one of his most popular plays to have survived from classical times, to judge from the numerous recovered papyrus fragments. Dating to approximately 300 BCE, it tells the story of a mercenary soldier and the captive girl he acquires whilst on campaign in Cyprus. The play follows the soldier’s growing despair as the girl spurns his advances and slowly turns against him, culminating in his suicidal thoughts.
The play belongs to the ancient genre of New Comedy, of which Menander was the acknowledged master. This edition is the fullest to date of any English language edition of the play. It aims to restore as much as possible of the action of Misoumenos, reconstructing language, stagecraft and theatrical dialogue of the original, but always distinguishing what we can be relatively sure of, from hypothesis and reconstruction. Some sections can be restored nearly fully, permitting access to brilliantly original theatrical dialogue which had been lost for over two millennia. Apart from metre and sophisticated idiom, the themes of love, despair and sadness that Menander treats are utterly timeless. This edition aims to present a significantly updated text.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aNew Comedy =653 \\$aancient theatre =653 \\$acomedy =653 \\$aMenander =653 \\$aAthenian life =653 \\$aGreek polis =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 79.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/300754/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02711nam 22004332 4500 =001 587b5e57-0e4a-4aab-bd3e-52a9695e99f2 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670598$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh =072 7$aDB$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aMenander 'Perikeiromene' or 'The Shorn Head' /$cedited by William D. Furley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2015. =264 \4$c©2015 =300 \\$a1 online resource (210 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 66.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$a1. Introduction
2. Text
3. Translation
4. Commentary
Bibliography
Menander set Perikeiromene, or the ‘Woman with shorn head’ in Corinth, famous for its beautiful women, at a time when the city's troubles were at their height owing to the Macedonian conquest of Greece. The story reflects in miniature some of the turbulence of the times. A mercenary soldier Polemon returns home from service to discover, as he thinks, that his girl, Glykera, has found another lover. In a fit of jealous rage he shears off her hair and goes off to drown his sorrows with companions. Glykera promptly moves out from Polemon's house to the neighbour's house, in which her purported new lover Moschion lives. But all is not as it seems...
Typically for the genre of New Comedy, Menander takes his characters to the brink in this lively drama before the recognitions which set everything straight.
Discoveries of fragmented manuscripts of this play in the twentieth century have more or less brought it back to life.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aNew Comedy =653 \\$aCorinth =653 \\$aancient texts =653 \\$aMenander =653 \\$aancient Greek =700 1\$aFurley, William D.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 66.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250664//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 01299nam 22003252 4500 =001 6d33e49e-be68-4a07-af0a-7836395b245d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20052005\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039659$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aJPS$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLCM$2bicssc =072 7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh =072 7$aJPS$2thema =072 7$a1KLCM$2thema =100 1\$aCovarrubias, Ana,$eauthor. =245 10$aMexican Foreign Policy at the Turn of the Twenty-first Century :$bHow Domestic a Foreign Policy? /$cAna Covarrubias. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2005. =264 \4$c©2005 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248144/53803/53803_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02845nam 22004092 4500 =001 de417573-3d05-49bd-8f3f-c09af2a7247e =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20072007\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781900039727$q(Paperback) =020 \\$z9781900039734$q(Hardback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aGTB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$a1KLCM$2bicssc =072 7$aHIS025000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS016000$2bisacsh =072 7$aHIS049000$2bisacsh =072 7$aGTM$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1KLCM$2thema =245 00$aMexican Soundings :$bEssays in Honour of David A. Brading /$cedited by Susan Deans-Smith, Eric Van Young. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2007. =264 \4$c©2007 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aDavid Brading is one of the foremost historians of Latin America in the United Kingdom. The essays in this volume convey the enduring nature of many of the questions raised by his work. They reflect the wide range of his interests: from Mexican Baroque and post-Tridentine Catholicism to studies of the dynamics of state building in nineteenth- century Mexico and of the problem of Mexican national identity. The contributions represent a wide chronological spread from the late seventeenth century to the twentieth century, as well as geographical diversity (Mexico City, Queretaro, and Puebla). Part I comprises an autobiographical essay by David Brading, an appreciation of him by Enrique Florescano, and an historiographical assessment of Brading's work by Eric Van Young. Part II gathers together six essays by former students (Susan Deans-Smith and Ellen Gunnarsdottir) and colleagues (Brian Hamnett, Marta Garcia Urgarte, Guy Thomson, and Alan Knight).
David A. Brading recently retired from a chair in history at the University of Cambridge, UK where he directed the Latin American Centre. He is the author of dozens of articles and a number of widely praised volumes, including The First America: The Spanish Monarchy, Creole Patriots, and the Liberal State, 1492-1867 (Cambridge University Press, 1991).
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aDeans-Smith, Susan,$eeditor. =700 1\$aVan Young, Eric,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/248117/53744/53744_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 02066nam 22003612 4500 =001 90e64226-7b85-47af-8d40-fc67a143e18d =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t19981998\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9780900587825$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aART015060$2bisacsh =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aModus Operandi: Essays in Honour of Geoffrey Rickman (BICS Supplement 71) /$cedited by M Austin, J Harries, C Smith. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c1998. =264 \4$c©1998 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 7.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aA collection of fifteen essays to mark the sixty-fifth birthday of Professor Geoffrey Rickman. The over-riding theme of the various papers is the ways in which fundamental institutions actually worked in antiquity. The book is divided into sections: Administration and law; Economy and society; Warfare; Art and literature. With contributions by: J K Davies, U Hall, M H Crawford, J S Richardson, J D Harries, A Wallace-Hadrill, I Carradice, F Millar, P A Brunt, C J Smith, J C N Coulston, M Whitby, E Moignard, K Dover, R Brock.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =700 1\$aAustin, M,$eeditor. =700 1\$aHarries, J,$eeditor. =700 1\$aSmith, C,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =830 \0$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 7.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/250850//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03061nam 22003732 4500 =001 35667e03-74cf-409f-971d-8b45532ea9f1 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20082008\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781905670161$q(Paperback) =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aAM$2bicssc =072 7$aHDDK$2bicssc =072 7$aARC005000$2bisacsh =072 7$aAM$2thema =072 7$aNKD$2thema =072 7$a1QBA$2thema =245 00$aNames on Terra Sigillata. Volume 1 (A to AXO) (BICS Supplement 102.1) /$cedited by Brian R. Hartley, Brenda M. Dickinson. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2008. =264 \4$c©2008 =300 \\$a1 online resource. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =490 1\$aBulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies Supplements ;$vvol. 47.$x2398-3264$x2398-3264 =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =520 \\$aNames on Terra Sigillata is the product of 40 years of study, and records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the first to the third centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces, and Britain.
With volume 9 the series is now complete: the last volume has a comprehensive index to the whole set of 9 volumes.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata, the product of 40 years of study, records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the 1st to the 3rd centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces and Britain.
To be published in 10 volumes, the work has been supported by the British Academy and the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the University of Leeds and the University of Reading, and the Römisch-Germanisches Zentralmuseum.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
Names on Terra Sigillata is the product of 40 years of study, and records over 5,000 names and some 300,000 stamps and signatures on Terra Sigillata (samian ware) manufactured in the first to the third centuries AD in Gaul, the German provinces, and Britain.
With volume 9 the series is now complete: the last volume has a comprehensive index to the whole set of 9 volumes.
This is the first catalogue of its type to appear since Felix Oswald’s Index of Potters’ Stamps on Terra Sigillata (‘Samian Ware’), published in 1931. The importance of samian as a tool for dating archaeological contexts and the vast increase in samian finds since then has prompted the authors to record the work of the potters in greater detail, illustrating, whenever possible, each individual stamp or signature which the potter used, and enumerating examples of each vessel type on which it appears, together with details of find-spots, repositories and museum accession numbers or excavators’ site codes. Dating of the potters’ activity is supported, as far as possible, by a discussion of the evidence. This is based on the occurrence of material in historically-dated contexts or on its association with other stamps or signatures dated by this method.
The bulk of the material was examined personally by the authors, from kiln sites and occupation sites in France, the Netherlands, Germany, and Britain, but the catalogue also includes published records which they were able to verify, both from those areas and from other parts of the Roman Empire.
1. Forces of resistance and human rights: deconstructing natural resource development in Latin America Malayna Raftopoulos and Radosław Powęska 2. Indigenous rights in the era of ‘indigenous state’: how interethnic conflicts and state appropriation of indigenous agenda hinder the challenge to extractivism in Bolivia Radosław Powęska 3. REDD+ and human rights in Latin America: addressing indigenous peoples’ concerns though the use of Human Rights Impact Assessments Malayna Raftopoulos 4. Violence in the actions of indigenous peoples from the Amazon region as a result of environmental conflicts Magdalena Krysińska-Kałużna 5. Neogeography, development and human rights in Latin America Doug Specht 6. From human rights to an urbanising environmental politics: understanding flood and landslide vulnerability in Brazil’s coastal mountains Robert Coates 7. Human rights and socio-environmental conflict in Nicaragua’s Grand Canal project Joanna Morley 8. Sustainable development, the politics of place and decoloniality: contradictory or complementary approaches to Latin American futures? Bogumila Lisocka-Jaegermann
=506 0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star =520 \\$aContemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aindigenous people =653 \\$aenvironment =653 \\$ahuman rights =653 \\$aextractivism =653 \\$aChina =653 \\$arainforest =653 \\$ahealing plants =653 \\$anature =653 \\$atrees =653 \\$aREDD+ =653 \\$aHuman Rights Impact Assessments =653 \\$aviolence =653 \\$aneogeography =653 \\$aurbanism =653 \\$afloods =653 \\$alandslides =653 \\$aGrand Canal =653 \\$aNicaragua =653 \\$adecoloniality =653 \\$acolonialism =653 \\$aneocolonialism =653 \\$aeco-violence =653 \\$aecology =653 \\$anatural environment =700 1\$aRaftopoulos, Malayna,$eeditor. =700 1\$aPowęska, Radosław,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/0520.9781912250417$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/258138//_jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 03776nam 22004932 4500 =001 8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17 =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$a9781914477409$q(PDF) =024 7\$a10.14296/420.9781914477409$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aDSBB$2bicssc =072 7$aHBLA1$2bicssc =072 7$aLCO003000$2bisacsh =072 7$aDSBB$2thema =072 7$aNHC$2thema =245 00$aNew Fragments of Menander’s Epitrepontes /$cedited by William D. Furley. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (89 pages). =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aRevised Text
Composite Reading
Translation
Commentary
Appendix
In this brand new and exquisite 2021 translation of the classic Greek play, Epitrepontes, or 'The Arbitration', produced around 300 BC, Menander tackles the subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.
A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride. Menander's subtle and, ultimately, good-natured treatment of marital crisis and family tensions, themes which, despite the ancient dress of strict metre and theatrical convention, are strikingly modern, not to say timeless.
A large portion of the Epitrepontes was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Now, this startling collection of the new fragments, complete with papyrological readings, translation and commentary, brings together the scholarly work from separate fragments to date, including the author's own edition and interpretation and a revised text of the play in entirety included as an appendix.
The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda.
=538 \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web. =540 \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode =588 0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication. =653 \\$aNew Comedy =653 \\$aancient theatre =653 \\$acomedy =653 \\$aMenander =653 \\$aAthenian life =653 \\$aGreek polis =653 \\$afamily life in antiquity =653 \\$awomen in antiquity =700 1\$aFurley, William D.,$eeditor. =710 2\$aUniversity of London Press,$epublisher. =856 40$uhttps://doi.org/10.14296/420.9781914477409$zConnect to e-book =856 42$uhttps://bibliocloudimages.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/400/supportingresources/296413/jpg_rgb_original.jpg$zConnect to cover image =856 42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License =LDR 04819nam 22005772 4500 =001 5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a =006 m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\ =007 cr\\n\\\\\\\\\ =008 241120t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d =020 \\$z9781908857828$q(Hardback) =020 \\$a9781908857835$q(PDF) =020 \\$a9781915249586$q(HTML) =020 \\$a9781908857934$q(Epub) =024 7\$a10.14296/2104.9781908857835$2doi =040 \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal =072 7$aHBJK$2bicssc =072 7$aWN$2bicssc =072 7$aART015020$2bisacsh =072 7$aSCI100000$2bisacsh =072 7$aAGA$2thema =072 7$aNHK$2thema =072 7$a1K$2thema =072 7$a2ACB$2thema =072 7$a3M$2thema =245 00$aNew World Objects of Knowledge :$bA Cabinet of Curiosities /$cedited by Mark Thurner, Juan Pimentel. =264 \1$aLondon, GB :$bUniversity of London Press,$c2021. =264 \4$c©2021 =300 \\$a1 online resource (301 pages): $b164 illustrations. =336 \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent =337 \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia =338 \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier =500 \\$aAvailable through University of London Press. =505 0\$aIntroduction by Mark Thurner and Juan Pimentel
Part 1: ARTIFICIALIA
1 Codex Mendoza by Daniela Bleichmar
2 Macuilxochitl by Juan Pimentel
3 Potosi by Kris Lane
4 Piece of Eight by Alejandra Irigoin and Bridget Millmore
5 Pieza de Indias by Pablo Gomez
6 Rubber by Heloisa Maria Bertol Domingues and Emilie Ana Carreón Blaine
7 Silver Basin by Mariana Francozo
8 Feathered Shield by Linda Baez
9 Black by Adrian Masters
10 Cards by Jorge Canizares Esguerra
11 Mary’s Armadillo by Peter Mason
12 Mexican Portrait by Andrés Gutiérrez Usillos
13 Clay Vessel by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra
14 Singing Violin by Jorge Canizares Esguerra
15 Creole Cabinet by Juan Pimentel and Mark Thurner
16 Modern Quipu by Sabine and William Hyland
17 Memory Palaces by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra
18 Inca Mummy by Christopher Heaney
19 Xilonen by Miruna Achim
20 Machu Picchu by Amy Cox-Hall
PART 2: NATURALIA
21 Amazon by Roberto Chauca
22 Bird of Paradise by Jose Ramon Marcaida
23 Emeralds by Kris Lane
24 Pearls by Jorge Canizares Esguerra
25 Cochineal by Miruna Achim
26 Opossum by Jose Ramon Marcaida
27 Guinea Pig by Helen Cowie
28 Bezoar by Jose Pardo-Tomas
29 Cacao by Peter Mason
30 Strawberry by Elisa and Ana Sevilla
31 Volcano by Sophie Brockmann
32 Andes by Mark Thurner and Jorge Canizares-Esguerra
33 Anteater by Helen Cowie
34 Megatherium by Juan Pimentel
35 Tapir by Irina Podgorny
36 Cinchona by Matthew Crawford
37 Potato by Rebecca Earle
38 Guano by Gregory Cushman
39 Tortoise by Elizabeth Hennessey
40 Darwin’s Hummingbird by Iris Montero
From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.
With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world
Foreword - Dame Helen Ghosh, director general, National Trust
I. ‘The habit of seeing and sorting out problems’: Octavia Hill’s life and afterlife
1. Octavia Hill: ‘the most misunderstood … Victorian reformer’ - Elizabeth Baigent
2. Octavia Hill: lessons in campaigning - Gillian Darley
II. ‘Beauty is for all’: art in the life and work of Octavia Hill
3. Octavia Hill: the practice of sympathy and the art of housing - William Whyte
4. Octavia Hill’s Red Cross Hall and its murals to heroic self-sacrifice - John Price
5. ‘The poor, as well as the rich, need something more than meat and drink’: the vision of the Kyrle Society - Robert Whelan
6. Octavia Hill: the reluctant sitter - Elizabeth Heath
III. ‘The value of abundant good air’: Octavia Hill and the meanings of nature
7. Octavia Hill, nature and open space: crowning success or campaigning ‘utterly without result’ - Elizabeth Baigent
8. Octavia Hill and the English landscape - Paul Readman
IV. ‘A common inheritance from generation to generation’: Octavia Hill and preservation
9. ‘To every landless man, woman and child in England’: Octavia Hill and the preservation movement - Astrid Swenson
10. Octavia Hill and the National Trust - Melanie Hall
V. ‘The loving zeal of individuals which cannot be legislated for by Parliament’: Octavia Hill’s vision in historical context 11. At home in the metropolis: gender and ideals of social service - Jane Garnett
12. Octavia Hill, Beatrice Webb, and the Royal Commission on the Poor Laws, 1905–9: a mid Victorian in an Edwardian world - Lawrence Goldman
VI. Hill’s legacy
13. ‘Some dreadful buildings in Southwark’: a tour of nineteenth-century social housing - William Whyte
14. For the benefit of the nation: politics and the early National Trust - Ben Cowell